As I'm sure you know, we normally place the adjective in front of the noun in English e.g. "the red car" instead of "the car red".
However, English is a crazy language, and rules are there to be broken!
If you read yesterday's lesson (and clicked on this link), you may have seen the following examples of noun + adjective:
Remember: The 'rules' that you find in an intermediate (or even 'advanced') grammar book are probably a simplification. There are deeper levels to be discovered!
There was an interesting discussion in the comments below Wednesday's lesson about the phrase "I can buy any product imaginable".
Here's a summary of the questions in that discussion:
1) Why did I write any product imaginable instead of any imaginable product?
2) Would any imaginable product also be correct?
3) Is there a difference in meaning between the two phrases?
I'll try to answer without going deep into grammar, but if you really like the grammar side of things, have a look at this page (especially the part about 'the only decision possible' and 'the worst choice imaginable').
In the end, the Google results and my instinct as a native speaker are probably your best guide. In normal English usage, "any product imaginable" is the typical collocation.
Let's look at a new speaking topic:
Describe a day out that you enjoyed recently. You should say
- where you went
- whom you went with
- what you did that day
- and why you enjoyed the day out.
Note: When we talk about a "day out", it means that you went somewhere for leisure purposes. I wouldn't talk about anything related to work or studies here.
I often hear from students who are disappointed because their scores have only improved by half a band. For example: "I've been studying for 3 months but my score has only improved by 0.5".
My reply is always this: You should be happy! An improvement of half a band is great, and it shows that you are on the right track.
Remember: small, gradual improvements are signposts on the path to success!
All students learn to link ideas using words like "however", "furthermore" etc. Most students don't realise that the word "this" is also a linking word. Look at the following examples:
The word "this" refers to the sentence or idea that came before. "This" helps you to link ideas and avoid repetition. Native speakers and good writers use "this" a lot, and the IELTS examiner will be impressed if you can use it.
An IELTS teacher asked me the following questions:
Is it compulsory for candidates to address all of the prompts on the cue card? What happens if candidates ignore the prompts but speak well about the topic anyway? And what happens if the candidate misunderstands the question and speaks about a different topic?
Here are the answers that I gave the teacher:
I tell my students to use the prompts because they help you to structure your answer. However, it is still possible to get a very high score even if you don't address all of the points e.g. if you speak well about the topic but miss the last point or two. I don't recommend ignoring the points completely, because there's a danger that you'll go off task if you do that.
If you misunderstand the question and give an unrelated answer, I'm afraid you'll get a very low score. The reason is that candidates could memorise a perfect answer if off-topic answers were allowed.
I studied French at school for seven years, and my teachers helped me to accumulate quite a lot of knowledge about the language.
However, when I visited France I still felt like a beginner. I found it difficult to understand native speakers, and I couldn't speak naturally; I had to construct sentences in my head before I spoke, and I was constantly worried about making mistakes. In short, I had knowledge but not much skill.
Do you feel like this when you speak or write in English? Maybe it's time to stop studying English and start practising it as much as possible!
Look at the following question and my sample answer, in which I've highlighted the adjectives.
What do you think are the characteristics of a good speaker?
I think good speakers are confident and passionate about the subject of their speech. They need to be interesting and engaging. I think a speaker's body language is also really important. A famous example of a great speaker is Barack Obama; he seems to be a naturally inspiring speaker, but I'm sure that practice and preparation are more important than natural talent.
Note:
Can you see how the adjectives bring my answer to life?
Yesterday I asked you to look at the sentence below.
This sentence contains a mixed conditional: would + infinitive (2nd conditional) with if + past perfect (3rd conditional).
Notice that I'm imagining the present result of an imagined event in the past.
To learn more about this type of construction, visit this web page.
Somebody asked me about this sentence from last Friday's speaking lesson:
The student asked me why I didn't follow the normal third conditional 'rule' and write "there would have been" instead of "there would be"? Did I make a mistake?
The answer is no, I didn't make a mistake. I wrote a mixed conditional sentence on purpose. Can you see why? I'll explain in tomorrow's lesson.
You won't have time to do this in your test, but it's a good idea to edit and improve the essays that you write at home.
For example, in the music essay that I shared on Wednesday, there's a phrase that we could improve: "the planet's global language".
While this phrase is fine and wouldn't affect the essay's score, you could argue that it contains repetition because 'planet' and 'global' communicate similar meanings. Note: We could simply write "the planet's language" or "the global language", but I wanted to use this structure: noun + adjective + language.
So let's think about some possible alternatives:
Notice that I changed the adjective 'global' in the first two examples, I used a different noun (humanity) in example 3, and I used a pronoun instead of the noun 'planet' in example 4. Which alternative do you prefer?
A student asked me about the phrase "I was hoping that you could help me".
Why do we use the past tense (was hoping) if we're asking for help now?
Here's the answer that I gave the student:
I know it seems strange, but this is a common way to ask for something in English. For example:
Perhaps you could think about it like this: the "hoping" happened in my head before I decided to ask for the help.
Or you could just see this as a fixed phrase, and a typically English way to ask politely and indirectly!
1. Tip: give a list of different technologies, then talk about one in detail:
In most workplaces people use equipment such as computers, phones, printers, fax machines and photocopiers. I think the computer is probably the most essential piece of equipment because we rely on it for almost everything: communicating by email, writing reports, organising data, and finding information on the Internet.
2. Tip: talk about the positives AND the negatives:
Technology definitely helps workers because it makes many tasks so much easier. For example, email is such a useful tool for communication between employees in different offices, or even in different countries. On the other hand, technology can make life more difficult, especially when it goes wrong. It causes a lot of stress when the Internet is down or a computer crashes.
3. Tip: give the good effects AND the bad effects:
I think technology is often responsible for people losing their jobs. Machines have replaced people in areas like manufacturing and agriculture, and whenever a new technology is introduced, there are redundancies. At the same time, jobs might be created thanks to a new technology; for example, there would be no computer programmers if the computer hadn't been invented.
Look at the sentences below. Can you see the mistake in each one?
I've underlined the problem: each sentence contains an unnecessary pronoun. Many students make this mistake, especially when speaking. If you can avoid it, your English will sound much more natural.
Here are the correct versions:
Most people don't know that there are videos of IELTS speaking tests on the official website ielts.org. The site also shows you the official score that each candidate was given.
Here's a quick guide to finding the videos:
I've been using three of these videos in the speaking band descriptors lessons on my member site.
We've been analysing the speaking performances of Tina (band 5), Alexandra (band 7) and Khush (band 8). All three candidates could improve their speaking scores if they followed some simple advice!
Many students seem to think that the following is true:
long, complex sentences = difficult = high score
But this isn't necessarily correct. First, long sentences are just short sentences (or clauses) that have been linked together, so it's not difficult to write them. Second, you won't get a high score if your long sentences are full of mistakes.
The best writers use a mix of long and short sentences. This is the ideal style to aim for because it makes your writing 'smoother', more varied, and easier to read.
Describe an interesting place you have visited.
You should say:
Here's an example description of a place I've visited. I've used the vocabulary from yesterday's lesson to describe London.
Listen to the recording while following the vocabulary (see yesterday's lesson). Then you could practise your own description of London using the same vocabulary. Keep practising until you're happy.
In part 2 of the speaking test, you might have to describe a place. There are several possible questions about places. For example:
My advice is to prepare a description of one place that you could use to answer all of these questions. Then search the Internet for some good vocabulary.
For example, here are some ideas I found to describe London:
If you want to make tangible progress every day, aim to do one of the following:
I could add more points, but I'm sure you get the idea. Just do one thing that feels like real progress every day. Imagine where you'll be after 100 days!
Here's a nice collocation: tangible progress e.g. I'm making tangible progress every day.
Tangible means real and definite, or something that you can touch.
This is the type of progress that we should be aiming for. So how can we make our IELTS preparation progress more tangible? What can you do each day that gives you a sense of real improvement?
Here's part of a recent lesson on my member site. You'll see me answering three questions about the IELTS speaking test.
Preparing for a test can become boring and repetitive. To keep things interesting, I recommend that you try something new from time to time.
I'm not suggesting that you should change your whole approach to the IELTS test. Just find ways to add variety to your study plan.
For example, you could
How do you intend to add variety to your study plan this year?
If you look at the 'fluency and coherence' column of the band descriptors, you'll see the following:
Do you understand the difference between these two types of hesitation? Here's how I would summarise them:
Tip: Try recording yourself as you answer some IELTS speaking questions. Listen to the recording and pay attention to your hesitations. Ask yourself whether you paused to find language or to consider your response to the question.
Here are my corrections for the sentences in yesterday's lesson.
1. "There are many reasons to believe why" is a clumsy phrase. Instead, write:
- There are many reasons why this is detrimental.
- There are many reasons why I believe that this is detrimental.
- I believe that this is detrimental for several reasons.
2. They have an impact on young adults' health. (plural possessive)
3. We need to use the uncountable (not plural) form of the word exercise. We're talking about 'exercise' in general, not a specific number of exercises.
- The number of people doing physical exercise is falling.
4. "By spending hours on television" is a problematic phrase because "on television" is usually used when we're talking about the people who appear on TV. For example, if you say "I was on television yesterday", it means that you appeared on a TV programme. To avoid confusion, we need to write:
- By spending hours watching television...
- We lead a sedentary life because we spend so many hours watching TV.
In Wednesday's video presentation, I showed you a band 8 paragraph that contained four little mistakes. Here they are (in simplified form). Can you explain what is wrong in each case?
A common topic for the short presentation (IELTS Speaking Part 2) is "describe an important festival in your country".
My advice is to look for a description of your festival on Wikipedia. Copy the best parts of the description and make small changes if necessary. As an example, I've copied a short description of Christmas from Wikipedia.
Describe a festival: Christmas
Christmas is an annual holiday that, in Christianity, commemorates the birth of Jesus Christ.
Popular customs of the holiday include gift-giving, music, an exchange of greeting cards, church celebrations, a special meal, and the display of various decorations; including Christmas trees, lights, nativity scenes, and holly. In addition, Father Christmas (known as Santa Claus in some areas) is a popular figure in many countries, associated with the bringing of gifts for children.
Over the Christmas period, people decorate their homes and exchange gifts. In some countries, children perform plays re-telling the events of the Nativity, or sing carols that reference the event. Christmas, along with Easter, is the period of highest annual church attendance.
A special Christmas family meal is an important part of the celebration for many, and what is served varies greatly from country to country. In England and countries influenced by its traditions, a standard Christmas meal includes turkey, potatoes, vegetables, sausages and gravy, followed by Christmas pudding, mince pies and fruit cake.
Here's a screenshot of an email that I received from a student called Pegah this week. I think it's interesting that Pegah says she studied alone, without a face-to-face teacher.
I recently rewrote my 'welcome' page to include my IELTS teaching 'mission', and creating materials for self-study was one of my key aims. If you're organised and motivated, you can study alone and get the IELTS scores you need!
Your priority in part 1 of the speaking test should be to demonstrate fluency, not difficult grammar or vocabulary. You'll speak more fluently if you keep your part 1 answers simple.
Here are some examples of how I would simplify students' answers.
Note: the students' answers contain some mistakes.
Student's answer:
Logically people from different generation will have taste variation. Depending upon the maturity, music stars of their own age, impact of globalisation as well as technological development in music industry will divide younger and older generation.
My simplified answer:
Of course, people from different generations have different tastes in music. Popular music changes all the time, and most of us are influenced by whatever style of music is popular when we are growing up.
Student's answer:
Yes, I am fond of music. It is simply the medicine for my mind. When I am stressed, music remove stress. When I am happy, music inspires me to be more. It always in the centre of all my parties with friends. When I am sad, music takes me out glue and move forward.
My simplified answer:
Yes, I love music, mainly because it helps to put me in a better mood. When I'm stressed or sad, music picks me up and puts me in a positive frame of mind.
Examples are important because they bring your answers to life*. They make your message clearer and your answers more real.
Look at the examples that I used in my 'difficult jobs' answers in Friday's speaking lesson. Without these examples, my answers would be boring and abstract.
*Look up the phrase "bring something to life". What does it mean?
Here's a list of the 'less common' phrases that I used in yesterday's speaking answers. Notice that I'm highlighting phrases and collocations, not individual 'big' words.
Here are my sample answers to the questions in last Friday's lesson. Can you find any useful vocabulary in my responses?
What are the most difficult jobs that people do?
I think jobs can be hard for various different reasons. Some professions, such as concert pianist or surgeon, are difficult in the sense that they require a high level of skill that must be developed through many years of study and practice. On the other hand, jobs like police officer, firefighter or soldier might not require such high skill levels, but they are known to be extremely stressful and sometimes traumatic.
Why do you think some people choose to do difficult jobs?
I suppose we all want to do something meaningful. For some people, this means achieving a great ambition that takes years of hard work. People who choose dangerous jobs might do so for altruistic reasons or because they feel it's their duty to contribute to society.
Do you agree or disagree that all jobs are difficult sometimes?
I would have to disagree with that. I think we all feel that our jobs are difficult or stressful at times, but in the grand scheme of things we have nothing to complain about. A tight deadline or a lost computer file are really just minor inconveniences when compared with the horrors of war that soldiers face, or the life-and-death situations that paramedics see every day.
Yesterday we looked at two simple methods that can help you to generate ideas for IELTS topics.
Here's a third tip: Think about personal examples or stories.
So, do you have a personal example or story about how the arts have affected your life? I'm sure you remember a special experience, such as seeing a famous painting, attending a wonderful concert, or reading a great work of fiction. Practise telling your story!
On my member site I asked students to prepare vocabulary ideas for the following topic:
What do the arts contribute to our lives?
I gave two tips that can help you to think of vocabulary ideas.
1) Start by thinking of examples to make the topic (the arts) more real.
- Paintings e.g. in the National Gallery in London
- Music e.g. live concerts and performances
- Theatre e.g. a Shakespeare play
2) Then think about the topic from different perspectives.
- Personal: enjoyment, inspiration, enrich our lives, capture our imagination
- Cultural: heritage, national identity, connection to the past
- Economic: employment, boost the economy, attract visitors, tourism
Some of the students shared many more ideas, and they seemed to find the 'perspectives' idea useful. Try it yourself.
How would you answer these questions (from Cambridge 14, test 3)?
Tip: Try to think about giving answers that contain three sentences: answer, explain, example.
Do not use the following phrases instead of "Firstly" when you are organising ideas in an essay:
These phrases do exist in English, but they are not the same as "Firstly".
In the same way, do not use these phrases instead of "Finally":
You don't need to learn different ways to say "Firstly" or "Finally". The examiner is not looking for 'difficult' organisational phrases. Spend your time learning topic vocabulary instead.
In the latest lesson on my member site I explain the importance of the overview (academic) and purpose statement (general) in writing task 1.
In the following short excerpt from the lesson, I highlight the differences between bands 5, 6 and 7 in terms of task achievement. I also mention bands 8 and 9.
Join me on the member site to see the full lesson!
Faye asked a good question below last Friday's lesson:
Can you give some suggestions on how to answer the question "how you felt about something" in speaking part 2?
My suggestion is to start with a simple adjective (e.g. happy) and prepare a theme around this word. There's an example of theme preparation here, and I used this technique in several of the speaking lessons on my video course website.
Task: Let's prepare a 'happy' theme together. To be more precise, imagine that you have to describe how you felt when you passed an important test. List some ideas, and share them in the comments below.
A student asked me about the following type of sentence:
It was a lovely day, the children were playing happily, and everyone was enjoying the party.
Can we put three independent clauses together in a 'list' like this? The answer is yes. This is a normal sentence structure in English. Maybe you could try writing an IELTS-style sentence in the same way.
The model answer that I shared last Friday was at band 9 level, mainly because of the range of words and phrases that it contained.
But I didn't spontaneously invent those words and phrases; they came from my research into the topic. I searched for good ideas, made a list of topic vocabulary, and then built my description around the phrases on that list.
I'm not suggesting that you can do this in your test, but it's the best way to prepare topics at home.
Let's review the good vocabulary from the essay that I shared on Wednesday. It was full of 'less common' collocations and phrases.
Describe a book that you enjoyed reading because you had to think a lot.
You should say:
- what this book was
- why you decided to read it
- what reading this book made you think about
- and explain why you enjoyed reading this book.
Here's my band 9 answer, using vocabulary from last week's lesson:
In Thursday's lesson I wrote about word choice, and I want to stress how important this idea is.
As I write this blog post, I'm not thinking about grammar, and I don't have any pre-prepared words or phrases that I'm hoping to use. My only aim is to communicate a message, and my only task, in terms of language, is to choose the right words in order to deliver my message clearly.
Try this yourself when you're speaking or writing in English. Push all of your worries out of your mind e.g. grammar, impressing the examiner, your score, what you've studied etc.
Instead, just focus on two things:
Where are you getting your English language from? Look at the lists below.
List A
List B
Which list describes you best?
Here's a list of 'less common' vocabulary from the descriptions in last Friday's lesson. If I can use these phrases in my description (next Friday), I'll be able to give myself a band 9 for vocabulary!
Quick exercise:
Take just three of the phrases above, and try to use them in full sentences. Share your sentences in the 'comments' below.
In last Friday's lesson I shared a task that asks you to describe a book. To prepare for this description, let's choose a book and 'steal' some ideas from an online summary / review.
I'm currently reading a book called 'Atomic Habits'. I found a summary and a review of this book on Amazon (see below), so I'll steal some ideas and use them in my answer next Friday. Maybe you could prepare ideas, in the same way, for a book that you've read.
Here's a quick summary from Amazon:
People think when you want to change your life, you need to think big. But world-renowned habits expert James Clear has discovered another way. He knows that real change comes from the compound effect of hundreds of small decisions – doing two push-ups a day, waking up five minutes early, or holding a single short phone call. He calls them atomic habits.
In this ground-breaking book, Clear reveals exactly how these minuscule changes can grow into such life-altering outcomes. He uncovers a handful of simple life hacks, and delves into cutting-edge psychology and neuroscience to explain why they matter. Along the way, he tells inspiring stories of Olympic gold medalists, leading CEOs, and distinguished scientists who have used the science of tiny habits to stay productive, motivated, and happy.
And here's a customer review (there are many others on Amazon):
I feel lucky to have found this book. It's the only self-help book that I've thought, afterwards, was worth reading. It's had a dramatic positive impact on my life. It's well researched, well reasoned, and well written. A self-help book that actually makes a significant, and long-lasting difference. I'm going to keep re-reading it.
A student asked me to explain the difference between the words below:
But when we explain vocabulary, we're not getting the full picture. An explanation might help you to understand a meaning, but it won't necessarily help you to use the vocabulary in a natural way.
Instead of explaining, which is a 'grammar mindset' exercise, let's shift to a 'vocabulary mindset' and look at usage.
Fill the gaps below using the word that seems most natural.
In last week's grammar lesson on my member site I highlighted some key mistakes in a student's task 1 answer. The most important mistake involved the student's use of the word 'while'.
The student wrote something like this:
The correct version would be this:
The student made three similar mistakes with the word 'while', and I gave the answer a band 6 for grammar. If the student had written three correct 'while' sentences, I would have given a 7 for grammar.
I call this type of mistake a 'sticking point' because it keeps you stuck on a lower band. In this case, the 'while' mistake is important because the student missed the opportunity to create three complex sentences.
Ask a teacher to help you to look for 'sticking points' in your writing. Getting past these sticking points could be the fastest route to a higher score.
Let's start work on a new task, which comes from Cambridge IELTS 14:
Describe a book that you enjoyed reading because you had to think a lot.
You should say:
- what this book was
- why you decided to read it
- what reading this book made you think about
- and explain why you enjoyed reading this book.
Which book would you choose to talk about? I'll give you my ideas next Friday.
I sometimes receive questions from students about the 'academic word list'. Here's what people want to know:
Is this list useful for IELTS preparation?
The short answer (in my opinion) is no. I've never used the academic word list with IELTS students.
Here's a longer answer:
Of course there are lots of useful words on the academic word list, and it would be great if you knew all of them. But remember: understanding is not the same as using. You would need to spend time learning how to use the words correctly in phrases and sentences. Furthermore, the list contains only individual words; you need to build your knowledge of phrases and collocations, and the list doesn't help you with that.
If you're preparing for IELTS, I think you have other priorities: test practice, exam techniques, question types, topic vocabulary, phrases and collocations, reducing grammar mistakes etc. Unless you have a lot of study time, I wouldn't include the academic word list in your study schedule.
Look at the sentence below. Is the word 'mere' used correctly?
6.1% of women in Scotland were unemployed in 2013, and this figure rose by a mere of 0.6% one year later.
Let's look at some of the useful vocabulary from the answers that I shared in last Friday's lesson:
Note:
The phrases with a star (*) are great for the speaking test, but a little too informal for a written essay. Would you have known this?
Here's my answer to the task in yesterday's lesson: the method was fine, but the language can be improved.
The method is fine:
The student wrote the introduction in the way that I recommend: the first sentence introduces the topic, and the second sentence answers the question.
But there are some language problems (underlined below):
There are different views regarding on question that should children be punished to learn the discrepancy between wrong and right. From my perspective, some sorts of punishments as well as rewards are necessary to teach children, however, parents and teachers should apply soft and simple forms of punishment.
Here's my improved version:
People have different views with regard to the question of whether children should be punished in order to teach them the difference between right and wrong. In my opinion, simple or 'soft' punishments are a necessary tool for parents and teachers as they raise and educate children.
Note:
Sometimes people make 'mistakes' in their choice of vocabulary. For example, in English we say "the difference between right and wrong", not "the discrepancy between wrong and right". This is not a grammar mistake, it's a collocation mistake.
I often tell students that there are two things that we need to work on: 1) method i.e. exam techniques 2) improving your English language knowledge.
Let's look at an essay introduction (writing task 2) that a student wrote. The topic is: should children be punished?
There are different views regarding on question that should children be punished to learn the discrepancy between wrong and right. From my perspective, some sorts of punishments as well as rewards are necessary to teach children, however, parents and teachers should apply soft and simple forms of punishment.
Task:
Read the introduction above. What should this student work on: method or language? In other words, is there a problem with the way that the introduction is written, or with the language that it contains? I'll tell you what I think in tomorrow's lesson.
Here are two sample answers that include opinions about the future:
Will large shopping malls continue to be popular, despite the growth of internet shopping?
I can’t see shopping malls disappearing any time soon, so yes, I think they will definitely continue to attract shoppers. We already have internet shopping, with websites like Amazon now mainstream, but the large shopping centres in my city are still packed with people. The Trafford Centre near Manchester, for example, is hugely popular, and I think this is because it offers more than just shopping. It’s a place where families go for a day out, to have lunch or to visit attractions like Sea Life or Legoland, and naturally they will browse the shops and buy things there too.
Do you think that some businesses (e.g. banks and travel agents) will only operate online in future?
I’m sure they will, and I think this is already happening. I’m pretty sure that there are online-only savings accounts, and there are travel websites like Airbnb that have no physical presence on the high street. I imagine that more and more services will only be available online; this seems to be the way that things are going.
A proverb is a short saying like "There are two sides to every story" or "Many hands make light work". These sayings are nice for grandmothers who want to give advice, but they are not appropriate for academic writing! Click here to see some more proverbs - but don't learn them!
A cliché is an overused phrase like "in a nutshell" (which means "in summary" or "summed up briefly"). This website explains more about clichés and gives some more examples.
PS. Sorry for joking about grandmothers :)
In part 3 of the speaking test, the examiner might ask for your opinions about what will happen in the future.
For example, here are two questions from Cambridge IELTS 14 (test 4). How would you answer them?
As you prepare for the IELTS test, you might be concentrating on exam techniques and practice. But don't forget to keep working on your English!
If your English is at intermediate level, no secret tip or technique is suddenly going to take you to band 7 or higher. You'll need to spend time gradually improving your language skills.
When answering the two questions below, you should be aware that the examiner is expecting to hear some different verb tenses.
1. Do you think films have changed since you were a child?
No, I don’t think films have changed much since I was a child. When I was younger I enjoyed watching action films, and the Hollywood formula for this type of film seems to be the same today. For example, I liked the original ‘Superman’ films, and superheroes are still a popular subject for film-makers.
2. As the technology for home viewing improves, do you think people will stop going to the cinema in future?
No, I don’t think that people will stop going to the cinema. People can already buy fantastic home viewing equipment, but it still feels more special to share the experience of watching a new film with a theatre full of people. I don't think that technology will be able to replicate that cinema atmosphere.
You've probably been taught not to write things like "to having" or "to doing". But this grammar 'rule' doesn't always work.
For example, here's a correct sentence that I wrote in a recent lesson:
"when it comes to + ing" is a normal construction in English, and there are several other constructions that break the rule. Click here to see some of them.
In a recent lesson I explained why I'm not a fan of the 'PPF technique' for part 2 of the speaking test. I believe that candidates should focus on giving a good description in part 2, instead of worrying about verb tenses.
If the examiner wants to test your use of verb tenses, he/she can do this in part 3 of the test, by choosing certain questions.
Here are some typical 'tense' questions from speaking part 3:
- Do you think _____ is different now, compared to when you were a child?
- Did your teachers _____ when you were at school?
- How do you think _____ will change in the future?
Listen carefully for these 'tense' questions in part 3. The examiner will be listening closely to the verbs that you use in your answers!
Here are some negative answers to the 'photography' questions that I showed you a couple of weeks ago. The questions come from Cambridge IELTS 11.
1) What type of photos do you like taking?
Well, I don't usually take photos to be honest. I prefer to enjoy whatever I'm doing, rather than stop to take a photograph.
2) What do you do with photos you take?
I don't really do anything with the occasional photos that I take. They just stay on my phone and I forget to save them or upload them to my computer.
3) When you visit other places, do you take photos or buy postcards?
Neither. As I said, I prefer to enjoy myself, so I tend to let other people take photos. I used to buy and send postcards when I was younger, so maybe I should go back to doing that.
4) Do you like people taking photos of you?
As a child I was always a bit shy when it came to having my photo taken, so I would have said that I didn't like it. These days, if someone wants to take a photo of me, I don't mind at all.
In this lesson I asked for your views on a technique that some students and teachers are using: they use three verb tenses (past, present, future - PPF) to organise their speaking part 2 answers. In other words, they begin by answering in the past tense, then they move to the present and into the future.
Here's my view on this:
I'm not a fan of this PPF technique because it encourages you to go into the speaking test with a 'grammar mindset'. Your brain is focusing on verb tenses instead of more important things: the task, the bullet points, your ideas, and the vocabulary that you're going to use to express those ideas.
If there's one thing that I stand against as an English / IELTS teacher, it's the 'grammar mindset' and the idea that you can impress the examiner with 'complex structures'.
I'm a 'vocabulary mindset' teacher. I want my students to focus on the 'true content' of their answers, rather than grammar tricks.
Here are some sample answers for the 'nice home' questions that I asked you to look at two weeks ago. The questions come from Cambridge IELTS 14.
Note: I try to answer in a natural and slightly informal way, but with some good 'topic vocabulary'.
Why do some people buy lots of things for their home?
I think there could be a couple of different reasons for this. Some people like to surround themselves with beautiful objects and furnishings to brighten up their lives, while others buy lots of devices that are supposed to save time. In my own home we have examples of both types of object: we have things like ornaments and pictures because they look nice, and we have useful gadgets, like a small vacuum cleaner that we recently bought.
Do you think it is very expensive to make a home look nice?
No, definitely not. Basic furniture isn’t expensive these days, especially now that we have shops like Ikea. I know plenty of people who have furnished and decorated their homes really nicely without spending too much money. Personally I also like the minimalist look: some basic furniture, light colours and not too much clutter.
Why don't some people care about how their home looks?
Maybe they just see their homes as a base - somewhere to eat and sleep - rather than a reflection of their tastes or personalities. And many people are just too busy with work and life outside the home to worry about furniture and decorations. A friend of mine, for example, doesn’t seem to care about the way his house looks, but this is because he’s almost never there; he travels for work and spends more time in hotel rooms than in his own house.
Last Sunday I asked for your comments regarding the following question:
How can you improve your environment so that it accelerates your learning?
People shared lots of good ideas in the comments below the lesson. Here are a few of my own tips:
Here's a shorter answer: Surround yourself with as much English as you can, and take every opportunity to practise what you learn.
Several people have asked me about a technique that some teachers recommend for part 2 of the speaking test: the 'past, present, future' technique, or 'PPF'.
Before I give you my opinion about this technique, I'd like to hear from you.
- Has anyone been taught to use this PPF idea?
- How exactly did your teacher suggest that you use it?
- Did it work for you?
- What benefits and drawbacks do you think this technique has?
Note:
Please remember that techniques like this are just suggestions, not rules. If your teacher is saying that you must use three tenses in your part 2 answer, he/she is wrong.
Yesterday I gave some advice about putting yourself in an English language environment. But how do you do that? How can you improve your environment so that it accelerates your learning?
Several people asked these questions in the comments below yesterday's lesson, so let's have a discussion: what do you think?
What's the fastest way to improve your English?
Well, in my opinion the answer is this: put yourself in the best possible English language environment.
Studying alone is a slow, hard journey. But if you can find a way to surround yourself with English speakers, or a community of English learners, you'll make faster progress and the journey won't seem so arduous.
If you're feeling stuck or isolated as you learn English and prepare for the IELTS test, perhaps you need to find an environment or community that can carry you forward.
How would you answer these questions (from Cambridge IELTS 14)?
Tip: Try to give three-sentence answers: direct answer, explain, example.
Many students ask how long it will take to get from an intermediate level (maybe IELTS band 5) to an advanced level (band 7).
If you were learning to play the piano, would you expect to go from intermediate to advanced in a few weeks? Would you expect to find a special technique that suddenly makes you an advanced pianist? The answer is no. Most people know that they would need to work hard and practise every day to get to an advanced level on the piano.
In my opinion, learning a new language is a similar challenge. You should aim to make small, gradual improvements because it isn't realistic to expect sudden changes.
A student asked me whether I thought it was a good idea for him to develop his own way of doing the IELTS test. He wanted to take my advice, mix it with advice from other sources, and find his own 'method'.
Here's my response to the student's question:
It's fine to mix ideas and develop your own way, but please remember that I have spent more than 10 years doing that job for you. You'll save time if you trust me as your expert guide.
It's completely acceptable to give negative answers in part 1 of the speaking test. To test whether you can do this, try giving negative answers to the questions below. Keep your answers short and simple as usual. The first one is done as an example.
1) What type of photos do you like taking?
Well, I don't usually take photos to be honest. I prefer to enjoy whatever I'm doing, rather than stop to take a photograph.
2) What do you do with photos you take?
3) When you visit other places, do you take photos or buy postcards?
4) Do you like people taking photos of you?
(Questions taken from Cambridge IELTS book 11)
Yesterday I told you that my examiner friend and I advise students not to use the word 'plethora' in their essays. Why not? Well, for a plethora ;) of reasons:
I hope this convinces you to stop learning words like plethora. Just write "there are several reasons" or "there are two main reasons" and then focus on describing them. Leave the pompous language to politicians!
The following answers are at 'band 9' level. Which words and phrases help my answers to get such a high score?
1. What do you think makes a good lesson?
I think a good lesson is one that is interesting and engaging. By 'engaging' I mean that the students should feel involved in the lesson; they should feel that they are learning something new that is relevant to them. In my opinion, a lot depends on how the teacher delivers the content of the lesson in a way that students like. My favourite teacher at university used to involve the students by making us teach some of the lessons ourselves.
2. Do you think it's better to have a teacher or to teach yourself?
Well, there's no substitute for a good teacher. I think you can teach yourself, but you can learn a lot more quickly with the guidance of a teacher. For example, when learning a language, you really need someone to correct your mistakes; you can get the grammar and vocabulary from books, but books can't tell you where you're going wrong.
3. Do you think the traditional classroom will disappear in the future?
I don't think it will disappear, but it might become less common. I think more people will study independently, using different technologies rather than sitting in a classroom. Maybe students will attend a lesson just once a week, and spend the rest of their time following online courses or watching video lessons.
Many students write to me because they are worried about strange or difficult questions they have found (usually for writing task 2).
I think you need to remember that it's impossible to prepare for every topic or question that might appear in the exam. You will go mad if you try to do this!
The solution is to make sure you "know what you know". Focus on the common topics that appear regularly, not the strange topic that your friend found on a website.
Too many students (and teachers) waste time worrying about the 'complex structures' aspect of the grammar score in the writing test.
From what I've seen when marking essays, 99% of students are able to write sentences with more than one clause, using words like and, but, because, while, which, if... to connect ideas. Therefore, they are able to meet the requirement for 'complex structures'.
On the other hand, many of the same students are not able to produce frequent error-free sentences (band 7), and it's rare for me to see essays in which the majority of sentences are error-free (band 8).
So, if people can't produce error-free sentences, why are they worrying about complex structures? In most cases, the key to a high grammar score is fewer mistakes, not more complex sentences.
Sometimes the part 2 task looks difficult but there's an easy way to answer. Here are three examples:
1) Describe something that you collect.
Most students panic because they don't collect anything. But this question is easier than you think. If your hobby is listening to music or reading books, just tell the examiner that you collect CDs or novels. You could talk about your "collection" of clothes or shoes. Everyone has a collection of something, even if you don't call yourself a collector.
2) Describe an important decision that you made.
Easy. Just talk about the subject you chose to study or the career you decided to pursue. If you moved to live/study in a different country, you could talk about that.
3) Describe an important letter you received.
Use the answer you gave for number 2 (with a few small changes). Talk about the letter you received confirming your place on a university course, or confirming a successful job application.
You don't really need to impress the examiner with 'less common' vocabulary in part 1 of the speaking test. However, without trying to show off, I used some nice words and phrases in the answers that I shared yesterday:
Notice that I tend to highlight collocations (groups of words) rather than individual words e.g. "make progress" (verb + noun collocation) instead of just "progress".
Here are my sample answers to the questions that I showed you last Friday. I've pretended to be a scientist instead of an English teacher!
1. What job would you like to have ten years from now?
I’d like to think that I’ll be doing the same job in ten years’ time. I like being a scientist, so I can’t imagine changing profession.
2. How useful will English be for your future?
English is essential in my field of work; most of the research that is being done in this area is published in English, so I read articles and papers in English every day.
3. How much travelling do you hope to do in the future?
I’d like to see more of the world, so it would be nice to be able to travel extensively at some point, maybe when I’m retired.
4. How do you think your life will change in the future?
Hopefully I’ll make progress in different areas of my life, for example at work and in terms of my home life. I’m also interested to see what new technologies come along in the next decade or two.
I keep seeing comments and questions from students that include the following sentences:
- I gave the test on Saturday.
- I gave my IELTS exam last week.
Both of the sentences above are wrong! You don't "give" a test or exam. This is the wrong verb + noun collocation.
Here are some correct collocations with the words test or exam:
- I took the test / exam.
- I sat the test / exam.
- I did the test / exam.
- I passed the test / exam.
It's important to use the right collocations. Getting them wrong makes your English sound strange. "I gave the test" sounds completely wrong.
Here's a useful part 1 topic from Cambridge IELTS book 14:
Let's talk about the future...
1. What job would you like to have ten years from now?
2. How useful will English be for your future?
3. How much travelling do you hope to do in the future?
4. How do you think your life will change in the future?
How would you answer these questions? Remember to give a direct answer and then explain it with a reason.
Did you notice that my sample answer in Friday's speaking lesson was a story?
When telling stories, native speakers use lots of 'natural' linking words and phrases. Have a look at the following examples from my description:
Notice that I didn't use any of the typical linking words that people learn (Moreover, Furthermore etc.). Those lists of typical linking phrases won't help you to get a higher score. Try to practise 'natural' linking instead!
Here's a list of some good phrases that I used in yesterday's sample speaking answer. Notice that some of the phrases are perfect for the speaking test, but a little too informal for a written essay.
Here's the task that I showed you last week:
Describe a time when you were not satisfied with a service.
You should say
- what the service was
- who provided it
- what happened
- and explain why you were unhappy with the service.
And here's my band 9 sample answer:
I’m going to describe a time when I experienced poor service from staff in a restaurant. This happened a couple of months ago, when some family members, who live abroad, came to stay. We decided to visit a nearby town, and at some point everyone was a little hungry, so we thought we would have a bite to eat.
The first restaurant that we came across looked perfect. It had plenty of empty tables - we hadn’t booked in advance - and we were all happy with the menu. But as soon as we walked through the door, things started to go wrong, and we weren’t at all impressed with the attitude of the staff.
After standing around for a few minutes waiting for someone to greet us, I managed to attract the attention of a waitress who told me that we had come into the restaurant through the wrong door. So, I went over to the main door, only to be told by the manager that there were no tables free for a party of our size - there were eight of us. I could see several free tables with four seats, so I suggested simply moving two of these tables together. But the manager was adamant that this was impossible; our only option was to divide the family and sit at two separate tables.
By this time, some of my family members were getting fed up. The restaurant was half empty, yet we were being treated as if they didn’t need customers. We decided we didn’t want to sit at separate tables or stay in a place where we felt unwelcome. We left, feeling disappointed by how dismissive the restaurant manager had been, and fortunately we found a much friendlier place to eat just around the corner.
Look at the two short paragraphs below. Can you see the difference between them?
Paragraph 1
Every member of society should contribute to improving the environment. We all need to take responsibility for the environmental issues that face the planet. If each individual person plays his or her part, our world will remain habitable for future generations.
Paragraph 2
Every member of society should contribute to improving the environment. Small daily actions, like turning lights off or recycling paper, glass and plastics, can make a difference. I also try to play my part by walking or by taking public transport rather than driving.
Analysis
Paragraph 1 might look good in terms of the vocabulary that I used, but it doesn't really move forward. The three sentences basically say the same thing in different ways. It's all too general.
Paragraph 2 might seem simpler, but it's much better in terms of 'task response' and 'coherence' because the main idea is extended and we can see some progression. Can you see the movement from general to specific in this paragraph?
I've been checking students' essays this week, and one of the most noticeable problems has been this: most essays are too general, and so there's not enough development and progression of ideas.
When writing a paragraph, or when giving a longer answer in part 3 of the speaking test, try to use a general to specific approach. Start with a general idea, then explain it in more detail.
Note: Don't just explain the same general idea in a different way. Your answer needs to move forward.
Here's a recent exam task that a student sent me. How would you answer? Feel free to share your ideas in the comments area below this lesson.
Describe a time when you were not satisfied with a service.
You should say
- what the service was
- who provided it
- what happened
- and explain why you were unhappy with the service.
One of the main aims of this blog is to give people a method for tackling each aspect of the IELTS test.
I hear from many people who have been successful after following my advice, but I also hear from people who haven't passed yet. And when people are stuck on the same score, they sometimes think that "the method isn't working". But this is the wrong way to think.
Methods / exam techniques will only help you to get the score that reflects your current level of English. If your English level is 'beginner' or 'intermediate', no method will suddenly give you a band 7. Exam techniques don't increase your vocabulary knowledge or your grammatical accuracy.
Remember that we're working on 2 things here:
If you've been following my advice but you're stuck on the same score, don't change your method! Instead, work on point 2 above.
While you may be marked down by the examiner if you hesitate too often, there's nothing wrong with speaking a bit more slowly and carefully.
In my experience, many students speak too quickly and this causes several problems. If you speak too quickly, you're more likely to make grammar and pronunciation mistakes, and you'll probably lose clarity and coherence. If you slow down, you'll have more time to think, to pronounce words clearly, and to correct yourself if necessary.
One more tip: Have you ever practised pronouncing words very very slowly? For example, can you pronounce every individual vowel and consonant sound in the word "slowly" (s...l...ow...l...y)? I've tried this with students and they are not usually very good at it - they find it easier to rush the pronunciation of words. Native speaker children, on the other hand, love pronouncing slowly and do it very well, so maybe it's something that adult language learners should practise more!
You might think that a word is 'easy' because you understand it. But do you really know all the uses of that word? There might be some 'less common' uses that would impress the examiner.
Take the word "interest" for example. When teaching a class of advanced-level students, I used the phrase "out of interest" (e.g. I decided to take the course out of interest in the subject*). My students admitted that they had never heard the phrase "out of interest" before.
*out of interest in the subject = because I'm interested in the subject
Can you think of any other examples of 'easy' words that are used in 'less common' phrases?
People often ask me what they should do in the final week before an exam.
My advice is that it's probably too late to learn anything new. It's best to review what you have already studied and make sure you "know what you know".
Go through the topics and techniques that you have studied, and make sure that you have learnt from any mistakes you have made. It's too late to worry about what you haven't studied; just focus on what you have.
What should you do if you don't understand a question in the speaking test? Here are my tips:
Part 1
In part 1, the examiner is not allowed to help you, but he/she can repeat the question. Just say: "Sorry, can you repeat the question please?" If you still don't understand the second time, try to say something related to the topic or any of the words that you heard. Try your best, then focus on the next question.
Part 2
You are given a task card with the question written on it, so you shouldn't have any problems in this part. If there is a word that you don't understand on the task card, don't ask the examiner - he/she is not allowed to help.
Part 3
In this part of the test, the examiner is allowed to rephrase the question. If you don't understand, just say something like: "Sorry, can you explain that question in a different way please?"
A student asked me to explain the grammar of the sentences below. In particular, the word 'rise' was confusing the student.
A good way to understand grammar is by looking at some very easy examples of the same type of construction. Here are some sentences that you could compare with those above:
Can you explain the grammar of the examples above? Hopefully the two sentences with 'rise' will then seem easier to understand.
Here are some sentences that people wrote about the website for work topic. Can you correct the mistakes and/or improve the sentences?
Yesterday I said that linking words don't help your vocabulary score, and that you need to use 'topic specific' vocabulary if you want a high score.
But what is 'topic specific' vocabulary?
The answer is: vocabulary that you would probably only use for one particular essay topic. For example, I used this vocabulary in a lesson last week:
- no visual element
- brings us closer to reality
- presented in limited depth
- excellent communication tools
- an even greater impact on the viewer
You might be able to adapt these phrases to a different topic, but it wouldn't be easy; they are quite specific to the particular question in this lesson. However, these are the kind of words and phrases that you need if you want to get a good vocabulary score.
I've written about this several times before, but people still ask me for lists of phrases for any essay. For example, I received this question the other day:
"Please send me some common phrases that I will write in many essays."
If you've followed my lessons on this blog, you'll know that "any essay" phrases are not the secret to getting a high score in IELTS writing. In fact, I recommend that you work on the opposite: vocabulary for specific topics like education, family, work or the environment. You can use linking words/phrases in any essay, but these only help your coherence and cohesion, not your vocabulary score. So please forget the idea of "phrases for any essay", and focus instead on vocabulary for topics.
Let's consider some ideas for the task below.
Describe a website you use that helps you a lot in your work or studies.
You should say
- what the website is
- how often you use the website
- what information the website gives you
- and explain how your work or studies would change if this website didn't exist.
If you were thinking of choosing Google as your website, here's a suggestion: maybe it would be more interesting to describe Google Scholar instead. This is a great tool for university students.
Here are some ideas that you could use in your description:
If you've used Google Scholar as a student (or teacher), try using the above ideas to create your description. Don't forget to add your own examples, experiences or stories to make the description more personal.
One of my IELTS examiner friends sent me a message the other day. Here’s a short version of what he said:
”Who is teaching candidates words like ‘plethora’, ‘myriad’ and ‘recapitulate’? These words stand out like a sore thumb.”
As I’ve said many times before, individual big words won’t impress the examiner. They’re more likely to have the opposite effect.
PS. The 25% discount on my writing course runs out in three days.
Let's think about the following task from Cambridge IELTS 13. Which website would you choose, and why?
Describe a website you use that helps you a lot in your work or studies.
You should say
- what the website is
- how often you use the website
- what information the website gives you
- and explain how your work or studies would change if this website didn't exist.
Today I want to share some advice from another IELTS teacher that I found in the 'comments' area below this lesson.
First, here's the question from a student called Vishaal:
Please guide me on how I can reduce the grammatical errors in my speech. Although I reduced these errors significantly in writing, I'm still making quite a few mistakes during the speaking.
And here's the advice from the teacher, sjm (thanks again!):
The only real way is to sit with a native speaker, and ask them to stop you every time you make a grammar error, and give you a correction. You then repeat the correct version back to them.
It is time consuming, but eventually your error rate should drop. The problem with speaking is that errors are often 'fossilised' in the mouth, which means that you are so used to saying them that your mouth has 'memorised' them. You need to almost 'reprogram' your mouth.
An extra tip from me (Simon):
Vishaal's issue is very common, and I completely agree with sjm's advice. But if you don't have a private teacher or native speaker who can help in the way that sjm suggests, your best solution is probably to become better at copying. Instead of trying to translate ideas from your own language, or trying to construct sentences using your knowledge of English grammar, aim to build your sentences using phrases or 'chunks' of language that you know to be correct (because you have seen or heard them being used by native speakers).
Many IELTS students become obsessed with 'linkers' - words or phrases that link ideas together in a paragraph e.g. firstly, secondly, furthermore, moreover. There is nothing wrong with using linkers, and they can certainly help you to write good paragraphs.
However, linkers become a problem when they are the only thing that students care about. Examiners care much more about the content between the linkers.
As an experiment, try writing a paragraph without linking words. Can you still make your paragraph coherent? Note: you probably don't use many linkers when you write in your own language!
Many students believe that they need to use difficult grammar in order to get a band 7 or higher. But, in fact, the secret to a high grammar score is being able to write error-free sentences.
Look at the band descriptors for writing task 2 and you'll see this:
So, there's no point trying to impress the examiner with difficult structures if none of your sentences are error-free. It's better to keep things simple and avoid mistakes.
Remember that Part 1 questions are supposed to be easy. Just give a simple answer and a reason.
1. What form of transport do you prefer to use? Why?
I prefer to travel by car because it means that I have my own space. Also, the buses and trains in my city are usually overcrowded; my car is much more comfortable.
2. How much time do you spend travelling on a normal day?
I probably spend about an hour and a half travelling to and from work. I travel during the rush hours, so there is quite a lot of traffic.
3. What do you do while you are travelling?
I usually listen to the radio or a CD. In the morning I like to listen to the news to find out what is happening in the world.
4. Do you ever have problems with transport?
Yes, as I said, I get stuck in traffic on my way to and from work. I used to get annoyed by traffic jams, but now I'm used to them.
A few important points:
As I've said before, there is no 'secret' way to improve your IELTS score. You just need to study hard and keep practising. However, if I had to give one piece of advice, it would be this: work on vocabulary.
If you use a wide range of vocabulary in the speaking and writing exams, you are more likely to get a high score. Vocabulary is also the key to finding the answers in the reading test and understanding the speakers in the listening test.
So, are you writing new words and phrases in a notebook every day? Do you read something in English every day? Do you use a dictionary? Do you use Google or Wikipedia to look up words and phrases? If you don't do these things, start now!
Regarding the advice that I gave yesterday (stop and smile), I just want to clarify that there are no marks for body language in the speaking test. The "stop and smile" idea is simply a way to show the examiner that you're ready for the next question in part 1 of the test.
So, smiling won't help your score, but it can help with the "flow" of questions and answers in part 1.
In part 1 of the speaking test you need to give short, direct answers. When you've given your answer, you should stop and wait for the next question.
The problem is that many candidates keep speaking, even when they have already given a good answer. Sometimes it's because they feel nervous about leaving a moment of silence. As they keep speaking, they start hesitating and repeating themselves, making the answer sound worse and worse. A further problem is that the examiner has to interrupt the candidate in order to move on to the next question.
The solution that I practise with my students is this: stop and smile! When you've answered the question, stop confidently and smile at the examiner to show that you're ready for the next question. If you can do this, part 1 of the speaking test will go more smoothly.
What are the best things to do in the last week before your exam? Here are some tips:
1. Nothing new
It's often best not to study anything new just before an exam. "Revision" means studying what you have already studied to make sure that you know it well. The aim is to be confident about what you do know, rather than worrying about what you don't know.
2. Common topics
It's always a good idea to look again at the most common topics for IELTS writing and speaking. Make sure you have some ideas, opinions and vocabulary for topics like 'education', 'environment' etc.
3. Test practice
If you have never done a full test (e.g. a full one-hour reading test) before, you might get a shock in the real exam! Timing is a big problem, so practise a full test in strict exam conditions. Don't worry about your score; just focus on finishing everything within the time limit.
At the end of yesterday's lesson I mentioned that you could prepare some examples or stories to make your descriptions more interesting (for speaking part 2, and maybe part 3).
When speaking in our own languages, we tell stories all the time. For example, you might tell a member of your family about what happened at work today, or you might tell your friends about a film you saw last night.
The ability to tell a story in English is a sign that you are becoming a proficient user of the language. Test yourself: try telling a story in English now. Start with something easy, like "what I did yesterday".
It's impossible to prepare for every question that you might get in the speaking test, but what are the essential things to prepare for?
Here's my list of essentials:
Remember that in part 2 you are always asked to "describe". Make sure you prepare some good adjectives for each topic, make sure you can talk about your opinions and feelings, and think about some examples or stories to make your descriptions more interesting.
Many people work hard but with the wrong aims. Their hard work takes them in the wrong direction.
Here are two examples of the wrong aims (for IELTS students):
You could do many hours of hard work on these two aims, but I doubt that your IELTS scores would improve.
Your next question should be: What are the right aims? If you've read enough of my lessons, you'll know what I think. Maybe you would like to share your aims in the comments below this lesson, and we can discuss and refine them.
I noticed a comment from someone who didn't like the phrase "I'm going to talk about" (at the beginning of a part 2 description). He/she described "I'm going to talk about" as an old-fashioned template phrase.
Is this true? Is it an old-fashioned template phrase? The answer is no!
I'm going to talk about is neither old-fashioned nor part of a template. It is simply a natural way to begin your description. As a native English speaker, I would use this phrase without thinking twice about it.
Tip: In the speaking and writing tests, it's best to use short, simple phrases for linking and organising your ideas. Stop worrying about these phrases, and focus on what comes after them: your answer and the 'topic vocabulary' that you use to express your ideas.
People who become good at things do the basics well, and they only show off occasionally.
For example, native speakers (of any language) spend most of their time using clear and relatively simple language. They might add a 'flourish' here and there, but it's rare to meet a native speaker who tries to make every sentence seem impressive.
I try to persuade students to aim for this 'natural' native-speaker style of writing and speaking. Learn to write and speak in a clear, simple, accurate and coherent way. Leave the rhetorical flourishes to politicians and professional writers!
Here are my 3-step (answer, explain, example) answers to the questions that I showed you last Friday:
1. How much has technology improved how we communicate with each other?
I'd say that technology has made communication faster and easier, but I don't think it has improved the quality of communication between people. I mean, it's so easy to send a text message or write a comment on social media these days, but maybe you could say that our conversations are quite superficial compared to the way people communicated in the past. For example, I remember writing long, detailed letters to friends and family members when I was younger, but I tend to just send quick messages from my phone nowadays.
2. Do you agree that there are still many more major technological innovations to be made?
Of course! People are working on all sorts of new technologies as we speak, and I'm sure that there will be technological advances and breakthroughs for as long as human societies exist. Personally, I'm fascinated to see what happens with self-driving cars and other types of artificial intelligence over the next few decades.
3. Could you suggest some reasons why some people are deciding to reduce their use of technology?
Yes, I think the main reasons are that people feel overwhelmed or that their use of technology is becoming unhealthy. Some people have realised that all the devices and applications that they use are making their lives more complicated and stressful than necessary. Others might see themselves becoming addicted to checking their phones, or wasting too much time on their social media pages. I try to limit my own use of my phone and laptop because I want to spend more of my time in the 'real world' than on the Internet.
Instead of worrying about study timetables or how many hours of IELTS practice you think you need to do, just make one simple rule for yourself: do something every day, no matter how small.
A lot can be achieved if you commit to doing a little every day.
Every IELTS teacher will suggest a slightly different way of doing each part of the test. In other words, teachers have different methods.
An example of a method is my 13-sentences approach to writing a task 2 essay. This is how I like to break down the writing task, but it isn't the only way. Other teachers' methods can be equally good.
On the other hand, there are principles that all IELTS teachers should agree on. For example, when you write an essay, you need to present a clear position and answer all parts of the question.
Many IELTS students are confused by all of the different 'methods' that teachers give them. Perhaps we need to focus more on 'principles'.
Here are some interesting questions from test 2 in Cambridge IELTS 13. How would you answer them? (Tip. Remember the steps: answer, explain, example)
I've written about the difference between understanding and using before, but I think it's worth repeating this idea.
Have another look at the list of phrases in yesterday's lesson. Perhaps you understand all of the individual words in that list. But ask yourself this: would you have been able to use those words to create correct phrases, and a coherent essay, in the same way that I did?
Using words and phrases is much more difficult than simply understanding what they mean. While understanding only requires a quick dictionary search, using requires considerable language experience and practice.
Here's a list of the 'band 7-9' vocabulary in my most recent essay:
People doing the academic IELTS test are often misled by the word 'academic'. They think that they need to speak in a formal way using academic words.
But look at the following speaking questions / tasks:
- Do you like music?
- What's your favourite colour? Why?
- Describe a café you have been to.
- Describe a present you gave someone.
- Do you think it's more important to love your job or to earn a good salary?
I hope it's clear that these questions are not really formal or academic. So, instead of trying to use academic words, just aim to speak in a normal conversation style.
There's a big difference between reading a book and studying a book. When you study something, you analyse it in detail and you learn a lot more.
Maybe you read the essay that I shared on Wednesday, but did you study it? The deeper you study something, the more you'll learn from it. So go deeper, study hard, and you're sure to improve!
Here are some part 1 questions from Cambridge IELTS book 8, with my sample answers. How would you answer these questions?
1. How well do you know the people who live next door to you?
I know my neighbours quite well. They're really nice people, and I always stop to talk whenever I see them.
2. How often do you see them?
I see my neighbours at least a few times a week. We usually see each other when we're leaving for work in the morning or coming home in the evening.
3. What kinds of problem do people sometimes have with their neighbours?
I think the most common problem is probably noise. It's difficult to live next to people who have a dog that barks at night, or who play loud music.
4. How do you think neighbours can help each other?
Neighbours can do little things like watching your house if you go on holiday or taking a delivery if something arrives by post when you're not at home. I think these little favours are a good way for neighbours to help each other.
A few people have asked me about these phrases. Do they have the same meaning? When is each one used?
By contrast / In contrast
I often use these two phrases in both writing task 1 and 2. They are exactly the same, and are used in a similar way to "however" or "on the other hand" to introduce a contrast / comparison. Put "By / In contrast" at the beginning of a sentence, with a comma after "contrast".
Example
Unemployment rose in the UK. By contrast, the number of unemployed people in Canada fell.
On the contrary
I don't think you'll need this phrase for any part of the IELTS test. It doesn't mean the same thing as "by / in contrast". We use "on the contrary" to deny that something is true, and to explain that the opposite is true.
Example
- Person 1: "You had some problems with your hotel, didn't you?"
- Person 2: "On the contrary, the hotel was great, but the airline lost my suitcase."
By the time they reach part 3 of the speaking test, many IELTS candidates just want to finish and go home. They've used up all of their energy doing the other parts of the test, and they're happy to have finished the 2-minute talk in part 2. As a result, not many people do really well in part 3.
Here's my tip: Save one last effort for part 3. It's your best chance to leave a good impression on the examiner and perhaps push him / her to give you that extra half band that you need.
The list of less common vocabulary in yesterday's lesson didn't contain any words that are 'big' or impressive on their own.
In fact, if you're trying to impress the examiner with good vocabulary, you shouldn't be worrying about individual words at all. Instead, you should be trying to show that you can use interesting groups of words.
Here's an easy example. The three words below are not particularly special or impressive on their own:
- incredible
- beautiful
- images
But look at how I put these words together in the sentence below:
The TV trailers were really eye-catching because they showed incredibly beautiful images of nature.
The phrase "incredibly beautiful images" is much more interesting (and 'less common') than the three individual words that it contains.
Remember: It's only when you start putting words together that the language comes alive. Focus on groups of words, not individual 'big' words.
Did you note down the following 'less common' phrases from the description that I wrote yesterday? Could you use these phrases in your own sentences?
Note:
The phrase 'less common vocabulary' (or 'uncommon lexical items') is used in the examiner's mark scheme. It refers to any vocabulary that examiners don't expect most candidates to use. But this doesn't mean 'difficult' words; it means the kind of 'natural' phrases that native speakers use. A good example is "DVD box set" - this isn't a difficult phrase, but it's something that English learners might not be expected to use.
Describe an educational television programme that you liked.
You should say
- what the programme was about
- when and where you saw it
- how you found out about this programme
- and why you liked it.
Here's my band 9 answer. Can you see any 'less common' vocabulary?
IELTS isn't simply a test of how much 'difficult' vocabulary and grammar you can use. It also tests your ability to do 'easy' things with the language, like making a simple sentence that contains no mistakes.
Speaking part 1 is a good example of this. In this part of the speaking test, you will impress the examiner by answering without hesitation, by speaking in a natural and fluid way, and by using error-free simple sentences. You can show off your best language later in the test, but you should start, in part 1, by showing the examiner that you can do the 'easy' things well.
Note: many people don't do the easy things well.
A colleague asked me for some advice about how to help a student who is so worried about the IELTS writing test that she feels unable to write an essay. She says she has a mental block and just can't start writing.
In my opinion, this student's problem is that she is aiming too high too soon. She wants to write the perfect essay now, but she is afraid that she won't. She's putting too much pressure on herself to be successful.
So here's some advice for people who feel stuck or afraid: aim much lower! Imagine you're a lazy student who just wants to do his/her homework as quickly as possible, and write an essay that you know isn't your best work - write it quickly and carelessly. Write another 'bad' essay the next day and the day after that. Soon the fear of essay writing will have disappeared, and you'll start wanting to improve your 'bad' essays. When the fear of failure has gone, you'll be free to enjoy the challenge and to do your best work.
Note: if you are not suffering from this essay writing 'fear', please ignore the advice above. Aim high, enjoy the challenge, and do your best work now!
Many students answer questions in IELTS speaking part 3 by saying "it depends".
"It depends" is not a full answer. You need to say what it depends on, and why.
Example question:
Do you think it's important to find a job that you love, or is it more important to earn a good salary?
Don't say:
"It depends. Some people prefer to find a job they love, but other people want to earn a good salary." (This answer just repeats the question)
Do say:
"Personally, I'd prefer to do a job that I really enjoy; as long as I earn enough to live comfortably, the salary is less important. However, I can see the benefits of doing a job that you don't like if it pays well. With a good salary, you can probably do more enjoyable things in your free time."
Here are some techniques that should help you to paraphrase (to say the same thing in different ways):
1) Use a synonym
This is important = This is significant / crucial / vital
2) Use an opposite
I found it difficult = It wasn't easy for me
3) Change active to passive
You should not do this = This should not be done
4) Use a related word (e.g. change the verb into a noun)
The number rose = There was a rise in the number
5) Consider a more formal or informal version
I am worried = I am extremely concerned (formal) / I'm stressed out (informal)
Task:
Try using some of these techniques, and let me know if you think of any others.
In the speaking test, some candidates try to involve the examiner in the conversation. For example:
Examiner: Do you like cooking?
Student: Not really, I prefer eating in restaurants. And you?
You should definitely not do this!
In fact, the only time that you might need to ask a question is if you don't hear what the examiner said. Just say: "Sorry, can you repeat that please?"
Having ideas and opinions is important for IELTS Speaking Part 3. Even if your grammar is excellent, you will not get a high score if you don't know what to say.
For example, do you have an opinion about whether governments should protect old buildings?
Here are some possible ideas / opinions:
The sentences above come from my 'Ideas for IELTS Topics' ebook.
People often ask me to give them a study plan. If I haven't taught the student, I can't suggest a detailed plan because I don't know anything about him/her.
However, I often suggest a basic study plan like this:
The vocabulary below comes from the 'General' IELTS task that I looked at last weekend. I think these phrases could be useful for both General and Academic students.
Here are my sample answers for the questions that I shared last week.
1) Are you happy to be the age you are now?
Yes, I'm quite happy at my current age, although I wouldn't mind going back to when I was younger. It would be nice to relive some of my memories from childhood.
2) When you were a child, did you think a lot about your future?
Not really. I remember thinking about the near future - about exams and things in the year ahead - but I didn't worry too much about adulthood.
3) Do you think you have changed as you have got older?
Yes, in some ways I'm a completely different person now, compared to when I was younger. I think my personality has changed quite a lot, and I'm more open and relaxed.
4) What will be different about your life in the future?
Who knows? Hopefully, my life won't change much over the next decade or so, but after that I can't really imagine or predict.
How would you answer the following questions (from Cambridge IELTS 13)?
1) Are you happy to be the age you are now?
2) When you were a child, did you think a lot about your future?
3) Do you think you have changed as you have got older?
4) What will be different about your life in the future?
Did you note down the following phrases from last week's answer? Maybe you can reuse some of them in your own descriptions.
Yesterday I wrote that your English teacher should take you just outside your comfort zone. Your teacher should also be your best source of language and the 'model' that you try to copy.
Don't be afraid to copy the way I write or the way your favourite English speaker speaks. Copying is the best way to learn a language; it's much more reliable than translating word by word using a dictionary.
In the comments below Wednesday's lesson, one student wrote that he/she isn't able to write at the same level as me. This is a good thing!
If you can already write at the same level as me, you don't need my help!
The best way to learn is to have a teacher who takes you just outside your comfort zone. If the work is too easy you won't progress, and if it's far too difficult you won't be able to do it. A good teacher should give you work that is difficult, but achievable with help. Hopefully the paragraph that I wrote on Wednesday fits that description.
Describe an interesting house or apartment that you have visited.
You should say
- where the house or apartment was
- who lived there
- what it looked like on the outside and/or inside
- and explain why you found this house or apartment interesting.
Here's my sample band 9 answer, using ideas from last week's lesson:
Here's my quick brainstorm on the theme of the word 'easy'. I've divided it into a few different categories; you might find it helpful to do this yourself when brainstorming ideas.
Synonyms of 'easy'
Informal phrases
Phrases with opposites
Use an example to create context e.g. 'the exam was easy'
In yesterday’s lesson I brainstormed the theme of a modern apartment. It’s easy to brainstorm ideas when you focus on a specific word, and I was able to produce a useful list of ideas related to the word ‘modern’.
You can use this technique as a way to prepare for topics and to expand your overall vocabulary knowledge. Just choose a word (your ‘theme’) and brainstorm ideas related to it. You could also use the Internet as a source of ideas.
Task: Let’s take the word ‘easy’ as our theme. Can you list between five and ten words or phrases related to this theme?
Let's return to the part 2 task below.
Describe an interesting house or apartment that you have visited.
You should say
- where the house or apartment was
- who lived there
- what it looked like on the outside and/or inside
- and explain why you found this house or apartment interesting.
If I were working on this topic with students in a lesson, we would begin by preparing some good vocabulary ideas. I would ask my students to develop some vocabulary 'themes'.
For example, if we imagine that we are describing an apartment, perhaps a key theme could be that it is modern. Now we can develop the 'modern' theme:
Try using some of these ideas to describe the inside of a modern apartment and to explain why you like it.
Yesterday I suggested that you'll need to work on both exam technique and English language as you prepare for the IELTS test. So how can IELTS-Simon help you with these two things?
Exam technique
The fastest way to learn how to approach the IELTS test is to watch the video lessons that I published on this website. The videos take you step by step through each part of the test, and you'll see me giving band 9 answers using clear and simple exam techniques. I consider the video lessons to be my best work, and I don't know of any other course that provides such a methodical and effective approach.
Of course, this blog contains the same advice that you'll find in the video lessons. The difference is that the blog isn't written as a step-by-step course. If you have the time, go back through the blog's archives or search the blog for anything that you need. I think I've probably written a lesson about almost any IELTS problem that you might have.
English language
The ultimate aim of this blog is to help you to improve your English. You'll find many lessons in which language, rather than exam technique, is the main focus.
I'm also trying to cover as many IELTS topics as possible here on the blog, and you'll find plenty of vocabulary ideas (words, phrases, examples, opinions etc.) that you can 'copy' from me and use in your own answers.
Let's think about what you're going to do in 2019. Broadly speaking, you'll probably need to work on two main things:
Both of these areas are important, but if we're talking about a whole year of study, I think it's far more important to improve your English.
Imagine yourself at the end of 2019. Surely your priority should be to have a better overall level of English, not just to collect more exam tips and techniques.
Do the 3 parts of the speaking test carry equal weighting when your score is calculated, or is one part more important?
The simple answer is that the 3 parts are not scored separately; the examiner rates the candidate's performance as a whole. In this sense, neither part is more important.
However, it's useful to think about the 3 parts like this:
Language learners often think they know something (e.g. a word, phrase, grammar rule) because they understand it or because they have studied it before. However, there is a huge difference between understanding something and really knowing it.
'Really knowing' means being able to use the word, phrase or grammar rule.
For example, you might understand the vocabulary in this lesson. But does that mean that you know it? Could you use those words and phrases in different contexts in your own essays or spoken answers?
'Repertoire' is an interesting word. It is used by musicians to mean 'all of the songs or pieces of music that they can play or that they perform'.
Instead of learning linking words or worrying about grammatical structures, it might be better to think about your 'IELTS repertoire'. For example: What topics can you write or speak about with confidence? What band 7 words and phrases are you confident about using?
A large repertoire of ideas, opinions, words and phrases for a wide range of topics is the sign of someone who will probably get a high IELTS score.
These are common questions at the start of the speaking test:
Example answers:
Note:
Don't ask the examiner: "Do you mean in my country or here in England?" - it doesn't matter. Don't worry if you have a job and study at the same time - you can mention both.
Yesterday I advised you not to "waffle" in the speaking and writing tests. As one of my high school teachers used to tell us, the opposite of waffling is to be "concise and succinct". Look these two words up if you're not sure what they mean.
Hopefully you noticed what was wrong with the beginning of the student's answer in yesterday's lesson: the first two sentences were unnecessary and irrelevant. Let's take another look:
Question:
Describe an interesting house or apartment.
First three sentences of the answer:
Well, living in an apartment is an overgrowing trend not only in my country but all over the world. We have our own apartment which is really awesome. By the way, I would like to talk about a new apartment/flat that I have recently visited.
The real answer begins in the third sentence with the words "I would like to talk about". This is where I would begin. Everything before that is just background waffle*. Examiners don't like this waffle; you'll impress them more if you get straight to the point and answer directly.
waffle = lengthy but vague or trivial talk or writing (i.e. useless extra words that you don't need)
Last Friday I asked you to look at this task:
Describe an interesting house or apartment that you have visited.
Before I show you how I would answer, I have to say something about one student's response. This is how the student began answering the task:
Well, living in an apartment is an overgrowing trend not only in my country but all over the world. We have our own apartment which is really awesome. By the way, I would like to talk about a new apartment/flat that I have recently visited.
Can you see what is wrong with the way this answer begins?
Instead of worrying about finding a good IELTS teacher, just look for a good English teacher.
If you practise with the official Cambridge books and follow the advice on this blog, you don't really need any more IELTS help.
Many IELTS students would benefit more from taking 'normal' English lessons, rather than attending a 'tips and techniques' course.
If you are taking IELTS preparation lessons with a teacher, here's a tip:
Make sure that your teacher is helping you to improve your English, rather than just giving you exam tips and techniques. If you don't seem to be improving your overall knowledge of the English language, you might need to consider changing your teacher.
Remember: exam tips and techniques are useful and important, but the surest way to improve your IELTS score is by improving your English.
Try preparing ideas or a full answer for this topic:
Describe an interesting house or apartment that you have visited.
You should say
- where the house or apartment was
- who lived there
- what it looked like on the outside and/or inside
- and explain why you found this house or apartment interesting.
Yesterday I suggested that it is possible to deviate from the topic a little in the speaking test, as long as you do this skilfully (read yesterday's lesson to see what I mean).
But can you do the same thing in the writing test? No. You should never deviate from the topic in either of the writing tasks. You'll get a lower score if you do.
Last Friday I asked you to try answering these two questions:
1) I'll answer using an "idea, explain, example" structure:
Yes, I definitely think people should celebrate whenever they are successful in some area of life. I think the celebration is important because it marks the end of a period of effort, and so it's a chance to enjoy the moment, to take stock of what you have achieved, and to share the achievement with others. This is why, for example, universities have graduation ceremonies, which encourage students to celebrate together and to take pride in what they have done.
2) I'll answer using a "firstly, secondly, finally" structure:
I imagine that people have different reasons for keeping their achievements to themselves. One reason could be that some people don't like to show off or draw attention to themselves. Other people perhaps don't value their own accomplishments because they are constantly aiming at even bigger goals. Finally, I suppose that many of us are so busy that we don't stop to savour the moment; maybe we need to slow down and enjoy our successes.
A student asked me about this page on Wikipedia, which gives three examples of the words "they" and "their" being used to refer to singular nouns:
They and their are used instead of he or she and his or her.
This is very common in English, and it is unlikely that someone would say: "Somebody left his or her umbrella. Would he or she please collect it?"
But can we use "they" with a singular in the IELTS test?
The simple answer is yes, but my own preference is a little more complicated. When speaking, I naturally use "they" with singular nouns from time to time. But I tend to avoid doing this in written essays, as I prefer to stick to the normal grammatical conventions. For example, I used "he or she" in the sentence below, which comes from this essay.
Firstly, it is hard for a person to be happy if he or she does not have a safe place to live and enough food to eat.
In part 3 of the speaking test you should try to give longer, detailed answers. A good way to do this is to imagine that you are making a paragraph.
Remember the 'paragraph building' techniques that we use in writing task 2:
Idea, explain, example
Start with a direct answer to the question, like the 'topic sentence' in a written paragraph. Then explain your answer in more detail, and support your explanation with an example.
Try answering this question: Do you think that it's important for people to celebrate their achievements?
Firstly, secondly, finally
Start with the direct answer, then explain it by giving two or three reasons, and maybe an example too.
Try answering this question: Why do you think some people prefer not to tell others about their achievements?
If you take lessons with an English teacher, I recommend that you ask yourself this question at the end of each lesson:
Did I learn some new language in this lesson, or did I become better at using some language that I already knew?
In other words, you are asking yourself whether you worked on your vocabulary range (new words and phrases) or on your flexibility (becoming better at using the language that you already knew).
Note: examiners are looking for range and flexibility when they assess your vocabulary in the writing and speaking tests.
Here are two tips regarding pronunciation.
1) Improving your pronunciation score in the speaking test
This is an exercise that you could do maybe once a week: Try recording yourself as you answer some IELTS speaking questions, then listen to the recording and analyse just one feature of pronunciation. For example, you could focus on intonation: Did your voice sound flat and boring, or did you manage to show interest and enthusiasm? If possible, ask a native speaker to give the same answers, and listen to the rising and falling of his or her voice. Try to copy that intonation.
You could do a similar thing for other aspects of pronunciation e.g. individual sounds, word stress, connected speech and sentence stress.
2) The importance of pronunciation in language learning
In my opinion, pronunciation is perhaps the most overlooked 'secret' to learning a new language. As a serious language student, you'll learn to recognise and produce sounds that don't exist in your own language. You'll try to copy the connected speech, word stress, sentence stress and intonation patterns that native speakers use.
And as you become better at doing these things, the language starts to open up and welcome you in. Your listening skills improve, you find it easier to chat to native speakers, and your repertoire of phrases grows effortlessly. The best language learners (children) all know this secret!
Unfortunately, many candidates give shallow answers in their IELTS speaking and writing tests. They mention a few different ideas, but fail to develop any of them in detail. They would get higher scores if they just took one idea and developed it in detail; this is what I call a deep answer.
Practise explaining just one idea in as much detail as you can. The ability to do this could really benefit your speaking and writing scores.
One thing I noticed as an examiner is that many students forget to use simple words like "and" or "but". At the same time, they overuse words like "moreover" and "furthermore".
Native speakers use "and" all the time (in both speech and writing). You can use "and" or "but" as many times as you want; the examiner will not notice!
On the other hand, if you use "moreover" or "furthermore" more than once, the examiner will notice straight away. These words do not get you a high score. In fact, in the speaking exam, they make your English sound 'forced'.
Here are some easy examples of paraphrasing, using five sentences from last Friday's speaking lesson:
* We could write "every 7 days", but this sounds a little less natural
** all the rage = an idiomatic expression meaning "very popular"
Paraphrasing = expressing the same idea in a different way.
Here are some phrases from Friday's speaking lesson. Can you find a different way to express each idea?
Question: Which of the following is a correct sentence?
Answer: None of these are correct sentences. None of them has a main verb.
To make a sentence, you need a subject (noun/noun phrase) and a verb:
Some students really need to work on writing correct "subject + verb" sentences. Missing the verb in a sentence is a serious mistake that will definitely affect your score.
Here are my sample answers to the 'singing' questions that I shared last week. Remember: there's no need to show off in part 1. It's more important to demonstrate your fluency at this stage. Try to give short, simple answers without too much hesitation.
1. Did you enjoy singing when you were younger?
No, I was never much of a singer. I remember that I was always a little shy and embarrassed when it came to singing in front of others.
2. How often do you sing now?
I don't sing in public, but I do sometimes find myself singing along to songs if I'm listening to music in the car. Perhaps this happens once a week or less.
3. Do you have a favourite song you like listening to?
No, not at the moment. I used to have favourite songs when I was a teenager - when I was discovering new music - but these days I prefer to listen to a variety of music, rather than a particular favourite tune.
4. How important is singing in your culture?
It seems to be really important these days. TV programmes like 'X Factor', which are basically singing contests, are hugely popular at the moment. So many young people dream of being famous singers.
One of the things that I liked about the presentation in this lesson was the idea that 'structures' are so important in any form of communication. When you are speaking or writing (in any context, not just for the IELTS test), the way you structure your ideas makes a difference. A good structure keeps your audience (the listener or reader) interested and on track; it will also add to the coherence, power and persuasiveness of your message.
Consider this example: a sales presentation using a "problem and solution" structure. The sales person explains a problem and then tells the audience how his/her product or service can solve this problem. This simple structure is used in countless advertising and marketing campaigns.
Now let's think about the structures that we use in the IELTS test. Can you list the structures that I've used in my speaking and writing lessons? Here's one example: "answer, explain, example" in part 3 of the speaking test.
For many of the students I've taught, a breakthrough (or big improvement) came when they found the confidence to write and speak in a more 'simple' way.
When you stop worrying about whether you need to use passives, conditionals or 'difficult academic words', you are free to focus on answering the question and explaining your ideas coherently. It takes confidence to change your approach and to believe that the 'simple' way will work.
Note: Remember that 'simple' is not the same thing as 'easy'!
How would you answer these questions from Cambridge IELTS book 12?
Here are some good phrases from the essay that I shared in Wednesday's lesson. Write them down in your notebook, and see if you can use them in your own sentences.
In my opinion, a good language learner is someone who collects words and phrases. But the best learners don't simply store their collections and allow them to get dusty; they use them.
How about you? Are you a language collector? Did you collect any good phrases from the essay that I shared on Wednesday? Did you note them down? Do you regularly review your collection and try to use it?
Here are some sentences that people wrote below last Friday's speaking lesson. Can you find and correct the mistake(s) in each one?
Yesterday I advised you to start slowly when studying something new. Today I'd like to share a short conversation that I had with a student. I think this is a good example of a problem that many students face: they don't take the time to do things slowly and properly!
The student's question:
Hi Simon. Brainstorming ideas when I'm writing essays didn't work for me. My essays look better when I'm writing without planning and brainstorming. Should I continue brainstorming until I'm good at it or write without planning. What do you advise?
My answer:
My advice is this: whenever you try a new technique, start very slowly. So, try following my planning advice again, but give yourself as much time as you need. It doesn't matter if it takes you an hour to create a good essay plan at first - just aim to get the plan right. Then see what happens when you write an essay using a really good plan. Again, don't give yourself a time limit. When you're comfortable planning and writing in this way, gradually speed up! Perhaps your problem was that you were going too fast.
The student's response:
Definitely, yes you are right I'm going too fast and I always place importance on the speed of my writing. The reason I am in a hurry is I think there are lots of topics I need to work on.
Imagine a musician (pianist, guitarist etc.) who is learning a new technique, or a new piece of music or song. Musicians learn by going slowly at first and gradually speeding up as they become familiar with the technique or music.
I recommend the same when you start preparing for IELTS, or when you learn a new exam technique or study a new topic: start slowly. Try to achieve the score you need at slow speed, and then gradually reduce the time until you can do the same at exam speed.
If you're looking for more topics to practise, here are three speaking tasks that a student sent me. How would you answer?
1. Describe a quiet place that you visited. You should say
- where it was
- when you went there
- what you did there
- and explain why it was so quiet
2. Describe a time when you were scared. You should say
- when it happened
- where you were
- why you were frightened
- and explain how you felt after this experience
3. Describe something that a friend has done but you haven't done. Say
- what your friend did
- where and when your friend did this
- how you felt about your friend's experience
- and explain why you would (or wouldn't) like to do what your friend did
I've written about this before, but I think it's a message that I need to keep repeating:
Too many candidates approach the IELTS exam with a grammar mindset. They go into the test with their heads full of 'grammatical structures' that they think will impress the examiner. Unfortunately this approach is more likely to hinder you than help you.
I'm trying to persuade people to have a vocabulary mindset. This means that you go into the test knowing that you have prepared ideas for common IELTS topics, and with the aim of expressing your ideas coherently and in as much detail as you can.
Here's a quick question to see which mindset you have:
Which of the two activities below do you spend more time doing?
Over the last couple of weeks I've started to use Facebook to complement my blog lessons. The simple reason is this: I use my laptop for blogging, but it's easier to use Facebook on my phone.
If you're not on Facebook, don't worry. I'm not giving any 'new' information there; it's the same message, just delivered in a slightly different way. If you are on Facebook, maybe you'll visit me there. As I said, I think the Facebook page can complement this blog and perhaps offer some alternative ways to prepare for the IELTS test.
Click here to see my most recent Facebook posts.
Describe a photograph of you that you like. You should say
- where the photo was taken
- what you were doing when it was taken
- who took it
- and explain why you like the photo.
Here's my full answer using the vocabulary ideas from this lesson:
Here's a list of some of the good words and phrases that I've used in my blog lessons this week:
There is usually a gap between the IELTS scores that people get when they practise at home and the scores they get when they take a real test.
For example, maybe you can achieve a band 7 when you write essays without a time limit, but you get a band 6 when you take the test. This is a gap of one band.
Here are some tips relating to this 'performance gap':
I hope this makes sense! Let me know if you've noticed this gap. How big is it, and what are you doing to make it bigger or smaller?
Let's try using all four of the steps that I recommended in last Friday's lesson. Here's another question from IELTS speaking part 3, with my answer below it.
Do you think it's ever worth hiring a professional photographer?
(Direct answer) Yes, for certain special occasions I definitely think it's best to pay a professional to take photos. (Explain) A professional photographer is likely to have a better camera and related equipment, and you would hope that the end result will be a set of stunning photographs. (Personal example) Thinking back to a wedding that I attended last summer, I remember that the photographer knew exactly what he was doing, and he took some great pictures of the bride, groom and guests. (Opposite or alternative) Without a paid professional, you would have to rely on a friend or family member to take photos, and I think this would be risky. I don't think you can trust an amateur when it's a once-in-a-lifetime event.
A few days ago, I asked people the following question on my Facebook page:
When you "brainstorm" ideas for an IELTS essay, what is the number one rule?
Only one person gave an answer that was close to what I was looking for. Here's my answer to this question:
The key idea behind "brainstorming" is that you write down anything that comes into your head: good ideas, bad ideas, irrelevant ideas... just write them all down. You can organise them and cross out the bad ones later.
People who forget this 'rule' often get stuck because they are afraid that their ideas aren't good enough. Don't judge yourself at the brainstorming stage.
Here are some of the sentences that people wrote below last Sunday's lesson. They all contain grammar mistakes or 'unnatural' use of vocabulary. Can you correct and/or improve them?
When answering questions in part 3 of the speaking test, you should have three (or maybe four) steps that you follow.
Practise checking off these steps in your head as you answer:
For example, here's a question from a recent lesson:
Why do you think people like taking photos of themselves and others?
Here's my answer, following the first three steps above:
(Direct answer) I think the main reason why people take photos of themselves and their friends and family is to collect memories. (Explain) What I mean is that photos are like souvenirs that remind us of special moments in the past; people like looking back over their lives and seeing what they were doing or how young they looked at a particular time. (Example) My niece is a good example; she takes 'selfies' whenever she goes somewhere interesting, and she loves to look through them with her friends.
Task:
My answer is already long enough, but can you add the fourth step?
How good are you at finding different ways to communicate the same message? Let's practise using the following sentence from yesterday's lesson:
I am considering whether to get a job or go to university.
How many different ways can you find to communicate this idea? You don't need to change all of the words in the sentence, and it doesn't matter if your suggestions are less (or more) formal than the original. Just practise the paraphrasing skill.
Here's one example:
I'm not sure if I should look for work or apply to university.
Look at the two sentences below. Both are normal and correct.
A) I am considering whether to get a job instead of going to university.
B) I am considering whether to get a job or go to university.
Now look at this sentence from the introduction in Wednesday's lesson:
People have different opinions about whether schools should prioritise the teaching of national literature and history, instead of taking a more global view of these subjects.
Task: Can you change the sentence above into a type 'B' sentence?
As I said in last Friday's lesson, the task below isn't really about a photograph. It's about whatever is in the photograph (e.g. an event).
Describe a photograph of you that you like. You should say
- where the photo was taken
- what you were doing when it was taken
- who took it
- and explain why you like the photo.
Let's imagine that we are going to describe a graduation photo - a photograph of you on the day of your university graduation ceremony.
See if you can include the following phrases in your description:
Try this useful technique for IELTS writing and speaking:
Give an opinion, then follow it with a conditional sentence.
Look at these examples:
I've underlined the conditionals. Examples 1 and 2 are second conditionals, while 3 uses the first conditional.
Practice:
Prepare your own "opinion + conditional" ideas for different topics. Having a few of these ideas ready could help you in the writing and speaking tests.
Have another look at the part 2 task below.
Describe a photograph of you that you like. You should say
- where the photo was taken
- what you were doing when it was taken
- who took it
- and explain why you like the photo.
Now think about this:
What is the real topic of this task? Is it photography or photographs?
The answer is no. I think you'll probably talk about a holiday, a special event, or perhaps an activity or a hobby. One of these topics will be your real topic.
Tip: Don't let the word "photograph" dominate your thinking. If you do that, you'll start to worry that you don't know enough "photography" vocabulary. Instead, focus on the holiday, event or activity.
Have a look at the following phrases from yesterday's lesson. There is some interesting vocabulary here, even if you're not doing the General IELTS test.
Here's a useful study technique for IELTS speaking: find questions on one topic for all three parts of the test. For example, let's take the 'photos' topic:
Part 1 questions
1. What type of photos do you like taking?
2. What do you do with photos you take?
3. When you visit other places, do you take photos or buy postcards?
4. Do you like people taking photos of you?
(I've answered the above questions here)
Part 2 task
Describe a photograph of you that you like. You should say
- where the photo was taken
- what you were doing when it was taken
- who took it
- and explain why you like the photo.
Part 3 discussion
1. Why do you think people like taking photos of themselves and others?
2. Do you think it's ever worth hiring a professional photographer?
3. What are the advantages of taking photos on a mobile phone instead of on a normal camera?
If you go back through my speaking lessons, you can probably make a useful list of phrases that introduce your views. Here are some 'opinion' phrases from recent lessons, and maybe you can search for more.
I noticed a common question in the 'comments' area below Friday's lesson:
Can you suggest some websites for vocabulary, idioms and phrasal verbs for IELTS?
Here's another comment (written by shokhrukh) that answers this question:
I often wonder why so many people look for vocabulary websites when they have one right under their noses: ielts-simon.com. If you went through all the lessons Simon has posted over the years and picked up all the great words and phrases along the way, I'm sure you'd be well on your way to getting band 7+ in IELTS.
Obviously I agree with shokhrukh. I believe this website contains all the IELTS vocabulary that you need!
Here's a quick review of the 'band 7 to 9' vocabulary in the essay that I shared on Wednesday:
What connection do you see between the list of vocabulary above and the advice in yesterday's speaking lesson?
Last week (see lessons from Friday to Sunday) I gave you an overview of how examiners score IELTS speaking tests. I also said that I would explain the idea of 'less common' and 'idiomatic' vocabulary in more detail.
First some simple definitions:
In other words, 'less common' and 'idiomatic' basically mean the same thing: phrases that native speakers naturally use, but English learners don't often use.
This is why I tell people that examiners are not looking for 'big' or 'difficult' words. They are looking for phrases and collocations.
Click here to see a lesson in which I highlighted the kind of native-speaker phrases that an examiner might like to hear in a speaking test.
And remember: Understanding these phrases isn't the same as being able to use them yourself.
Let's consider what an examiner might be thinking during part 3 of the speaking test.
Speaking Part 3
After part 2 of the speaking test, the examiner probably has a pretty good idea of the candidate's level. Part 3 is useful because it allows the examiner to probe a little deeper to make sure that he/she is right. For example, if the examiner is unsure about what score to give for grammar, he/she might choose a question that requires the candidate to compare the past with the present (i.e. using different tenses), or a question that requires the candidate to imagine something (perhaps using a conditional).
When I was an examiner, I used part 3 as an opportunity to push candidates a little harder. I tried to get them to open up, express themselves, and explain their opinions. In other words, I was giving them a final chance to impress me with some good English. This is what you should try to do.
Tip: Don't let your energy or effort level drop after part 2. Do your best to leave a good impression on the examiner. This technique will help you.
Note: I'll come back to yesterday's point about 'less common' and 'idiomatic' vocabulary in next Friday's lesson.
Continuing from yesterday's lesson, here's my quick guide to how examiners judge candidates' performance in part 2 of the speaking test.
Speaking Part 2
Part 2 gives the examiner a chance to really listen to the candidate's English. When I was an examiner, I used to imagine that I had my eyes closed (of course I didn't actually close them) so that I could concentrate only on what I was hearing.
In this part of the test, the examiner can judge all aspects of performance. But above all, I believe that part 2 is the candidate's best chance to impress the examiner in one key area: vocabulary (lexical resource). In order to give a high score, the examiner needs to hear some 'less common' and 'idiomatic' vocabulary. In simple terms, this means that candidates need to use some phrases that a native speaker might use in a normal conversation.*
Tip: Part 2 is your best chance to impress the examiner with good language. But I don't mean 'complex grammar' and lots of fancy linking words. Focus on giving an interesting and detailed description that contains a range of relevant words and phrases.
*I'll say more about 'less common' and 'idiomatic' vocabulary next Friday.
Here's a rough guide to how examiners decide what scores to give in the speaking test. At least, this is how I used to approach scoring when I was an examiner.
I'll look at part 1 of the speaking test today, and then I'll cover parts 2 and 3 over the weekend.
Speaking Part 1
Examiners are aware that part 1 questions are quite easy, and that candidates will only be able to give relatively short answers. Therefore, they are not expecting to hear any "super-impressive" language at this stage.
Instead, I believe that examiners are getting an overall impression of the candidate's ability in the following areas: pronunciation, avoiding mistakes in simple / easy sentences, answering without too much hesitation, speaking fluently without too much repetition.
Tip: Candidates perform better if they focus on answering fluently. Easy answers are fine; just make them as fluent and natural as possible.
Students often ask me to explain why their scores have dropped. For example, one student got a band 7 in speaking last month, but his speaking score dropped to 6 this month. How is that possible?
You might think that the examiner has been too strict or has done something wrong, but this is probably not the case. The best explanation for fluctuating IELTS scores is performance on the day.
Some days you perform well: the topics in the exam seem to suit you, your brain seems to find good answers and remember good words or phrases, and you finish all parts of the test in the time allowed. Other days nothing seems to go right; you simply have a bad day.
Don't worry if your score fluctuates; this is completely normal. One day everything will go perfectly, and you'll get the scores you need!
Note: Your scores will also fluctuate if you keep changing the 'method' that you use.
A student wrote to me the other day to ask about an IELTS book that she had bought. The book contained tips that were completely different from the tips that I give. The student felt confused and wanted to know which tips were right.
I see this problem all the time. Students use different books and websites that contain different tips and methods. The resulting confusion hinders* students instead of helping them.
Here's my solution to this problem: stop using so many different books and websites! Choose one website, or one book, or one teacher, and follow one consistent method. If you read contradictory advice in a different book, ignore it - it's just a different method.
*to hinder = to stop someone or something from making progress
Remember to keep your part 1 answers short and 'to the point'. Here are my example answers for some questions about walking:
1. Do you like walking?
I'm not one for going on really long walks in the countryside, but I don't mind walking when I'm in a town or city, for example when I'm sightseeing in a new place.
2. Do you think walking is important?
Yes, I think it's important to be active, and walking is the most basic physical activity that we can do.
3. Do you think walking in the countryside is better than walking in the city?
Personally, no. As I said before, I like walking in the city, especially if it's somewhere with a lot of history like London or Paris.
4. What could be done to improve the experience of walking in cities?
I suppose the main issues are space and safety. Pavements need to be wide enough to accommodate lots of pedestrians, and we need safe places to cross the street.
The following sentences come from conclusions that people shared below this lesson. Can you improve them by correcting mistakes or by choosing more natural phrasing?
Here are three tips, one for each part of the speaking test.
Part 1: stop and smile
For part 1 of the speaking test, you need to get used to giving short answers. Many students find it difficult to stop speaking, and the examiner is forced to interrupt. My tip is to give your answer then stop and smile, showing the examiner that you are ready for the next question.
Part 2: tell a story
In the context of speaking part 2, a story is simply a long example to illustrate a point that you have made. If you’re describing a person, for example, you could tell a story to illustrate why you like him/her. People find it easy to keep speaking for longer when they have a story to tell.
Part 3: include an ‘if...’ sentence
Look at technique number 2 in this lesson. The 'alternatives' technique helps you to say more, and it also encourages you to add a conditional 'if...' sentence, which might help your grammar score.
People often argue that "there's no best method" with regard to learning a language, or perhaps with regard to IELTS preparation.
While I agree with the "no best method" idea to a large extent, I believe that we should add to this statement:
"There's no best method, but you still need to choose a method."
And perhaps we could add a bit more:
It's difficult to think about grammar when you're trying to speak. I think it's much easier to improve your vocabulary score than your grammar score.
Remember:
I've taught many students who have achieved a score of 7 or higher, and they all made small grammar mistakes. They got their high scores because we focused on vocabulary, ideas, opinions and fluency.
Have a look through my speaking lessons, and you'll notice that the focus is usually on vocabulary.
Here are some good phrases from the answers in Friday's speaking lesson:
Note:
The phrase 'in the red' means overdrawn (i.e. your bank account is showing negative numbers). Do you know what the opposite of 'in the red' is? Click here to find out.
In Thursday's lesson I wrote this: "Traffic will be diverted on to a dual carriageway".
But why didn't I write 'onto' as one word? Do you know when to write the single word 'onto' and when to write 'on to' as two separate words?
Here's the answer:
Here are my (band 9) sample answers to the 'money' questions that I shared a few weeks ago.
1. Why is it important for people to save some of their money?
In the long term I think it's important to save for retirement, but it's also a good idea to have a certain amount of money saved so that you can deal with unexpected problems in the less distant future. For example, I've learnt to put some money aside for car repairs, and this came in useful recently when I needed to have my car's brake pads changed. If I hadn't had savings, the cost of getting my car repaired could have sent me into the red.
2. In your view, should children be taught how to manage money?
Not at school, no. I believe it's the job of parents to gradually teach children that kind of thing, or perhaps there's no need for anyone to teach children about money because they learn about it naturally as they grow up. For example, I remember being given money to buy sweets or an ice cream when I was a child, and I soon learnt what I could afford and what I couldn't.
3. Do you think that girls are better at saving money than boys?
I've never thought about that before. I don't see any reason why girls would be better savers than boys or vice versa. I suppose it depends more on the personality of each individual and what their interests are. For example, a child who likes cheap toys might not think about saving, whereas a child who wants to buy something expensive, like a bike or a games console, might summon the willpower to save up!
Note: I'm re-posting this lesson because people keep asking me about 'difficult' words.
Here's a useful question from a student who asked about "difficult" words and how to learn new vocabulary:
Hi Simon. Reading your blog and studying your ebook, I’ve noticed your English is perfect, but you don’t use difficult words. Also, regarding the process of learning new words, some teachers say that we should write them on cards and write the adjective, noun, verb associated with the new word. Do you think this is a good idea?
Here's my answer:
I don't believe in the idea of a "difficult word" - any individual word can be learnt easily. What is difficult is using words together in phrases. So, I tell my students not to write down individual words, but to investigate how words work in real contexts. Instead of writing single words on cards, I'd write phrases or even sentences in a notebook. It's definitely a good idea to look for associated nouns, verbs and adjectives, but always try to find examples of how those words are used (just search for them on the Internet). Remember: it's easy to understand a word, but it's not so easy to use it in a range of full sentence contexts.
Model essays can be extremely useful because they show you what you are aiming for, and they contain good vocabulary and correct grammar. However, the model essays in some IELTS books seem to confuse students because they are written in too many different ways (so the 'method' isn't clear).
Although there is no 'right way' to write an essay, I think that you should find one way and stick with it. If you read a model essay that is written in a different way, don't worry! Use the essay for ideas and vocabulary, but don't change your method. Maybe you could even rewrite the model essay using your method.
In the IELTS speaking test, 25% of your score is for pronunciation. Many students confuse 'pronunciation' with 'accent'. These are not the same thing!
Nobody expects you to speak with a perfect British English accent. In fact, the examiner will not judge your accent at all.
Your pronunciation score is based on these things:
It's not easy to improve these things quickly or through deliberate practice. Good pronunciation is usually the result of lots of listening and copying. My tip is: stop worrying about your accent, and focus on speaking clearly.
Look at these two phrases from yesterday's lesson. Are they correct?
The answer is no. Both phrases contain a mistake.
The correct form is this: save (something) for a rainy day
If you use an idiom, you need to get it exactly right. Even a small mistake in an idiomatic expression makes it sound strange and completely wrong.
Here are some sentences that people wrote below yesterday's lesson. Can you correct the mistakes or change the sentences to improve them?
Here are some part 3 questions that could follow on from the part 2 topic that we saw in a lesson two weeks ago:
Try to answer with a minimum of three sentences: answer, explain, example.
Here are some more examples of the construction in yesterday's lesson:
There is a danger that this will be misunderstood. =
There is a danger of this being misunderstood.
Employers should assess the risk that staff will be affected by stress. =
Employers should assess the risk of staff being affected by stress.
What is the likelihood that the project will be completed by Friday? =
What is the likelihood of the project being completed by Friday?
A student asked me about the use of 'being' in the following sentence.
"There is a danger of nuclear weapons being obtained by terrorists."
Here's my (updated) explanation:
Note: When we use the phrase "there is a danger of...", there is a future implication. So, "there is a danger of x" means "there is a danger that x will happen".
Therefore, our sentence really means this:
- There is a danger that nuclear weapons will be obtained by terrorists" OR
- There is a danger that terrorists will obtain nuclear weapons.
Thanks to Morteza and Oleg for pushing me towards a better explanation!
Last Friday I asked you to think about the topic below.
Describe a time when you saved up some money to buy something special.
Here are some ideas from one of my video lessons (speaking lesson 5 on this webpage). In the lesson I describe a 'smartwatch' and suggest the following vocabulary 'themes':
Electronic watch 'features' theme
Electronic watch 'useful' theme
I'm sure you could use some of this vocabulary to describe "something special that you saved money to buy".
In the comments below a recent lesson, I noticed that several people had written "I'm agree with you". This is incorrect.
You can't say "I'm agree" in English. You must say "I agree".
I think this mistake is caused by people translating from their own languages. For example, I know that in French and Spanish, the verb 'be' is used when people want to say that they agree, so it looks something like "I am agree" or "I am agreed". It's not the same in English.
In English, we simply use 'agree' as a normal verb: I agree, I prefer, I like...
In Thursday's lesson I told you not to use words like soar, rocket, shoot up, creep up, dive and plummet in IELTS writing task 1.
But what's wrong with those words?
The problem with those words is that they are too figurative for writing task 1. Think about the normal use of these verbs (e.g. the bird soared into the air, the climber plummeted to his death). If you use these words to describe figures on a graph, it seems too sensational or exaggerated. This is why I prefer to stick with increase, decrease, rise and fall.
So can we ever use these words to describe figures?
If you're writing for a newspaper, yes you can! You'll often see phrases like this in newspapers: house prices soared, share prices plummeted, the price of petrol crept up. Newspapers and magazines love idiomatic and descriptive language, but this style does not suit academic graph descriptions.
Here's a recent exam topic that a few people told me about:
Describe a time when you saved up some money to buy something special.
You should say
- what you wanted to buy
- why you wanted it
- how you saved your money
- and explain how you felt when you finally bought the item.
I've written several lessons about the 'describe an object' topic, here, here and here for example. Maybe you could take some of my ideas and adapt them to the task above.
Someone asked me this question the other day: Why do you use a blog to teach IELTS?
Here's my answer:
The advantage of a blog is that it can keep going and going (unlike a book or a course). Over the years, this blog has evolved as I've learnt more about students' problems, and as I've gradually refined my IELTS preparation methods.
The disadvantage of the blog is that the lessons aren't in a particular order, so there isn't a starting point or a step-by-step progression. However, I find this lack of structure interesting. I don't think we always need to study in a perfectly organised way. Perhaps the act of searching through the lessons and reading them in your own unique order makes the study process more engaging and creative.
I'd like to share a comment that a student called Sana wrote below yesterday's lesson here on the blog:
..........
Dear Simon,
I just checked my IELTS result now and found out that finally I got the results I always wanted.
I got 7.5 for reading this time and 8 and 7.5 for the rest. And without your clear guidelines and methods I could never achieve this!
Thank you so much!
..........
If you're struggling with the IELTS test and you feel frustrated, I hope Sana's success inspires you to keep going. If you work hard and use this blog well, I'm confident that you'll pass in the end.
Here's a quick summary of my advice for IELTS speaking preparation.
Part 1
Make yourself a list of part 1 questions. Practise going through the full list, giving a simple one-sentence answer for each question. Record yourself and listen to your answers. Aim to answer without hesitation to demonstrate fluency. If you repeat this process every day, you should see improvements.
Part 2
Prepare sample answers in written form for the six main topic areas. Ask a teacher or native English speaker to help you to improve your descriptions, by correcting mistakes and adding better vocabulary ideas. Practise those six descriptions until you can 'perform' them without needing to read your notes. Record yourself, analyse your performance and keep practising and perfecting until you have really mastered the six topics. Then move on to other less common topics and try to do the same.
Part 3
Make yourself a list of part 3 questions. Practise going through the list, giving 3-step answers. Force yourself to give a direct answer, explanation and example every time. When this way of answering starts to feel easy and natural, because you've created a habit, you can experiment with 4-step answers. Record yourself, analyse your answers and repeat the process. Don't move on to any new questions until you feel that you've 'mastered' your original list.
Here's a list of the good phrases from Friday's speaking lesson. See if you can use them in your own description of a maths lesson.
Here's a list of the good 'topic vocabulary' from Wednesday's essay:
Here's the task that I showed you last week:
Describe something important that you learned in a maths lesson at primary school.
And here's my sample answer:
Note:
I didn't have the full question, so I decided to tell a story in my own way. Did you learn any useful words or phrases from my description?
With yesterday's advice in mind, let's look at some reasons why students don't write clear, coherent essays:
Can you see how important 'clear thinking' is? Everything that you write is a manifestation of the thoughts in your head. In other words, your writing demonstrates exactly how clear your thinking is.
On Tuesday I used part of a very interesting speech by a university professor. I could sum up his message in this way:
There's no difference between thinking and writing. We should teach people to write well so that they learn to think well.
Of course, the opposite must also be true: If you want to write clearly and coherently, you need to think clearly and coherently.
Ask yourself this: When I'm writing an IELTS essay, does my thinking feel clear, coherent and organised? Or do I feel confused and disorganised?
A student wrote to me this week to tell me that he was given the following part 2 task in his IELTS speaking test:
Describe something important that you learned in a maths lesson at primary school.
The student who wrote to me found this task difficult. What do you think? Has anyone else had this task in a recent exam?
On Wednesday I wrote a lesson about irrelevant information. Here's a writing tip that I gave in the comments area below the lesson:
Look at the phrases you use, and ask yourself this:
Am I writing this phrase because it really expresses my ideas in response to the question, or am I just writing this phrase because I memorised it and because I want to 'show it off'?
I believe you'll get a better score if you stop memorising 'show-off' phrases. Instead, work on building your knowledge of 'topic vocabulary', and focus on answering the question with relevant ideas.
The following sentences (and parts of sentences) come from the 'comments' area below Thursday's lesson. Can you correct the mistake(s) in each one?
There's only one conditional question among the part 3 discussion topics in Cambridge IELTS book 12:
What would life be like if people didn't have to work?
This question is asking you to imagine a different reality. Some teachers call this type of sentence a 'second conditional' (if + past simple + would + infinitive).
Can you answer the question with at least one correct conditional sentence?
I often use the phrasal verb 'tighten up' when I'm talking about improving essays. Here's what I mean when I use this verb:
- Make your writing clear, concise and succinct
- Remove anything that is irrelevant or vague
- Avoid unnecessary repetition
- Check that each sentence follows on logically from the sentence before it
- Make sure that your sentences move your paragraphs forward
Think about the job of an editor (for a newspaper, magazine or book publisher). Editors check other people's writing and "tighten it up" so that it's easier to read. This is what you should try to do with your own writing.
Look at this sentence from Thursday's lesson:
"The lowest number of attendances was recorded in the 5 to 15 age group."
Can you explain why we can't use "least" or "minimum" instead of "lowest" in this sentence? Note: there's a different problem with each of these two words.
We looked at some part 1 questions about 'art' in last Friday's lesson, so let's look at the same topic in part 2 of the speaking test.
Describe a piece of art (a painting, drawing, sculpture or decorative object) that you like. You should say
- what the piece of art is
- where and when you saw it
- what it looks like or what it shows
- and explain why you like this piece of art.
Tip:
Maybe you're worried that you don't like art or you don't have any ideas for this topic. But the task doesn't tell you to describe a famous piece of art. It would be fine to describe a picture that you drew yourself, or perhaps something that a child (a family member) drew at school.
Have another look at the negative answers that I gave in Friday's lesson. What would the opposite (positive) answers be? For example:
Question
Did you enjoy doing art lessons when you were a child?
Negative answer
No I didn't. I was never very good at drawing or painting, and I found art lessons quite slow and boring. I preferred language and science lessons.
Opposite answer (positive)
Yes I did. I was always quite good at drawing and painting, and I found art lessons enjoyable and fascinating. Art was one of my favourite subjects.
Practice tip:
Look through some more sample answers, and see if you can give the opposite answer or express the opposite opinion. The ability to see both sides could be really useful in the speaking and writing tests.
Have a look at my answers to the four questions below. My aim was to demonstrate that it's fine to give negative answers in part 1 of the speaking test.
1. Did you enjoy doing art lessons when you were a child?
No I didn't. I was never very good at drawing or painting, and I found art lessons quite slow and boring. I preferred language and science lessons.
2. Do you ever draw or paint pictures now?
No, I don't draw or paint these days, because there's never any need for me to create art at work, and I still don't enjoy art as a hobby.
3. When was the last time you went to an art gallery or exhibition?
I honestly can't remember the last time I went to any kind of art exhibition; I'm not much of an art fan, and I tend to go to music concerts, the cinema or the theatre instead of art shows.
4. What kind of pictures do you like having in your home?
I don't have any paintings or artistic images in my home, but I do have photos of family members and some nice photos of landscapes on the walls to brighten the place up.
I first published the following video in 2014, but as the first tip in the video is "you need a method" (the same tip that I gave in yesterday's lesson), I thought it would be a good time to repost it.
These are still my top ten study tips, four years after I recorded them:
aa
aa
And here's an audio recording in case you can't see the video:
When people ask me for general advice about how to improve their IELTS scores, the first thing that I say to them is: you need a method for everything.
Do you have a method or a way of approaching every part of the test? If you don't have a method, you're not as well prepared as you could be.
How would you answer the following questions, which come from Cambridge IELTS book 12 (test 8)?
1. Did you enjoy doing art lessons when you were a child?
2. Do you ever draw or paint pictures now?
3. When was the last time you went to an art gallery or exhibition?
4. What kind of pictures do you like having in your home?
Remember: One sentence is enough. Just give a direct answer and a reason.
There were some really good collocations and phrases in the letter that I wrote last Sunday. Note them down, even if you're not doing the General Training test.
A student called Wanda left a really good piece of advice in the comments area below Wednesday's lesson. I think it's worth repeating the advice so that more people read it.
Here's what Wanda wrote:
"The IELTS exam takes three hours, so to my mind you should be used to spending at least this long thinking in English every day. Anything less, and your mind will be exhausted with the effort on exam day."
So, ask yourself this question: Are you regularly using English or thinking in English for three hours each day?
In part 3 of the speaking test, you should try to give longer, more detailed answers. A great way to do this is by giving an example.
However, I've noticed that students often forget to give an example, even when I've just told them to answer using the three steps: 1) direct answer 2) explain 3) give an example.
Here's the solution to this problem: when answering in part 3, force yourself to say the words "for example". When I force my students to say these words, they always manage to find an example, and the result is that they always give better answers. Try it: just force yourself to say the words "for example", and see what happens.
In last Sunday's lesson I suggested that you identify and work on your weaknesses. It's not always easy to identify your own weaknesses, so here are three tips to help you to expose them:
Note: Be careful with point 2 above. It's fine to test yourself or "go too quickly" occasionally, as a way to expose weaknesses, but you should spend most of your time preparing slowly and carefully.
In this lesson I suggested that you spend some time thinking of ideas for writing task 2. You could follow the same advice for speaking part 2: take a list of questions, and spend some time brainstorming ideas for each one.
For example, here's a short list of speaking part 2 tasks:
Notice that all five questions are about the topic of "childhood" - it might help to focus on one main topic area. Don't worry about giving full answers for now; just spend some time noting down your ideas and memories.
It's often the case that just one particular weakness is stopping people from getting a higher score. For example, the student that I wrote about yesterday had a problem with idea generation. His English was very good, but he struggled to think of good ideas, especially when under pressure.
I told him to stop writing essays and to spend time working only on his weakness (as described yesterday). In other words, we identified a weakness, we isolated it, and then we came up with a simple action plan to tackle it. Perhaps you can do the same.
I got chatting to a student in a café the other day, and he told me that his big problem was not being able to think of good ideas for writing task 2.
When I asked the student about how he practised for this part of the test, it became clear that he wasn't working on his weakness. He wasn't practising idea generation.
So here's a summary of the advice that I gave the student:
Imagine spending 15 minutes each day just thinking of ideas, questioning your own opinions, and making notes on a wide range of IELTS topics. With practice, I'm sure you can turn a weakness into a strength!
Try this exercise:
First, take one of my sample answers for any speaking question (part 1, 2 or 3). For example, you could use the first answer in last Friday's lesson. Read my answer a few times and try to remember it.
Next, hide my sample answer and try to answer the question yourself, using as much of my answer as you can remember. Record yourself giving the answer.
Finally, listen to the recording and compare your answer with my original answer. Did you make any mistakes or miss anything? If you have time, transcribe the recording so that you can analyse your answer more closely.
Many students are concerned that the language they use might be too 'simple', so they try to find more 'difficult' words or phrases.
In my opinion, words and phrases are never 'difficult' in the way that a subject like mathematics can be difficult. Anyone can understand and learn a word or phrase. What is difficult about learning a language is building a large repertoire of words and phrases that you can use flexibly to express a wide variety of ideas.
Examiners don't really think in terms of 'simple' and 'difficult'. They look for:
Here are 3 common question types that the examiner could ask you:
For example, if the topic is 'cities', the examiner might ask:
In my answers below I've underlined a few 'markers' that show comparisons, opinions and future predictions.
Yesterday I mentioned that people are writing some really intelligent comments below lessons here on the blog. Today I'd like to share a comment written by Kali. I think this is a great example of 'deep work'.
Kali took five of my task 2 essays and shared the following analysis:
Here's Kali's summary of the above analysis:
In my view, what this demonstrates is that Simon's writing is both normal, and that its simplicity is deceptive. There is comparatively little reliance on connective adverbs, such as "moreover" or "consequently", at the start of sentences. Although some sentences are technically and grammatically more complex, the complexity passes unnoticed to the average reader.
If you find this kind of analysis useful, read the third comment below this lesson (written by csaj). This is a great example of how Google Books and Ngrams can help us.
Over the last few months I've noticed that people have been writing some really intelligent comments below lessons here on the blog.
In particular, many people are searching 'Google Books' and using the 'Google Ngram Viewer' to check collocations and phrases.
Some of you may be wondering what I'm talking about, so let's discuss the two tools in the comments area below this lesson. How can we search Google Books and use the Ngram Viewer to "investigate" the English language?
Here's a list of useful vocabulary from last week's 'journey' description.
First, some collocations:
And some nice phrases for stories:
Try using some of the phrases above when telling your own stories.
There were plenty of good phrases and collocations in this week's lessons. Here are just some of them:
From the reading lesson:
From the writing task 2 lesson:
Task: Can you list the good phrases and collocations from Friday's speaking lesson?
Did you quickly scan through this week's lessons here on the blog, or did you spend the time to do some 'deep work'? For example: Did you write all of the useful vocabulary in a notebook? Did you analyse my task 1 and task 2 paragraphs carefully, looking at organisation, coherence, grammar and word choice?
If you read through my lessons quickly, I'm sure you'll pick up some useful tips. But if you go deeper, you'll learn a lot more!
PS. There's an interesting book called 'Deep Work'. You can read about it here.
Describe a time you travelled by public transport. You should say
- what type of public transport you used
- where you travelled from and to
- what you did during the journey
- and explain how you felt about travelling in this way
I've tried to give my answer (below) in the form of an 'anecdote':
I’m going to describe a train journey that I took last year between Manchester and London. I’ve made the same journey many times, but I’ll never forget this particular time because something happened that I wasn’t expecting.
It was a Sunday morning and I was due in London that afternoon. There was no traffic at all as I drove in to Manchester, and I was expecting a nice, peaceful trip on a half-empty train. But my first surprise came when I tried to print my prepaid ticket at one of the ticket machines: there wasn’t a reserved seat number on my ticket, which meant that I would have to find an available seat. I was still wondering about this when I heard loud voices and singing coming from the main station concourse. Suddenly I realised what was happening - I was going to be on a train full of football fans travelling to a big match!
Luckily I managed to find a seat before the train filled up. However, the noisy fans made sure that I couldn’t concentrate on any work; I couldn’t even read the newspaper without being interrupted by laughter, singing and football stories. In the end, I just sat and relaxed with a cup of coffee, watching and listening to the excited fans.
All in all, it wasn’t a bad journey; I love travelling by train and at least I had a comfortable seat so that I could sit back and relax for a couple of hours. I would have preferred a quieter trip, but the football fans were all friendly and good-natured, so I can’t really complain. Even so, I made sure that I avoided them on the way home later that day!
Native speakers instinctively know which words work well together. In our native languages, we don't usually need to think about grammar because we have a vast store of 'correct' collocations and phrases in our heads; some people refer to these as 'chunks' of language. It's incredible how quickly our brains are able to retrieve these 'chunks' and piece them together to form sentences and express ideas.
Unfortunately most of us don't use our brains in this way when we're learning a second language. We learn grammar rules and individual words, and we fall into the trap of translating from our native languages. As a result, we often make the wrong word choices and produce 'unnatural collocations'.
Part of the solution to this problem, in my view, is to become a collocations collector! Collect groups of words that native speakers actually use (see yesterday's lesson for some examples). Write them in a notebook, reread them regularly, and try to use them when you're speaking or writing,
Note: How many collocations can you find in the paragraphs above?
Did you notice the following collocations (words that often go together) in Wednesday's lesson?
A student called DaNang even made a collocations exercise in the comments area below Wednesday's lesson. Good work DaNang!
An anecdote is a "short amusing or interesting story about a real incident" (according to my computer's dictionary). If you can think of an anecdote in part 2 of your speaking test, you'll find the task much easier.
Exercise:
Look again at the 'public transport' task in last Friday's lesson. Can you think of an amusing or interesting story about a time you used public transport?
Advice:
For advice about telling anecdotes, have a look at this website.
Example:
My public transport anecdote will be about a train journey that I took for work reasons. I was expecting a nice, relaxing trip, but the train filled up with football fans going to a big match. I'll share my full answer next Friday.
If you're looking for the path to improvement, my advice is to let your mistakes guide you. Think of your mistakes as a torch lighting up the path in front of you. They will show you what your weaknesses are, and what you need to work on.
A student thanked me recently for keeping my blog going for 10 months. This confused me because I've been writing lessons here since 2009 / 2010. But then I realised what the problem is:
The 'Archives' menu on the left only shows the most recent 10 months of blog lessons.
There are many more lessons that you can find if you "dig a bit further"! Click here to see the full list of monthly archives. Alternatively, click on any link in the "Categories" menu and keep clicking on "Next" at the bottom of each page to go back to older lessons.
One day I'll make a proper index for the site, but for now you'll need to do your own "digging" to find things!
We looked at some part 1 questions about public transport last week, so let's continue with the same topic but in part 2 of the test.
Try speaking for 2 minutes about the following:
Describe a time you travelled by public transport. You should say
- what type of public transport you used
- where you travelled from and to
- what you did during the journey
- and explain how you felt about travelling in this way
It was interesting to read about people's procrastination problems in the comments below last Saturday's lesson. I think we all experience these problems when we're trying to do something difficult.
Here are five tips that help me to fight procrastination:
Here are my answers to the questions that I showed you last Friday:
1) Do you use public transport? Why / why not?
These days I mostly drive, and the main reason is that my usual journeys are much faster by car. For example, the half-hour drive that I do twice a week would take me three times as long by train and bus.
2) Which type of public transport do you prefer? Why?
I definitely prefer the train. I like being able to stroll up and down, and on some trains I can book a seat with a table and a socket, so that I can do some work.
3) How good is the public transport where you live?
It's quite good. There's a train station not far from my house, and it's a direct line straight into the city centre. There are lots of bus routes too, and there's even a tram network in the centre of Manchester.
4) Do you think people should use public transport more? Why / why not?
Yes, as long as it's convenient for them. Public transport is obviously more environmentally friendly than private cars, so we could reduce air pollution by using it more.
I'll share some tips on beating procrastination next weekend, but I thought I'd say just one thing about it today, and it's something positive.
The positive thing about procrastination is that it tells you what is important. The more you procrastinate and leave something for later, the more important that task probably is in your life. So, let your procrastinating guide you towards what needs to be done, and begin to confront that task now. You'll feel much better if you do.
Do you find it difficult to study as much as you would like to? Perhaps you make study plans but then decide to "do it later". This is what we call 'procrastination'.
Most of us procrastinate, put things off, or tell ourselves that we'll do it later, especially when the task is difficult and we feel stuck.
Let me know if procrastination is a problem for you (with regard to your IELTS preparation, or anything else), and we can discuss some ways to beat it.
A student sent me the following exam questions. How would you answer them?
Many people ask how long it will take them to get the score they need. The answer is that it depends on several factors.
One of the most important factors is your 'learning situation'. This includes:
Have a look at your own learning situation. How good is it? What can you do to make it better?
Can you correct the mistakes in the following sentences that students wrote about yesterday's 'status symbols' topic?
Here are the questions from last Friday, with my sample answers below. Notice that all of my answers contain three sentences.
1) In your country, what possessions are considered "status symbols"?
2) Do you think we place too much importance on possessions?
3) Do you think things were different 50 years ago?
1) Answer, examples, explain:
The typical status symbols in my country are things like big houses, expensive luxury cars or sports cars, and anything made by certain brands. For example, a new Ferrari or a Rolls Royce or a Rolex watch would definitely be considered status symbols. I suppose the reason why these possessions are seen in this way is because you have to be very wealthy to buy them, so they show other people that their owner is rich and successful.
2) Answer, explain, example:
Probably, yes. Many people are obsessed with showing off their new mobile phone or wearing the latest fashions. I think it's a problem for teenagers because there's a lot of peer pressure to follow fashion or buy the latest gadget that their friends have got.
3) Answer, example, further explanation:
Yes, maybe people were less materialistic, and I think they bought things that lasted longer. For example, my grandparents always talked about how they repaired things rather than throwing them away. Maybe brands and advertising weren't as powerful as they are now.
What would you do if you didn't understand the phrase "status symbols" (see yesterday's questions)? Would you guess, or would you ask the examiner?
The good news is that it's fine to ask the examiner for a bit of help in part 3 of the speaking test (but not in parts 1 or 2). So here's what you could say:
"Sorry, I'm not sure what you mean by status symbols."
The examiner will then try to ask the question in a different way, and the fact that you didn't understand these two words won't affect your score.
Do you know what a "status symbol" is? Here are some questions that you could try answering.
Let's look at the grammar problems in last Sunday's lesson.
1. Don't write "growth population". You need to write "population growth".
2. You can't write "the number of public" because 'public' is uncountable.
3. Don't write "there was" when giving a future prediction.
4. You can't put "alike" before a noun, so "alike growth rate" is wrong.
5. Don't put "is" after a plural (prospects is), and you can't write "by meanwhile".
Here are my corrected versions of the sentences:
I think it's important to remember that you can never be 100% prepared for any exam. One of the aims of an exam is to take you out of your 'comfort zone' in order to find the limit of your current ability. There will always be surprises and difficult questions; otherwise everyone would get full marks.
So, don't worry if there are topics that you haven't studied, or words that you don't understand, and try not to get too nervous or frustrated. Just keep working hard, do your best, and try to enjoy the challenge of the exam!
Let's look again at the description of a tree that I shared in last Friday's lesson. I've already listed the good vocabulary from the description here, so let's focus on grammar.
Here are three grammar points from my description:
1) I used a variety of verb tenses
2) I also used some passives
3) I used pronouns to refer back to nouns already used
Here are some sentences that people wrote below Thursday's lesson. Can you correct the mistakes that they contain?
Here's a list of useful vocabulary from this week's lessons:
Reading and listening
Writing task 2
Speaking
Here's the question that we've been looking at recently:
Describe a plant, flower or tree that is famous or important in your country.
You should say
- what type of plant, flower or tree it is
- where it grows or is usually seen
- how it is used in your country
- and why it is famous or important
And here's my answer, using the plan from this lesson:
When learning something new, it's always best to start off slowly. If you want to master a skill, you need to learn the necessary techniques and practise them slowly before you can gradually build up speed.
This was the idea behind yesterday's lesson. Start by practising 10-minute plans for speaking part 2, and gradually reduce your planning time. If you practise enough, you'll become much better at thinking of ideas for this part of the speaking test, and you'll be able to use your minute more effectively on the day of your test.
Tip: think about other parts of the IELTS test that you could practise slowly.
Yesterday I suggested that you try giving yourself more time to plan your part 2 answers. I tried giving myself 10 minutes to prepare ideas for the task below.
Describe a plant, flower or tree that is famous or important in your country.
You should say
- what type of plant, flower or tree it is
- where it grows or is usually seen
- how it is used in your country
- and why it is famous or important
Here's my 10-minute plan:
Notice that I took ideas from this reading task. I'll use the plan above when I give my full sample answer in next Friday's lesson.
In part 2 of the speaking test you are given 1 minute to plan some ideas before you start speaking. Most people find it difficult to prepare good ideas in such a short time.
But what would happen if you had 5 minutes or even 10 minutes to plan your ideas? Would the extra planning time help you to prepare a much better answer? I think it should.
When practising at home, it's useful to experiment with the amount of planning time that you give yourself. For example, I'm going to give myself 10 minutes to plan ideas for the describe a plant task. I'll show you my plan in tomorrow's lesson.
In the comments below Thursday's lesson, I noticed a useful question from nav, and a very thoughtful response from Kati. It's great to see people discussing things and helping each other in the comments below my lessons!
To add to Kati's response, I'd like to say a little more about using 'model sentences'. First, I'll quickly repeat two useful points from Kati's comment:
Now here's the final tip that I wanted to add:
Try not to confuse 'model' sentences with 'template' sentences. Examiners don't like essays that are full of memorised template language (read this warning).
On the other hand, any correct sentence can be used as a model. For example, we could take the first sentence of today's lesson ("In the comments below Thursday's lesson, I noticed a useful question.") and invent a new sentence that follows a similar structure or pattern (e.g. On the way home from yesterday's lecture, I read an interesting article in the paper.).
I think you could turn this into a great daily exercise. But the aim would be to improve your English, not to collect template sentences for IELTS.
On Thursday I suggested that you write some sentences using two of my own sentences as models. Here are the model sentences:
And here are some sentences that people wrote in the 'comments' area below the lesson. Can you find and correct the mistakes?
Here are two tasks that are similar to a recent exam question:
1) Describe a plant, flower or tree that is famous or important in your country.
You should say
- what type of plant, flower or tree it is
- where it grows or is usually seen
- how it is used in your country
- and why it is famous or important
2) Describe a plant, flower or tree that you like.
You should say
- what type of plant, flower or tree it is
- where it grows or is usually seen
- when you first saw it
- and why you like it
The two tasks are almost the same, so let's choose the same plant, flower or tree for both. Which one would you choose to describe? You'll see my choice next week.
When I teach lessons here in Manchester, I always ask my students one question at the end of the day: What have you learnt? I ask the students to tell me the one key thing that they will remember the next day.
So, can I ask you the same question? If you have been following the lessons on this blog, what is the most useful thing that you have learnt?
Some students have the mistaken idea that examiners compare candidates, and that you'll therefore get a lower score if you use words or phrases that "too many other candidates use".
This is not true!
Examiners are trained to mark candidates according to a defined set of criteria. For example, look at these phrases from the band descriptors for band 7 in writing task 2:
- addresses all parts of the task
- presents a clear position throughout the response
- logically organises information and ideas
- there is clear progression
- uses a sufficient range of vocabulary to allow some flexibility
You won't find phrases like this in the band descriptors:
- too many candidates use ..... in their essays
- reduce the score if the word ..... is used
Remember: the only comparison that examiners make is between your answer and the band descriptors.
An interesting aspect of the speaking part 2 question that I answered on Friday was that I had to imagine a sports centre that doesn't currently exist.
Look at the phrases that I used when imagining:
Notice that I mostly used 'would' and 'could' to imagine things. Try preparing an 'imagining' description yourself, and make sure you use these words.
Did you note down the following phrases from yesterday's description?
Reading the comments below last week's lesson, I can see that almost everyone chose to describe a sports centre. So here's my sample 'sports centre' description:
Here's a piece of advice that I gave in a blog lesson a few years ago. I forgot that I had written this, and I think it's worth repeating:
In my experience, people become good at what they focus on. Are you constantly reading things in English, thinking about English, watching English videos, and making notes of anything new that you learn? If English is your main focus each day, I'm sure you'll improve.
Before you retake the exam, ask yourself some questions:
Here's an example of an ideal response to these questions:
Since my last exam, I've been doing a lot of work to improve my 'main body' paragraphs for writing task 2. I now spend more time planning and organising my ideas before I start writing, so my paragraphs are a lot better. My teacher noticed this improvement and gave my most recent essay a band 7. I only need a 6.5.
A student sent me this recent exam question. How would you answer it?
Describe a place of entertainment (e.g. theatre, cinema, sports centre) that you would like to have where you live. You should say
- what this place would be
- where it should be
- whom it would be for, or who would use it
- and why you think this place of entertainment is needed
Here are the best words and phrases from Wednesday's essay. Note them down, and try to use them in your own sentences - perhaps you could even try rewriting the essay using the list below to help you.
Did you notice how I answered each question in yesterday's lesson? Here's the first part of each of the four answers:
- No, not at all.
- Yes, definitely.
- Yes, unfortunately it does.
- Yes, many times.
After answering with these short phrases, I then explained my answers in more detail, using full sentences.
I think this is a nice technique that you could try. Start with a short "yes or no" answer (e.g. yes I do, no we don't, yes it certainly is...), and then explain your answer fully. Perhaps this technique will give you a few extra seconds to think before you give your full answer.
Here are my answers to the 'rain' questions from last Friday's lesson. Remember: there's no need to show off in this part of the speaking test, so short, simple answers are best.
1) Do you like rain? Why / why not?
No, not at all. It rains far too often in Manchester, where I live, and I'm fed up of it; I wish we had more sun!
2) Do you think that rain affects people's mood?
Yes, definitely. I think rainy days and grey skies can be a bit sad and depressing. Where I live, people are much more cheerful when the sun comes out.
3) Does it often rain where you live?
Yes, unfortunately it does. As I said, Manchester is known for being a rainy place; you can't trust the weather here, because it can cloud over and start raining at any moment.
4) Have you ever been caught in the rain without a coat or umbrella?
Yes, many times. Just last week I went out without an umbrella and got soaked; I did have a coat on, but it didn't really help.
In last Saturday's lesson I asked you to think about the power of repetition in terms of developing your English skills. Here are a few ideas:
Repetitive exercises might seem like boring hard work, but I believe that you can use them as a form of 'training' to develop both your English skills and your exam skills.
The following sentences were written by students below yesterday's lesson. Can you correct or improve them?
Here are some part 1 questions that a student sent me. I haven't seen this topic before, so it's a good one for us to practise.
1) Do you like rain? Why / why not?
2) Do you think that rain affects people's mood?
3) Does it often rain where you live?
4) Have you ever been caught in the rain without a coat or umbrella?
Can you give a short, simple, direct answer with a reason for each question, without making any mistakes?
In Thursday's lesson about IELTS writing task 1, I wrote that it's ok to describe the highest and lowest figures in your 'overview' paragraph. However, thanks to a comment by Erika, I've realised that I should add some extra advice or some warnings about this:
The overview that I wrote on Thursday was fine because the main aim of the chart was not to show trends. Picking out the most and least environmentally friendly country made sense in this particular case, and I didn't mention specific numbers.
However, I want to make it clear that describing the highest and lowest should not be your first choice method for writing the overview. Look for overall trends first.
Task:
Next Thursday I'll show you an alternative overview paragraph for the "waste chart" question. Can you suggest which "main or general points" about the chart I could include, instead of describing the highest and lowest?
I've been thinking about the power of repetition (in the sense of practising the same thing many times) this week.
Young children (the best language learners!) love watching the same cartoon or reading the same book again and again. But as adult language learners we rarely do this; we move on to the next thing too quickly.
Let's think about how we can build some repetition into our IELTS practice. I gave you some ideas yesterday and on Tuesday, but what else can we do? Feel free to share your thoughts in the comments below, and I'll give you my tips next weekend.
A student asked me for advice about avoiding pauses and hesitations in the speaking test. So here are some tips:
But here's the main piece of advice: practise!
Make yourself a collection of IELTS speaking questions (from this site or from the Cambridge books), and practise answering them without hesitating.
And don't just practise this once. Go through your list of questions many times (every day if necessary), and you'll find that you gradually improve, both in terms of the quality of your answers and in terms of fluency and lack of hesitation. Maybe you could even record yourself, perhaps once a week, so that you can analyse your own performance.
In Thursday's lesson I suggested some phrases that could be used in a task 1 introduction sentence.
However, I noticed below the lesson that some students had used their own ideas instead of my suggested phrases. Unfortunately this led to some big mistakes in the sentences below:
Can you see the mistakes that could have been avoided if the students had used my suggestions?
Let's have a look at some questions from Cambridge IELTS book 12. I've answered the first two questions; can you answer the others in the same simple, direct way?
1. Is it important to you to eat healthy food?
Yes, I prefer to eat healthy home-cooked food, rather than fast food or pre-prepared meals, because I want to stay fit and healthy as I get older.
2. If you catch a cold, what do you do to help you feel better?
I usually take paracetamol tablets, and I sometimes buy a nasal spray or cough medicine. It also helps to stay at home and relax.
3. Do you pay attention to public information about health?
4. What could you do to have a healthier lifestyle?
Yesterday I suggested that you analyse sample answers carefully, instead of just reading them and then forgetting them. So here's a quick analysis of two of Friday's sample speaking answers:
Answer 1
Answer 3
Can you analyse answer 2 in the same way?
Did you analyse yesterday's sample answers carefully, perhaps by copying or printing them, highlighting certain ideas, or taking notes? Or did you simply read them once and then forget them?
Obviously you'll learn much more if you spend the time to study sample answers carefully. For example, how many sentences did each of my answers in yesterday's lesson contain? What was the job of each sentence? Did I use any nice phrases that you could 'steal'?
Here are my sample answers to the questions that I shared last week.
1. What advantages does living in the countryside have, compared to living in a city?
I think there are some clear advantages to living in the countryside. First, with the clean air and lack of traffic or industry, countryside areas are much healthier places than the average city. Another benefit would be the sense of community that comes with living in a small village where everyone knows each other. Finally, it seems to me that the pace of life in the countryside is slower, and the people are more laid back and friendly, compared to the hustle and bustle and the stress of city life.
2. Have areas of countryside in your country changed since you were a child?
No, they haven’t changed very much where I live. The reason for this is that countryside areas close to Manchester tend to be protected, and so construction is not allowed. For example, I live quite close to an area called the Peak District, and nothing seems to have changed there since I was young; the hills, paths and woodland areas are just as they were.
3. Do you think that visits to the countryside should be something that schools offer to their children?
Yes, I think it’s a great idea for schools to take children on trips to the countryside, especially if those children live in a large town or city. A visit to the countryside can be both relaxing and educational; children can go for walks in the fresh air, and at the same time see animals and plants that they may never have seen before. If schools don’t offer this opportunity, some children will never see life outside the city.
Instead of trusting the grammar 'rules' that you find in a book, why not do your own investigating to see exactly how a word or phrase is used by native English speakers?
This is what I was encouraging you to do in yesterday's lesson about the word "alike". Instead of explaining the grammar rules, I simply showed you some correct sentences that contained the word. I gave you a 'model' or 'pattern' that you can use to make your own sentences.
Click here to see another example of a lesson in which I used 'model' sentences instead of rules to show how a word is used.
In last Saturday's lesson I suggested that you write a sentence using the word 'alike'. I gave you a model sentence, so you only needed to follow the 'pattern' of that sentence. Let's look at some examples.
1. Model sentence:
Video cameras make cities safer for inhabitants and visitors alike.
2. New sentence following exactly the same pattern:
Teaching assistants make lessons easier for students and teachers alike.
3. New sentence with the same basic pattern:
The school website can be used by students, teachers and parents alike.
Can you see how I used exactly the same sentence pattern in number 2, and that I made a few changes in number 3?
After the part 2 task about the countryside, the examiner would move on to some related questions in part 3. How would you answer the questions below?
Several people wrote sentences below yesterday's lesson, but some of them contained mistakes. Can you correct the sentences below?
1) The word 'alike' can be used as an adjective, meaning 'similar'.
e.g. The two brothers look alike.
2) It can also be an adverb meaning 'in the same way'.
e.g. The brothers often dress alike.
3) But did you notice how I used 'alike' in last week's essay?:
Video cameras make cities safer for inhabitants, workers and visitors alike.
Task:
Can you write a sentence using 'alike' in the way that I used it in point 3 above?
Describe an enjoyable day out in the countryside that you had.
You should say
- where you went on this day out
- who you were with
- what you did
- and explain why you enjoyed the day
Here's my sample answer for the task above. I've tried to use most of the phrases from this lesson.
I’m going to describe a recent trip to a lovely place called the Tissington Trail. The Tissington Trail is a path or track that follows the route of a former railway line through beautiful countryside in the county of Derbyshire, here in the UK. The old railway line was taken up many years ago, and it was transformed into a recreational trail that is ideal for walkers, cyclists and horse riders.
I went to the Tissington Trail because we had some family members, my brother and sister-in-law and their daughter, staying with us over the weekend. They had come up to Manchester from London, and they wanted my wife and me to take them somewhere where they could breathe in some fresh countryside air and get away from the hustle and bustle of the city.
To reach the trail we had to park in Tissington itself, which is a charming, picturesque village. We hired some bicycles there and set off along the trail. It was an easy ride because the trail is mostly flat, with just a few gentle dips and inclines, and we were able to enjoy the stunning scenery as we passed through areas of woodland, a dramatic limestone ravine, and grassy meadows that were covered with colourful wild flowers.
The part of the day that I enjoyed the most was when we cycled through a historic railway tunnel on our bicycles. The tunnel has been fitted with a sound installation that plays eerie steam train noises as you pass through it; we all loved the idea that the sounds transport you back in time, and that you feel like you’re on an old steam train with its whistles and clunking machinery. It was a really nice day out, and we all enjoyed relaxing in the village tearoom at the end of our bike ride.
Have another look at the letter that I shared last Sunday (even if you're not doing the General test), and you'll see that I used a variety of verb tenses.
Can you name the verb tenses in the phrases below?
The following sentences were written by students below this lesson, and describe an enjoyable day in the countryside. But can you find and correct the mistake(s) in each one?
It's always a good idea to do the most recent tests that have been published in the official Cambridge IELTS books, so get a copy of book 12 if you can. I'm going to start working on the tests in book 12 with my students, so you can expect to see some lessons about it here on the blog soon.
Before we try the 'countryside' task that I shared in last week's lesson, let's see if we can find some good ideas to help us. There are plenty of tourism websites with descriptions of places to visit in the countryside, so we should be able to "steal" some nice phrases.
I searched online for descriptions of a real place that I've visited, called the "Tissington Trail". Here are some words and phrases that I found:
I'll try to use some of these phrases in my full answer.
A fast way to test someone's ability to speak a language is to ask them to paraphrase something - to express the same idea in a variety of ways. Some students find this difficult, and they usually need more help with vocabulary and ideas. By contrast, the students who do this well tend to reach their IELTS goal much more quickly.
If you're looking for the secret to a high IELTS score, paraphrasing might be it!
Here's a recent question that a student told me about:
Describe an enjoyable day out in the countryside that you had.
You should say
- where you went on this day out
- who you were with
- what you did
- and explain why you enjoyed the day
Feel free to share your ideas in the comments area below this lesson. I'll continue with this topic next Friday.
Did you notice the following examples of paraphrasing in the task 1 answer that I shared on Thursday?
From the comments that people wrote below Wednesday's lesson, it seems that many students find essay templates useful. However, I think it's important to repeat the warning that I gave in my own comment below that lesson.
Warning about templates:
Templates can certainly be useful, as they can help us to quickly organise our ideas. Also, it is inevitable that we will need to use some 'linking' words and phrases in our essays.
However, there is also a danger that people focus more on the template than on answering the question with good ideas. Templates and linking are not the secret to a high score in the writing test. They just do a simple job - they help you to organise your ideas, that's all. In the end, your score will depend on the quality of language that you use to express ideas, not simply to organise them.
So, learn some basic template / linking / organising language, but don't become obsessed with it. Spend most of your time working on topic vocabulary and your ability to express and develop "real" ideas.
If you've prepared ideas for the six main topic areas in part 2, are you also ready to adapt those ideas if the topic is slightly different?
For example, if you've prepared a description of a family member, would you be able to use some of the same ideas to describe a famous person? Or if you've prepared a description of a film, would you be able to use some of the same ideas to describe a book or an advertisement?
My tip: when preparing the topics, think about 'theme language' and then think about how you could adapt your ideas for similar tasks.
Did you notice the following sentence in Wednesday's essay? This is a nice way to introduce a personal example in the writing or speaking test.
Having worked with children myself, I have learnt that clear expectations and boundaries are necessary.
Try creating your own personal examples with "having + past participle". You can also add the word "never" to make a negative. For example:
Here's the 'band 7-9' vocabulary from the essay that I shared on Wednesday:
Notice that this is all "topic vocabulary", which contributes to the 'task response' and 'lexical resource' scores. The words and phrases above are the key reason why my essay would easily achieve a band 9.
How would you finish my answers to the questions below?
1) Do you like watching television?
Yes, I like watching television, especially in the evenings, because.....
2) How much time do you spend watching TV programmes?
On an average day, I watch..... and..... , so I probably watch about.....
3) What types of programmes do you prefer? Why?
My favourite types of programmes are..... and..... because.....
4) Do you think it's bad for children to watch television?
Maybe too much television would be a bad thing, but I think that.....
I was surprised to see how many people made the mistake below:
49% of the trips made by Americans was for...
We need to use "were" instead of "was". When you have a percentage, the verb needs to agree with the noun that comes after it. For example:
- 50% of people were happy with the service. ('people' is plural)
- 50% of the project was completed last year. ('project' is singular)
Here are some sentences that people wrote below Thursday's lesson. Can you find the mistake(s) in each sentence, and explain what the problems are?
If you've read my advice about how to answer part 3 questions, you'll be able to analyse the answer below. Can you comment on the way I've organised or "built" the answer, and point out any good vocabulary and/or grammar? You should find several verb tenses, for example.
Do you think people will watch less television in the future?
Yes, I do think people will watch less television in the future, although that doesn't mean that they will watch fewer programmes or spend less time looking at screens. What I think will happen, and it's already happening, is that people will watch things on the Internet, through websites like YouTube. To use a personal example, I used to watch TV in the evenings, but now I often choose to stream videos, films and TV series through my computer instead.
Yesterday a student asked me to recommend a good grammar book. My answer to this question is that you don't need one. Let me explain my reasons for this view.
When I was at school, language learning meant studying two things: 1) grammar rules and 2) lists of vocabulary. The idea was that we should use the grammar rules to construct sentences, and the vocabulary would fill in the gaps. To me this seemed like a "mathematical" approach, where each grammar rule is like a formula. If you use a grammar book, you're probably following this method.
Nowadays I prefer a different approach, especially when teaching IELTS. Here are five reasons why I've moved away from the "grammar book" method:
On Wednesday I wrote about 'template language', and there's a useful comment from sjm (another IELTS teacher) below the lesson. Here's what he said:
The problem with a lot of templates is that they contain too many memorised words and phrases. This then lowers the amount of topic vocabulary. Simon even uses a basic template (for example, he uses a five sentence body paragraph with a clear topic sentence, and similar linkers). However the key is that a template (or what I would call 'good organisation') does not dominate the essay. I always say from an examiner's point of view that candidates should keep memorised words and linkers to under 20% of the total word count.
This made me think: Which words or phrases in some of my own essays could we highlight as 'template language' or 'good organisation'?
If you have time, make a list of the template / organising language in the two essays linked below. We can then compare the two lists.
A useful way to practise IELTS speaking is to work on one main topic that might appear in all three parts of the test. For example, take the topic of "television":
Part 1 questions:
1. Do you like watching television?
2. How much time do you spend watching TV programmes?
3. What types of programmes do you prefer? Why?
4. Do you think it's bad for children to watch television?
Part 2 task:
Describe a television programme that you enjoyed watching. You should say
- what type of TV programme it was
- where you watched this programme
- what the programme was about
- and why you enjoyed watching it.
Part 3 questions:
1. Why do you think television is so popular among people of all ages?
2. Do you think people will watch less television in the future?
3. Do you see television as being educational or just a form of entertainment?
The problem with the following sentences is that the verbs and nouns (underlined) don't go together. Do you know what the correct verbs should be?
The correct 'verb + noun' groups are examples of collocation.
Students often make mistakes with uncountable nouns. These are nouns that you can't count. Most importantly, they don't have a plural form.
For example, you can't say "an information, two informations, many informations". You can say "some information, more information, a lot of information, a piece of information".
Below are some common uncountable nouns. Do you know any others?
Some students are worried about expressing their real opinions in the speaking test. They think that the examiner might disagree and therefore give a lower score.
Don't worry about this. The examiner only cares about your language. Express your opinions, talk about your interests, and give examples from your own experience. The examiner will find 'real' opinions and experiences more interesting than general, superficial answers.
A full day of testing isn't easy, and you'll probably get a shock on your exam day if you've only practised individual parts of the test at home.
So, as part of your IELTS preparation, why not do a full day of testing at home, maybe once every two weeks? In the morning, start with a full listening test, then go straight on to a reading test, and follow that with both writing tasks. Have lunch, and then ask a friend or family member to be your speaking examiner in the afternoon.
Don't worry too much about your scores. Just get used to the difficulty of maintaining concentration for a full day. You'll be much better prepared when your exam day arrives if you've done a few of these mock test days at home.
If a teacher, website, book or friend tells you that you must do a particular thing in the writing test, you can check the band descriptors to see whether it's true.
For example, I often receive questions like this:
My teacher told me that I must add a second sentence, containing a recommendation or prediction, to my task 2 conclusions? Is this true?
Here's my answer:
No, this is not true. There's nothing in the band descriptors about conclusions needing a recommendation or prediction. I think it's fine for teachers to say "this is how I think we should write a good conclusion", but they should make it clear that they are giving advice rather than stating a rule. If it's not in the band descriptors, it's not a rule.
Students often ask me what will happen if they do badly in part 2 of the speaking test. Is it still possible to get a high score?
Yes, in theory, it is still possible to get a reasonably high score (maybe band 7) if you do badly in part 2, but you would need to give excellent answers in part 3. In practice, candidates rarely recover from a bad part 2; I don't remember anyone who made a mess of part 2 but suddenly did a fantastic part 3.
My advice: You should consider part 2 as the core of your speaking test. It's your best chance to show how good your English is, and it's the examiner's best chance to listen carefully to your use of language. In fact, it's probably the point at which most examiners get a clear idea of what score to give you.
The good news is that you can prepare for part 2. Click here to get started!
Thanks to those of you who wished me a happy holiday! I'm feeling refreshed after a week off, and I thought it would be a good time to share a positive message that I received from a student, called Evan, who passed the IELTS test this month.
Here are the main parts of Evan's message:
Dear Simon,
I received my IELTS result this morning, and I am so happy to share with you that I've achieved my goal (7.0 for every part). I started taking IELTS in October 2016, and this is my 5th attempt. I would like to thank you very much for your useful lessons, tips and advice on your blog and your video course. I could not have got the results without it. I also want to share with you my experience, and hopefully this could once again prove that if one follows your method, he or she will succeed one day.
My journey to achieving my IELTS goal has been very difficult and frustrating as I have been stuck with either writing or reading, especially writing. At some points I almost gave up and was thinking that IELTS may not be for me. But when I felt down, I read your posts and comments from successful takers, especially James Z, Chanaka and Kevin, which inspired me to continue. After my 4th attempt, I decided to take time off work so I could devote all my time to study. I studied from 9am to 6.30pm from Monday to Saturday for 5 weeks, and I wrote 34 essays and 11 letters following your method, and had 6 essays and 2 letters corrected. This helped identify my common mistakes, such as grammar error and word choice, and also to give me an idea of what a band 7.0 in writing would look like. I focused on learning topic vocabulary, and I practised the keyword technique for writing and listening. I strictly followed your advice for speaking part 1 (short and easy), part 2 (vocabulary theme) and part 3 (flow).
After all, I think that the key to IELTS band 7 includes the following:
Once again, thank you Simon very much and I really appreciate your work. Now,I can go back to work while preparing for the next chapter of my life with my IELTS result.
Regards,
Evan
A student pointed out that I often use the word 'get' in my sample answers for IELTS speaking. For example, I wrote "get cash out" in my answer to question 4 in yesterday's lesson.
So, is it acceptable to use the word 'get' or is it too informal? Here's my answer:
The word 'get' is used so often in spoken English that no native speaker (or examiner) will even notice that you've used it. In fact, it might even help to make your speech sound more fluent and natural if you use 'get' in your speaking test.
Note: 'get' is fine in the speaking test, but I would normally avoid using it in the writing test.
In last week's speaking lesson I gave you 5 simple rules for your part 1 answers. Here are some more example answers in which I follow those rules:
1) Do you have a favourite number or a number that is special to you?
Yes, my favourite number is... because it's the day I was born on, and it's my lucky number.
2) Do any numbers have special importance in your country?
Yes. The number 7, for example, is supposed to be a special number in my country. It appears in so many places, like the seven days of the week, the seven main notes in music, and the seven ages of man that Shakespeare described.
3) Are you good at remembering numbers? Why / why not?
No, I'm not very good at remembering numbers. I don't think it's necessary to learn them by heart; I just save them on my phone.
4) What numbers do people often have to memorise?
The most important number to remember on a daily basis is the pin number for your bank card. Without this you can't pay for anything or get cash out.
Part 1 of the IELTS Speaking test is supposed to be easy. You don't need to give 'difficult' answers, and you should try to avoid making mistakes.
Here are five simple rules for Speaking Part 1:
Here's an example to illustrate these points:
Do you like parks?
Yes, I like parks because they are great places to relax. If you live in a city, a park is often the only place where you can escape from the noise and the traffic.
If you're frustrated with the IELTS test at the moment, it might help you to know that people do pass the test every week, sometimes with very high scores.
For example, take a moment to read the comments by Elizabeth, Gary, Hung and Sunggie below this lesson. If they can get such high scores (7.5 and higher), so can you!
Even if you're not doing the General IELTS test, there were some useful phrases in the letter that I wrote last Sunday. Note them down, and see if you can use them in your own sentences:
By the end of speaking part 2, many IELTS candidates are exhausted and just want the exam to end. Consequently, they don't do as well as they could in part 3.
Ever since I noticed this problem as an examiner, I've told my students to make sure that they master the 3-step (or sometimes 4-step) method that I showed you last Friday.
Practise answering as many questions as you can using the "answer, explain, example (alternative)" method. If you can get into the habit of following these steps, you'll finish the speaking test strongly and make a good final impression on the examiner.
The most important thing that writing this blog has taught me is to keep going. Some days I have great lesson ideas and other days I don't, but I write something anyway.
And I believe that you can study for IELTS in the same way - just do something (even something very small or quick) every day, and you'll reach your goal in the end.
My sample answers below all follow a 3-step structure: answer, explain, example. I sometimes add a 4th step that you can see here, but the first 3 steps are the most important. Practise answering all part 3 questions in this way.
1) How important is customer service for you?
(Answer) Customer service is really important for me because I like to feel welcome and valued as a customer. (Explain) If companies want us to use their products or services, I believe they should treat us well and therefore encourage us to return. (Example) For example, I have a favourite cafe where I like to go, and the friendly staff are the main reason that I’ve become a loyal customer.
2) What can companies do to improve their customer service?
(Answer) I think managers need to train their employees to deliver great customer service. (Explain) There are lots of things that staff members can do, such as ensuring that customers are greeted in the right way, their problems are handled quickly, and they are asked for feedback. (Example) For example, the staff in my favourite cafe greet customers as soon as they come through the door, and they always check that we are happy before we leave.
3) Why do you think employees sometimes don't provide good customer service?
(Answer) When employees’ treatment of customers isn’t good, I think it’s usually because they are unhappy doing their jobs. (Explain) This might be because they are treated badly by their managers, or because they haven’t been encouraged to take pride in their work. (Example) I remember in my first ever job, for example, I didn't like the work that I was given, and so I probably wasn’t as thoughtful or attentive as I should have been when I had to speak to customers.
I sometimes hear from students who believe that my essays seem too easy. Have another look at the essay that I wrote on Wednesday, and the vocabulary list in yesterday's lesson. Is it really as easy as it seems to write like that?
Individual words (e.g. big, difficult or unusual words) are not the secret to getting a good vocabulary score in IELTS writing or speaking.
Instead, it's your ability to use groups of words (e.g. collocations and phrases) that will impress the examiner.
Look at these examples from the essay that I shared on Wednesday:
Let's have a look at some part 3 questions that might follow on from the part 2 task that I answered last week. Try using the method shown in this lesson when answering.
Studying alone
It's certainly possible to prepare for the IELTS test alone. Every week I receive messages from people who tell me that they passed the test without attending any "normal" lessons. Some of them used only the free lessons here on the blog, while others found my video course to be exactly what they needed.
Taking lessons
On the other hand, not everyone likes working independently. You might find that attending English lessons with a teacher suits you better. The good news is that your teacher doesn't need to be an IELTS expert. You already have all the IELTS advice that you need here, so just try to find a good "general English" teacher.
A middle point
A "middle point" between the two paths above could be to study alone but get some feedback from an IELTS teacher every now and then. For example, you could study my blog lessons, and then get an essay checked or try taking a realistic online speaking test with one of my colleagues. If you're working alone, a teacher's feedback will make sure you're on the right track.
Here's a list of the good vocabulary from this week's blog lessons. Copy the words and phrases, and see if you can use them in your own sentences.
Writing task 2:
Writing task 1:
Speaking part 2:
Last week I gave you a list of "theme" vocabulary for the question below.
Describe a time when you received good service in a restaurant or cafe.
You should say
- when this was
- what kind of restaurant or cafe you were in
- why you were there
- and why you thought the service was good
Here's my sample answer with the theme vocabulary underlined:
(mindset = established set of attitudes or way of thinking)
It seems to me that too many students have a "grammar mindset". They believe that 'complex structures' are the key to a high IELTS score, and they focus on learning grammar rules and linking phrases.
I prefer the "vocabulary mindset". Students who have this mindset are more concerned about how native speakers really use the language. They 'collect' words, phrases and collocations by doing lots of reading and listening, and they enjoy using the new vocabulary that they have 'copied' from these sources.
To me, the vocabulary mindset seems much more positive and proactive than the grammar mindset. It seems less critical and more curious, and I also think that it makes language learning more fun!
Look at the following sentence from one of my task 1 answers:
A dramatic increase in both commodity prices was seen from 2007 to 2008, with oil prices reaching a peak of approximately $130 per barrel and the food price index rising to 220 points.
Notice how this sentence is written: first I state the overall trend, then there is a comma, then I add the statistics using "with + ing".
See if you can write a similar sentence using the information below.
- The number of young people who attended UK universities rose (2006 to 2015)
- Female university entrants: an increase of 20,000 over the 9-year period
- Male university entrants: peaked at 157,000 in 2011
One of the suggestions that I make in my video lessons is that you prepare "theme" vocabulary for IELTS speaking part 2. Let's look at a theme that could help us with the task below.
Describe a time when you received good service in a restaurant or cafe.
You should say
- when this was
- what kind of restaurant or cafe you were in
- why you were there
- and why you thought the service was good
We could use the "friendly" theme from speaking lesson 4 in my video course. Here's the vocabulary that I suggested for that theme:
"Friendly" theme (e.g. staff in a restaurant)
Can you write a description that includes all of the words and phrases above?
I've just written a long response to some good questions in the "comments" area below this lesson. If you're aiming for band 7 or higher, I think you should read the little debate we've been having!
In this lesson I'll try to answer Kami's question (see yesterday's lesson). Let's start by looking at the sentence below in more detail.
Fierce debates have been provoked if assignments ought to be done by students.
Grammar
There's really only one grammar mistake in the sentence above: the word "if" is used wrongly. We would need to write something like this: "Fierce debates have been provoked about the issue of whether assignments..."
Vocabulary
However, vocabulary is the real problem in the sentence:
While the grammar of the original sentence was almost correct, any native English speaker would find the sentence strange or unnatural, due to the vocabulary issues mentioned above. There's nothing "advanced or complex" about choosing inappropriate or exaggerated words that no English speaker would use.
Final tip:
It's good to be fascinated by new words and phrases, but using them correctly and appropriately is a different challenge. For most people, trying to write like an English-speaking journalist or novelist is like trying to play football at the level of Messi or Ronaldo! If you aim for such a high level, you're likely to make big mistakes.
In Wednesday's lesson I said that the sentence below needed to be corrected and improved.
In the "comments" below the lesson, I suggested two corrected versions:
But a student (Kami) asked a useful question:
Hi Simon. You made it too simple. What if I were fascinated by more advanced and complex structures to use while I apply correct grammar? I failed to find any grammar mistakes in the first sentence.
How do you think I should answer Kami's question? Are my suggestions too simple? And what advice do you think I should give about the issue of "advanced and complex structures"? I'll give you my answer and advice in tomorrow's lesson.
A student sent me this recent exam question:
Describe a time when you received good service in a restaurant or cafe.
You should say
- when this was
- what kind of restaurant or cafe you were in
- why you were there
- and why you thought the service was good
I think I've already written some sample answers (about a restaurant and a cafe) that could easily be adapted to this question. Can you find those answers here on the blog? Try searching the blog using the method suggested here.
Yesterday I asked you to consider how you would respond to "exam environment" problems, like unfriendly staff or noise from other candidates.
Here's what I think about these problems: they are out of your control, so it's best to ignore them. Instead, you should focus on your own performance only - this is something that you can control.
In the right frame of mind, we are all capable of performing well under pressure. We can ignore other people and external distractions, and we can focus on the job that needs doing. Approach the test as a "professional" - if you've prepared properly, you're ready to get the job done!
A student wrote to me recently to tell me about his negative experience of the test centre on the day of his IELTS exam. He said that the test centre staff were unfriendly and unhelpful, and he wondered whether it was a good idea to complain.
Let's consider some problems that you might experience on your test day:
What should you do about these problems? Tell us what you would do in the 'comments' area below, and I'll give you my advice in tomorrow's lesson.
Don't worry if the questions in part 1 of the speaking test seem strange. Just give a direct answer and a reason as usual. For example:
'Robots' topic:
1. What do you think of robots?
I think robots are a clever idea. I'd love to have a robot that could speak to me and do things for me!
2. Did you watch any cartoons related to robots in your childhood?
I can't remember watching cartoons with robots, but I remember that I liked the robots in films like Star Wars.
3. Do you like the idea of robots helping you at home or driving your car?
Yes, definitely. It would be great to have a robot helper at home, and I like the idea of driverless cars - I think driving would be safer if cars were controlled by robots.
..........
'Shoes' topic:
1. Do you like to buy expensive shoes?
No. I tend to buy average-priced shoes because I'm more interested in comfort than expensive brands.
2. When you buy shoes, do you prefer convenience or style?
I mainly look for comfort and convenience. But obviously I consider the style too, because I do choose shoes that match the clothes I wear.
3. Why do you think some people buy many pairs of shoes?
I suppose they either like following the latest fashions, or they want a pair of shoes to match all of the different clothes or outfits that they have.
4. Have you ever bought shoes online?
No, I haven't. I always like to try shoes on before I buy them, to make sure that they fit properly and feel comfortable.
Sometimes it's better not to look at word usage from a grammar perspective. Instead, we can accept that some phrases are 'fixed', and there's no point worrying about the individual words within them.
The phrase "I look forward to seeing you", from yesterday's lesson, is a good example. There's no point trying to understand why we use "to + ing" in this phrase. Just learn it as a fixed phrase.
Let's take another example. Someone asked me for a grammatical explanation of my use of the word "for" in the sentence below:
One option would be for police officers to visit schools. (taken from this essay)
Here's the answer that I gave the student:
It might be best to learn the whole phrase "one option would be for x to..." without trying to understand it word by word. You could consider this to be a 'fixed phrase'.
In other words, rather than looking at this from a grammar perspective, you could learn it as a vocabulary item. Then, the best way to understand the phrase is to see it used in various different contexts. Here are some examples from a Google search:
Many students have learnt that 'to' can't be followed by a word ending in 'ing'. But you might have noticed that I break this 'rule' in some of my essays. For example:
"strict punishments for driving offences are the key to reducing traffic accidents"
This phrase is completely correct, so it must mean that the "rule" was wrong! You can put 'to' with 'ing' in many situations. Here are some examples:
Can you find any more examples?
Tip: try searching on Google for "to being", "to having", "to doing" etc.
I was looking through the recent questions that students share here, and I noticed some interesting part 1 questions that I haven't seen before:
'Robots' topic:
1. What do you think of robots?
2. Did you watch any cartoons related to robots in your childhood?
3. Do you like the idea of robots helping you at home or driving your car?
'Shoes' topic:
1. Do you like to buy expensive shoes?
2. When you buy shoes, do you prefer convenience or style?
3. Why do you think some people buy many pairs of shoes?
4. Have you ever bought shoes online?
Has anyone else had these topics in the speaking test? How would you answer these questions?
Whether you're doing the academic test or the general test, I recommend that you use the 4-paragraph, 13-sentence essay structure that you can see in yesterday's lesson.
Look again at yesterday's essay plan; I think it's very clear and easy to follow. If you get used to planning and organising your essays in this way, the 'structure' part becomes easy and you have more time to focus on good ideas and vocabulary.
Do you remember my advice about how to give longer answers in part 3?
Example question
Do you think the seasons still influence people's behaviour?
Example answer
(direct answer) Yes, I do think the seasons still affect how we behave. (explain how) We still wear different clothes depending on the weather, and clothes shops change what they sell according to the season. We also adapt our habits and daily routines according to the time of year. (example) For example, people in my country like to eat outside in their gardens in the summer, but we can't do that during the other seasons. (opposite) On the other hand, I don't think we notice the change in seasons when it comes to food; the big supermarkets import food from around the world, so most people don't buy seasonal fruit and vegetables any more.
Last week I asked you about the difference between the following tasks:
The first task is easy because you can describe any positive situation or experience e.g. passing an exam, a special occasion, some good news, or even a time when someone told you a joke or a funny story.
The second task is a bit more specific. If you describe a positive experience like passing an exam, the examiner might not be convinced that you've understood the question properly. Did you really laugh when you passed the exam? Was it funny? I think the examiner would be expecting you to describe a funny situation like I did in this lesson.
Yesterday I showed you a 'bad' conclusion template, but what does a 'good' template look like?
One way for me to answer this is to recommend that you forget about templates completely. Just use the shortest, most basic 'organising' phrases, like "In conclusion", and focus on answering the question. In other words, you should worry about 'topic language', not 'template language'.
On the other hand, if you really want a template for conclusions, have a look at this lesson. The templates you'll see there are acceptable.
A student sent me the following 'template' for writing task 2 conclusions:
In conclusion, not only..... but also..... I believe..... . So, that’s why without a doubt that everyone should concern alongside authority and help each other's out to have a good and updated (topic).
My advice is simple: throw this template away! First, it contains mistakes. Second, it doesn't really make sense. And third, it's an example of the kind of "memorised language" that I wrote about in last Sunday's lesson. You'll probably get a lower score if you write in this way.
Can you see a difference between the two tasks below?
Do you think you could talk about passing an exam for the second task above?
What do examiners consider to be "memorised language", and how will your score be affected if you use it?
Words
Individual words will not be considered memorised. However, if you have learnt some "big" words, you should make sure that you can use them in a natural and appropriate way, because incorrect use of words will affect your vocabulary score.
Phrases
It's fine to memorise and use "topic vocabulary" phrases (e.g. the opportunity to engage face-to-face) and short organising phrases (e.g. people have different views about...). However, I recommend that you avoid learning long "any essay" phrases (e.g. ... is a controversial and hotly debated issue in today's world). These "phrases for any essay" are very obvious to the examiner, and you'll probably get a lower score if you use them.
Sentences
Again, "topic vocabulary" is fine, but "any essay" sentences are not. So, if the question is about environmental problems, you can use a full sentence from my blog (e.g. Human activity is a major factor in the rise of the greenhouse gases that cause global warming). Having said that, it isn't easy to memorise full sentences for a wide range of topics, so I advise people to learn shorter "topic" phrases instead.
Paragraphs and full essays
If you write a perfect paragraph or full essay from memory and it fits the question, the examiner will not know and you will not be penalised. However, you would need to memorise hundreds of essays, so I don't recommend that you take this approach! Furthermore, if you write a perfect essay but it doesn't match the question, you will score zero!
My final tip
I recommend that you learn words and phrases (and maybe a few full sentences) for common IELTS topics, as well as some simple words and phrases for linking and organising your ideas. Don't learn lists of "phrases for any essay".
If you use words, phrases or sentences from this website or from my ebook, will the examiner know that you have copied me, and therefore consider part of your answer to be memorised?
The answer is no! You can, and you should, use the language that you find on this site. If you can't use the language that a teacher gives you, how are you expected to learn English?
For example, look at the following sentence from my most recent essay:
"Students may not have the opportunity to engage face-to-face with their teachers."
It would be fine to use a word (e.g. engage) or a phrase (e.g. the opportunity to engage face-to-face) from this sentence. You can even use the whole sentence, as long as it's relevant to the question that you have been asked.
So what do examiners consider to be "memorised language"? I'll explain that in tomorrow's lesson.
Here are my sample answers for the questions that I asked you to look at last week. As usual, my part 1 answers are short and simple.
Remember that the priority in part 1 is to answer "fluently", not to show off your best language (you can do that in parts 2 and 3).
1) Do you like holidays? Why / why not?
Yes, I love holidays because I get the chance to take a break from work, to relax and unwind, and to spend time with my family.
2) Do you prefer to travel or stay at home during holiday periods? Why?
If I can I prefer to travel. It's nice to get away from everything and to have a change of scenery. Also, I like visiting new places and doing some sightseeing.
3) What do most people do during their holidays in your country? Why?
During the summer especially, I think most British people go somewhere hot and sunny, to escape from the British weather!
4) When do you prefer to take your holidays? Why?
I like taking my holidays just outside the main summer season, which is July and August. If you go on holiday in May, June or September, everything is cheaper and places aren't so crowded with tourists.
Here are some sentences that people wrote below Thursday's writing task 1 lesson. Can you find and correct the mistakes?
Here are some recent part 1 questions that a student shared. Try to answer each question using just one sentence: give a direct answer and a reason.
A student asked me about the following sentence:
He asked me if the following version is also correct:
What do you think? Is the second sentence correct? Why / why not?
Let's review the good vocabulary from this week's writing and speaking lessons. First, some phrases from my task 2 essay:
Second, some phrases from Friday's speaking lesson:
Note: You should see a difference in 'tone' (i.e. how formal or informal something is) between the two lists of phrases above. Can you see what I mean?
Did you notice the following sentence in my essay on Wednesday?
Online courses are becoming a common feature of university education.
It might seem strange to mix a plural with a singular like this, but it's correct. The reason is that the courses are being grouped together as one feature. Look at some similar examples:
- Traffic jams are a feature of everyday life in modern cities.
- Online courses are a positive development.
- Electric cars are a good idea.
- Lower birth rates in America are an interesting trend.
Describe a café that you have been to.
You should say
- where it is
- why you went there
- what you ate or drank
- and explain why you liked or disliked the café.
Here's my sample band 9 answer:
Remember that 'grammar' is only 25% of your writing and speaking scores. I think you'll improve your scores faster if you focus on the other 75%.
In the writing test, the other 75% comes from your ideas, vocabulary and essay organisation. In the speaking test, the 75% comes from your fluency and coherence, vocabulary and pronunciation. Why not spend more time on those things instead of worrying so much about grammar?
Let's prepare an answer for the question below.
Describe a café that you have been to.
You should say
- where it is
- why you went there
- what you ate or drank
- and explain why you liked or disliked the café.
If you've seen 'Speaking lesson 4' in my video course, you will already have some good vocabulary for describing a restaurant and the staff in a restaurant e.g. welcoming, inviting, warm, approachable, attentive, nice atmosphere, make you feel at home... I'm sure we can use some of these words and phrases to describe a café.
I'll show you my answer next week.
I've mentioned slow practice in a few lessons this week, and I've explained before that you should aim to get better before you get faster (click here to see that lesson).
Before I finish with the "slow" theme, I'd like to recommend that you put the words "slow practice" into Google (or another search engine). You'll find lots of interesting articles about the importance of slow practice in music, sport, martial arts and other areas of life. Why not use the same concept as one of your language learning tools?
Compare the following sentences. Can you explain the difference in meaning between each one, or suggest when we might use each one?
1) This book is useful.
2) This book will be useful.
3) This book would be useful.
4) This book would have been useful.
I've written about this many times before, but I still hear from many people who think that the way to get a higher score is by using big, difficult or 'original' words.
For example, a student commented recently that she had improved her English by learning the words ameliorate, juggernaut and katzenjammer. I can honestly say that I had never seen or heard the word 'katzenjammer' before. My dictionary says that it is an informal and old-fashioned word that was used in the US, which explains why I didn't know it. If you use a word like that in your IELTS essay, your writing will look very strange!
Please don't waste your time learning strange words. Instead, read through the writing lessons on this website, and try to copy the writing style that I use.
Here are some questions from Cambridge IELTS 11. Each of my answers contains three sentences and follows the method suggested in this lesson.
Are the any occasions when reading at speed is a useful skill?
Personally, if I’m reading something interesting, I don’t like reading too quickly because I feel that I don’t properly absorb the information. However, it can be useful to skim through things when you don’t really want to read them, or when you just need to find one particular piece of information. For example, I read at speed when I'm checking a household bill or a letter from the bank.
Are there any jobs where people need to read a lot? What are they?
Well, researchers obviously need to read a lot, and I suppose that politicians, journalists and other professionals who need to know about current affairs read a lot too. Having said that, I think most workers read hundreds of emails every week. In my previous job, for example, I had to check internal staff emails at least twice a day.
Do you think that reading novels is more interesting than reading factual books? Why is that?
Both types of book can be equally interesting in my opinion. A good novel can transport you to another world where the characters in the book become almost real. On the other hand, factual books can give you fascinating insights into anything from psychology to ancient history.
Some IELTS students spend a lot of time preparing "difficult" sentence structures to impress the examiner. One particular issue that people ask me about is the use of 'compound' and 'complex' sentences.
The first thing I would say about compound and complex sentences is that they are not "difficult". Here in the UK, children learn about these sentence structures in primary school (click here to see how children are taught to understand sentence types). If you use words like and, but, because, although, while, when to connect ideas, you will automatically write a longer sentence that will be either compound or complex.
The second thing I would say is that you should not be worrying about these things when you are writing an IELTS essay. Just focus on answering the question and explaining your ideas well. I'm sure you'll naturally use "connecting" words to join ideas and create some longer sentences, so there's no need to worry about this at all.
Here are the "band 7 to 9" phrases from Wednesday's essay. See if you can write a full sentence with each of these phrases.
Vocabulary was a strong feature in Wednesday's essay, but I'll talk about some other aspects of the essay tomorrow.
Here are three recent questions that someone sent me:
1. Describe a café that you have been to.
2. Describe an important event in the history of your country.
3. Describe an occasion when you spent some time with a child.
How would you answer these questions? Can we use any ideas from topics that we have previously prepared?
The word "culture" is tricky because it can be used as an uncountable or a countable noun. It also has various meanings. A better understanding of this word will help you with the writing task that we've been working on, so let's look at some definitions and uses.
1. Culture (uncountable): don't use with "a", don't make it plural
This means the customs, beliefs, way of life, art, music, literature or social organisation of a group of people.
For example:
- I'm studying European culture. (everything from beliefs to art)
- This city is full of culture and history. (art, old buildings, traditional food etc.)
2. Culture (countable): a culture / different cultures
When we make 'culture' countable, we are usually* talking about the group of people itself. So, 'a culture' can be similar to 'a society' or 'a community'.
For example:
- Children are taught to respect different cultures. (different groups of people)
- Traditional cultures are disappearing. (traditional societies or communities)
*Note:
You might also see "a culture" used to describe an "attitude" e.g. The manager is trying to create a culture of success.
In the speaking test, you can use conversational (less formal) phrases that you wouldn't use in the writing test. Here are some examples from yesterday's lesson:
I also used some good words and phrases that would be suitable for both speaking and writing (i.e. this vocabulary is not informal):
The vocabulary in the two lists above might not seem 'difficult', but it's the kind of natural "native-speaker" language that will impress the examiner. That's why I gave the answer a band 9.
Describe a time when you were really busy. You should say
- when this was
- why you were so busy
- how you managed the situation
- and explain how you felt at the time.
Here's my full band 9 answer to this question:
Here's a recent question that someone sent me:
Describe a time when you were really busy. You should say
- when this was
- why you were so busy
- how you managed the situation
- and explain how you felt at the time.
Here are three topics that you could choose for this task: 1) finishing a work or study project 2) preparing a big event like a wedding 3) going on a trip or holiday.
I'll show you my answer next week.
A student wrote to me with a useful question:
"My IELTS teacher told us not to mention complex subjects and show off knowledge in the speaking test. I tend to talk about my major using big words and terms to expand my answers. Would this be seen as "showing off knowledge"? And what do you think about this advice?"
To answer this question, let's compare two answers to the question "how often do you eat chocolate?":
Answer 1:
I probably eat something that contains chocolate, like a chocolate bar or a cake, every couple of days.
Answer 2:
I try to keep my chocolate intake to a minimum because it is relatively high in calories, and because sugary foods can lead to insulin resistance.
The second answer might look more difficult and impressive, but it actually seems inappropriate and unnatural. I much prefer the first answer. So, I think this is what the teacher meant when he/she advised students not to "show off their knowledge", and I agree with this advice.
Here are my sample answers for the 'chocolate' topic. Remember that your priority in speaking part 1 is to demonstrate fluency by giving answers that are short, direct and natural, without hesitating too much.
1) Do you like chocolate? Why / why not?
Yes, I love chocolate. I like the taste, the texture and the feeling that you get when you eat it. And it goes really well with my favourite drink, coffee.
2) What type of chocolate do you prefer? Why?
I prefer dark chocolate to milk chocolate, because it has a stronger taste. I also like chocolate when it's in a cake, and I love drinking hot chocolate too.
3) When do you usually eat chocolate?
I try not to eat too much, but I probably eat or drink something that contains chocolate every couple of days.
4) Do people give chocolate as a present in your country? When?
Yes, it's very common to give boxes of individual chocolates as a gift. You can give chocolates on any special occasion really: birthdays, Valentine's day, Easter, Christmas, and so on.
Note:
To see my corrections for the sentences in yesterday's lesson, look in the "comments" area below that lesson.
Here are some of the answers that people wrote below last week's lesson. Can you correct the mistake(s) in each sentence?
A student sent me the following part 1 questions from a recent IELTS test. How would you answer them?
1) Do you like chocolate? Why / why not?
2) What type of chocolate do you prefer? Why?
3) When do you usually eat chocolate?
4) Do people give chocolate as a present in your country? When?
Remember that it's ok to give negative answers if you don't like chocolate. Or you could just pretend that you do!
If you're unsure about a bit of grammar, see what happens when you look at it in a much easier sentence. I'll demonstrate this with an example.
A student asked me this question:
Should we write "Companies A and B saw waste output fall" or "Companies A and B saw waste output fell"?
I told the student to consider an easier example:
Do we say "I saw him go" or "I saw him went"?
Hopefully the easy example above makes the grammar point much clearer. "Companies A and B saw waste output fall" and "I saw him go" are of course correct.
Here are my answers to questions 2 and 3 from last week's lesson:
2) Do you think it's better to rent or to buy a place to live in?
I think it’s better to buy your own home if you can afford to do that. Buying your own home is a better investment in the long term, because you can sell the home and perhaps even make a profit on it. The alternative is to pay rent to a landlord who can ask you to leave at any moment.
3) Do you agree that there is a right age for young adults to stop living with their parents?
I’m not sure what the ‘right’ age would be, but I do agree with the principle that young adults should try to live alone if they can. For some people, the right age is when they get their first full-time jobs and can afford to pay rent, and for others it's when they start university and move into a hall of residence with other students. This was what happened in my case; I moved out of the family home at age 18 when I started university.
Let's look at how I structured the above answers.
Answer 2
Three sentences: 1) answer 2) explain 3) alternative
Answer 3
Three sentences: 1) answer 2) explain 3) personal example
As usual, I try to use the technique shown in this lesson to build longer answers.
In yesterday's lesson I challenged you to read, watch or listen to something new and interesting (in English of course). Thanks to those of you who replied.
Here's my response to the challenge:
After trying to help my nephew to solve his 'Rubik's Revenge' (see picture below), I gave up and went online to find a proper strategy. The interesting text that I ended up reading was this one about how the Rubik's cube is similar to life. In some ways, I think it's also similar to the IELTS exam!
If you're having a 'down day' when you don't feel like studying, my advice is this: just read (or watch or listen to) something interesting in English. Search the Internet for a hobby or an interesting topic, and see what you can find.
Here's a challenge to help you:
Can you find a short text or video about something that you have never thought about before today? I'll share my own response to this challenge tomorrow.
Let's have a look at some part 3 questions from Cambridge IELTS book 11. I've answered the first one for you. How would you answer questions 2 and 3?
1) How easy is it to find a place to live in your country?
Well, it depends on how much money you are able to spend and where exactly you want to live. Of course, if you have the money, it’s very easy to find a place to live. However, house prices have been on the rise in recent years, and it is becoming difficult for young adults to buy their first homes, or even to pay rental prices in some areas, particularly in central London.
2) Do you think it's better to rent or to buy a place to live in?
3) Do you agree that there is a right age for young adults to stop living with their parents?
I tell my students that they need to work on two things:
How confident do you feel about your progress in the two areas above? Are you improving in each area, or are you struggling with one of them?
A student asked me: Can I use the words pros and cons, leaps and bounds, merits and demerits?
Here's my simple answer:
No. I don't recommend using any of those words in your IELTS test. I never use them, so why would you use them? By the way, if you want to check whether I use a word, click here and follow the advice about how to search my website.
Here's a longer answer:
Why are you asking about those words? If you are studying vocabulary, you should be focusing on 'topic-specific' vocabulary, not 'generic' language (words and phrases that can be used in any essay). Linking words and other generic words or phrases might be necessary in terms of essay structure, but they don't help your vocabulary score. That's why, for linking and organisation, I prefer to use 'normal' vocabulary like firstly, secondly, finally, however, on the one hand, on the other hand, furthermore, advantages, disadvantages, benefits, positives etc. There is no need to find less common alternatives for these words and phrases.
Finally, a quick explanation:
Read my full answer to the 'proud' task below. If you have time, note down the good words and phrases that you find.
Describe something you did that made you feel proud of yourself.
You should say
- what you did
- when you did it
- why you felt proud of what you had done
- and explain how you felt when this happened.
One of my proudest achievements was completing my undergraduate degree at the university of ….. (name). The key moment that I remember was when I received my final exam results; I was delighted to have passed with better scores than I expected.
I graduated from university in …… (year). As far as I recall, we received our final exam results in May and the graduation ceremony was in July. Our exam scores for individual course modules were posted on the noticeboard in the corridor of the university department, and I remember getting into the lift in the department one morning, knowing that I would soon see my results.
The particular moment when I really felt overjoyed and proud of what I had achieved was when I saw my exam results on the department noticeboard. This was the precise point in time when I realised that I had passed and that my hard work had paid off. I was proud because I had overcome some setbacks earlier in the course, and I had proved to myself that I could achieve my goals.
As I approached the department noticeboard I felt really nervous but also excited; I knew that the moment of truth was just seconds away. And when I saw my final exam results I was surprised, thrilled and relieved all at the same time. I didn’t shout out with joy, but I think I probably clenched my fist and said “yes” to myself. I certainly remember walking back down the corridor with a spring in my step, feeling elated and knowing that four years of study were finally over.
Here's a list of phrases from my 'festivals' essay that the examiner would consider "less common" (most IELTS candidates probably wouldn't use them):
Note:
The vocabulary above is not 'difficult'. The difficult thing is to use words together in correct collocations and phrases. Maybe you could try using some of the above phrases in your own full sentences.
In yesterday's lesson I explained how I use a thesaurus and a collocations dictionary to help me to gather vocabulary ideas. Did you find it strange that an English teacher (and native English speaker) would need to use these resources?
It's true that, as a native English speaker, if I brainstorm for long enough I can probably find all of the ideas that I need in my head. However, I can make the task so much easier and quicker by using a dictionary, thesaurus, collocations dictionary and the Internet.
Are you using these resources to expand your own language repertoire?
If you're preparing ideas for a question or topic area for part 2 of the speaking test, I recommend starting with one or two key words or ideas. In my video lessons I call these key ideas "themes".
When you have a theme, you can then search for good vocabulary related to that theme. Here are two resources that will help you:
Let's use the 'proud' topic in this lesson as an example.
First, I'll choose two "theme" words: proud and achievement.
From my thesaurus, here are some other words to describe being 'proud':
- pleased
- glad
- delighted
- overjoyed
- thrilled
And from the collocation dictionary, some phrases with the word 'achievement':
- a great / major / outstanding / remarkable / tremendous achievement
- my proudest achievement
- a feeling of achievement
- a sense of achievement
This is just the beginning of my 'theme preparation', but I'm already starting to gather some nice vocabulary for my description. In next Friday's lesson, I'll show you how I include these ideas in a full answer.
IELTS candidates often use good collocations or phrases, but they get them slightly wrong. This is what happened in the sentences in yesterday's lesson:
1) Use "be + achievement". You can't use "win + achievement"
Example: It was a great achievement. Don't say: I won a great achievement.
2) "my hard work (had) paid off"
Example: I was proud that all of my hard work had paid off.
The mistake in yesterday's lesson was to make this passive (had been paid off).
3) "I'll never forget" and "I never forget" have different meanings
- I'll never forget the day when I passed the exam. (a memorable event)
- I never forget my mother's birthday. (you remember every year)
4) "lose interest in something". Never write the plural "interests"
Example: I lost interest in the course.
5) With the word "difficulty / difficulties" you can use these verbs:
have, face, experience, encounter, run into, get into
You can't say "difficulties concurred".
6) "due to" is followed by a noun, not a subject + verb
Example: due to the fact that I had never...
Don't say: due to I had never...
PS. One of my colleagues has a Facebook page dedicated to 'correct the mistakes' exercises. You can find it here.
Here are some sentences that people wrote in the 'comments' area below last week's speaking lesson. Can you improve them by correcting mistakes or making other changes?
Here's another interesting part 2 task:
Describe something you did that made you feel proud of yourself.
You should say
- what you did
- when you did it
- why you felt proud of what you had done
- and explain how you felt when this happened.
Easy topics to choose could be: an academic achievement, a new job or achievement at work, doing well in a competition, an achievement related to a hobby, an act of kindness etc.
Before practising a full answer, you could prepare some good vocabulary on the theme of 'achievement' or 'feeling proud'. Try searching for other words and phrases related to these two ideas.
This week I received an email from a student who passed the IELTS test with high scores. I'd like to share a simple piece of advice from that person.
Here's what she said:
When I took my exam, I always asked myself, “What would Simon do?”
I think this sums up the whole aim of my blog. If I can help people to "think like me" in the IELTS test, then I'm happy with the job I'm doing!
When answering questions in parts 1 and 3, most people naturally make eye contact with the examiner (although it doesn't matter if you don't).
However, in part 2 you don't need to worry about eye contact at all. It's more important to look at the question and the notes you made.
Remember: the examiner will not reduce your score for lack of eye contact, but he/she will reduce your score if you don't answer the question well.
Are you keeping a record of good words and phrases? Have you noted down the good vocabulary from the paragraphs that I shared in Wednesday's writing lesson, and from the answers in yesterday's speaking lesson?
When you read my sample answers, I hope that you sometimes think to yourself: that's a good word/phrase; I'll take that and use it myself.
Here are some sample answers for the 'name' questions that I shared last week. Notice that most of these answers are negative ones; it's completely acceptable to answer in this way.
1) How did your parents choose your name?
To be honest, I'm not sure how they chose it; I've never asked them. I suppose it was just a name that they both liked, and maybe they thought it suited me.
2) Does your name have any special meaning?
It might do, but I don't know what that meaning is; I've never looked it up. Maybe I'll google it later today; you've made me curious to find out!
3) Is your name common or unusual in your country?
Yes, it's quite a common name. I remember that there were two other people with the same name as me in my class at school.
4) If you could change your name, would you?
No, I definitely wouldn't. My name is part of my identity now, and it would feel strange to suddenly change it. I don't think my friends and family would like that either.
Here are some sentences that people wrote below yesterday's lesson. Can you find and correct the mistakes?
This is an interesting set of questions from Cambridge IELTS book 11:
Let's talk about names...
1) How did your parents choose your name?
2) Does your name have any special meaning?
3) Is your name common or unusual in your country?
4) If you could change your name, would you?
Remembering the advice that I gave last week, try answering these questions (aloud) without hesitating too much. It's fine to give negative answers or to say that you don't know the answer, but you should still explain why.
A student asked me recently which preposition to use with the word 'spending'. But there isn't an easy answer to this question. Here are a few possible phrases:
- spending on food
- spending by teenagers
- spending in the UK
- spending during the summer holiday
- spending throughout October
- spending in dollars
- spending via mobile phone apps
Correct use of prepositions is one of the most difficult aspects of learning English. However, instead of learning 'rules', I recommend that you simply copy the phrases that you read and hear. This is how native speakers learn to use prepositions.
On a recent course, some of my students were surprised when I told them to give short, easy answers in part 1 of the speaking test.
One student asked: "But how can we get a band 7 with these answers?"
My answer is: you can't! Part 1 of the speaking test is supposed to be easy, and the best thing you can do in this part of the test is demonstrate fluency by answering without hesitation.
Did you notice that the vocabulary list in yesterday's lesson contained no linking words and no phrases that could be used in any essay?
Instead, all of the vocabulary in the list was what I call "topic vocabulary" - words and phrases that are directly relevant to the specific topic of the question. This is the kind of vocabulary that impresses examiners.
Let's review some of the good vocabulary from this week's task 2 essay. It is this vocabulary that really takes the essay up to band 9 level.
Describe a piece of clothing that you like wearing. You should say
- what the item of clothing is
- where and when you bought it
- when you wear it
- and explain why you like wearing it.
Here's my sample answer, using the vocabulary from last week's lesson:
Note: I missed out the words 'multipurpose' and 'hard-wearing material'. Can you suggest how we could add these words to the description?
If you are unsure about the correct way to use a word, Google can often solve the problem. Here are two examples:
Google and Wikipedia are two of the best tools for improving your vocabulary and grammar. Try them the next time you have a language problem.
A student asked me whether it's best to only use the 'official' IELTS practice tests i.e. the Cambridge IELTS books. Or should you also do tests in books by other publishers?
Here's my advice: Do the official practice tests first. If you have finished all of them, then I think it's fine to use 'unofficial' books; just don't expect them to give you a realistic idea of your score.
In my video lessons for IELTS speaking part 2, I recommend that you prepare vocabulary 'themes' for common topics. Let's look at an example.
Describe a piece of clothing that you like wearing. You should say
- what the item of clothing is
- where and when you bought it
- when you wear it
- and explain why you like wearing it.
The first idea that came into my head was to describe my coat. And the first idea that I had about this coat was to say that it is useful or practical. So my 'theme' is useful / practical, and I've brainstormed other words and phrases related to this theme.
Ideas related to the theme of a useful / practical coat:
Maybe you could brainstorm ideas in the same way, using the theme of a comfortable or stylish piece of clothing.
Some topics can appear in all 3 parts of the IELTS speaking test. Below you can see an example using the topic of clothing. Have a look at my main tip for each part before you practise answering.
Part 1
1) Are clothes and clothing fashions important to you?
2) What different clothes do you wear for different situations?
3) Do you wear different styles of clothes now compared to 10 years ago?
4) Do you think the clothes we wear say something about who we are?
Part 2
Describe a piece of clothing that you like wearing. You should say
- what the item of clothing is
- where and when you bought it
- when you wear it
- and explain why you like wearing it.
Part 3
1) For which jobs are people required to wear a uniform in your country?
2) Do you think people are treated differently when they are in uniform?
3) What are the advantages of making children wear uniforms for school?
Following on from yesterday's advice about doing the easy things well, let's think about some of the 'easy' aspects of the IELTS test:
My tip: become good at these 'easy' parts of the test before you move on to anything more difficult.
Here are some example answers for the questions that I shared last week. Remember to focus on fluency in part 1. Try not to hesitate; just say the first thing that comes into your head.
1) How much time do you spend at home?
Obviously I sleep at home, but I don't spend very much time at home during the day, because I'm usually busy with work.
2) Do you prefer to spend your free time at home or outside the house?
During the day I prefer to be out of the house, so I like visiting family or meeting up with friends. But I do like relaxing at home in the evenings.
3) What do you do when you have some free time and you're at home?
I usually sit and watch some TV or a film, or I listen to some music. I also like sitting outside if the weather is nice.
4) Would you like to have more spare time to spend at home in the future?
No, not really. I get bored if I'm at home for too long. In the future, I imagine I'll still prefer to go out and do things rather than stay indoors.
Someone asked me about the following phrase, which describes a band 9 task response in writing task 2:
"presents a fully developed position with relevant, fully extended and well supported ideas"
Is it really possible to "fully extend and support" your ideas in such a short essay? Probably not. If you had time to write 1000 words, I'm sure you could extend and support your ideas more fully.
However, we shouldn't "overthink" this problem. Examiners know that it's impossible to write a truly perfect, fully developed answer in just 250 words. They understand the limitations of the task, and (hopefully!) they use their common sense. Instead of worrying about the precise meaning of the band descriptions, it's best to simply focus on answering the question as well as you can.
Occasionally I like to use this blog to share my thoughts about how to achieve goals. Here's a summary of what I believe are the keys to success in IELTS, or in any other endeavour:
1) The best information
If you want to achieve something, you first need to find the best source of information and guidance that you can.
2) Persistent work
Of course, you'll need to use the information that you have and take action. You'll need to do the regular practice that leads to improvement.
3) Positive attitude (or growth mindset)
If you have the right guidance and you're working hard, you need to be positive and patient. Try not to waste time worrying; instead, trust the process and know that you will improve gradually. Don't expect fast or easy results.
4) Measure your progress
Finally, you need to find a way to analyse the work that you produce. This will allow you to learn from your mistakes and make any necessary changes to your approach. Also, tracking your progress will give you confidence that you are moving towards your goal.
Try giving short, direct answers to the following part 1 questions. Remember to answer with a full sentence, and give a reason where relevant.
1) How much time do you spend at home?
2) Do you prefer to spend your free time at home or outside the house?
3) What do you do when you have some free time and you're at home?
4) Would you like to have more spare time to spend at home in the future?
Here's a list of the good vocabulary from my 'climate change' essay:
Remember: if you want a high score in writing task 2, you need to use good 'topic vocabulary' like the examples above.
The last bullet point on the task card for speaking part 2 usually asks you to describe your feelings. Often, this last point contains the word 'why' e.g. explain why you liked...
So, it's a good idea to prepare some good words and phrases that help you to express your feelings in a more interesting way. Instead of saying "it was nice", why not say "it was an unforgettable experience"?
Study idea:
Go back through my speaking lessons and search for full sample answers for part 2 (like the one I wrote last Friday). Go to the last bullet point in my answer, and copy any words or phrases that I use to express feelings.
For example:
- I was filled with a sense of panic and fear
- I felt so embarrassed
- What I liked most about..... was...
- I was amazed at how...
- I enjoyed learning...
Here's a list of the good vocabulary from Friday's speaking lesson:
Note:
These words and phrases might not seem 'difficult' or 'academic'. However, examiners don't often meet candidates who use this kind of natural, native-speaker language.
In particular, phrases like "I sprang out of bed", "I got dressed in record time" and "I splashed some water on my face" would certainly surprise an examiner.
I used several phrasal verbs (e.g. pick up, look out for, turn off, carry on) in my description in yesterday's lesson.
These verbs look easy, but they are good examples of the kind of natural, idiomatic language that native speakers use. The tricky thing about phrasal verbs is that you have to learn what each one means; you can't understand them by translating the individual words.
For example, I used "pick up" to mean "collect" (I was waiting for my colleague to collect me), but "pick up" can also mean improve, learn quickly, or receive. Have a look at this page on a grammar website. Can you see why phrasal verbs might impress the examiner if you use them correctly?
Let's return to the 'hurry' question that I showed you a few weeks ago:
Describe a time when you had to do something in a hurry.
You should say
- what you were doing
- when this was
- why you had to hurry
- and explain how you felt at that time
Here's my sample answer:
A student called Rosh asked for some help with the following sentences. Are they active or passive? Are they all correct?
Recently I've heard from quite a few people whose writing scores were raised from 6.5 to band 7 after they asked for a re-mark. This suggests that some examiners are a bit too cautious when marking, especially at the higher levels.
There are no guarantees when you ask for a re-mark. However, if you think you did well in the writing test, if you got higher scores in the other three parts, and if you missed your target by only half a band, it might be worth a try.
Please share your experiences of re-marking in the comments below.
Here are some sentences that people shared below last week's lesson. Can you find and correct the mistake(s) in each sentence.
A student called Sebastian asked me the following useful question:
In writing task 2, what if I choose a strong opinion answer (e.g. completely agree) but I only have one idea? In other words, I only have an idea for one main-body paragraph, so what can I write in the second body paragraph?
Here are my tips to address Sebastian's question:
A student asked me whether I would write the following sentence:
Nonetheless, the extremely central issue is whether the significance of this pivotal factor is totally sufficient for convincing us to provide a closed-form formula or not.
My answer is no! Examiners hate this kind of sentence. It just seems to be a list of big words that have been thrown together; it's completely unnatural, and contains almost no real meaning.
Please don't learn sentences like this. Just write in a clear, direct way, and focus on answering the question.
Here's an interesting part 2 question that someone sent me:
Describe a time when you had to do something in a hurry.
You should say
- what you were doing
- when this was
- why you had to hurry
- and explain how you felt at that time
If you can remember a real example of a time when you were in a rush recently, use that. Alternatively, you could try to adapt a topic that you have already prepared (e.g. attending an event or celebration - you could say that you were late).
Feel free to share your ideas in the 'comments' area below. I'll continue with this topic next week.
There are some really useful comments and questions below the lessons on this site. Someone asked me: "What's your favourite type of comment from students?"
The answer is simple: my favourite comments are those that relate directly to the lesson above them. This tells me that the student has read the lesson and thought about it carefully.
Of course, you are welcome to ask other questions about IELTS, but comments that show an engagement with the lessons are my favourite.
Please note: I can't answer most comments individually these days, but I do still read them all, and they help me to create new lessons.
In part 3 of the speaking test, you should try to give longer, detailed answers. A good way to do this is to imagine that you are making a paragraph.
Remember the 'paragraph building' techniques that we use in writing task 2:
Idea, explain, example
Start with a direct answer to the question, like the 'topic sentence' in a written paragraph. Then explain your answer in more detail, and support your explanation with an example.
Try answering this question: Do you think that it's important for people to go on holiday?
Firstly, secondly, finally
Start with the direct answer, then explain it by giving two or three reasons, and maybe an example too.
Try answering this question: Why do you think some people prefer not to go abroad on holiday?
Here's a useful question from a student called Tuan:
.....
In the book 'Complete IELTS', it says that in speaking part 3 the examinee should talk about the subject in general, not in a personal way.
Example question: How popular is art as a school subject?
The book advises me to say this:
On the whole, I think most children enjoy art, although they do seem to go off it a bit when they get older. I guess that's to be expected.
The book says I shouldn't say this:
Well, in my primary school, children loved it. I loved making things, for example, and in my secondary school, students hated it; we couldn't see the point when we had so many other things to do.
Simon, do you agree with this advice?
.....
Here's my reply:
The examiner just wants to hear a good answer. If the question is general rather than personal, like the example above, it makes sense to answer in a general way. It seems strange to go straight into a personal example about your own primary school.
However, there is nothing wrong with including a personal example after giving a general answer. I tell my students to follow three steps when answering part 3 speaking questions: first answer the question (in a general way), then explain your answer, then support your answer with an example (which could be a personal example).
A student pointed out that I sometimes use the phrase "meaning that" in my essays, but he wasn't sure how to use this phrase himself.
Here are some examples from my essays:
Can you see when and how I use the phrase "meaning that"?
Can you improve the following sentences? They were all written by students below this lesson.
People are often surprised when I tell them to stop thinking about 'academic' language, complex grammar or 'difficult' words. In this lesson, for example, I suggest that IELTS writing task 2 is more like a high school essay than a university assignment.
Here's some feedback from a student in relation to this advice:
Hi Simon,
I was initially very sceptical of your "high school" writing approach. I believed in a complicated, "academic" style writing with flashy words and complex sentences. Well, I was wrong.
With that mindset, on the IELTS test day I confidently penned a monstrous 400-word essay with multiple metaphors, symbolism, lengthy sentences, and analyses of complex real-world examples. I ended up getting a band 7 for writing (L9, R9, S8.5).
I was very surprised. What I came to understand is that the IELTS encourages clear, concise and coherent writing more than anything else. It really is a high school writing task. If I ever take the IELTS test again, I will make absolutely sure to follow the simple and effective strategy that you advocate.
Practise giving short, simple answers to the following questions. Remember that negative answers are fine too.
1. Do you like music? Why / why not?
2. What kind of music do you listen to? Why?
3. Has the music that you listen to changed since you were young?
4. Do you think older and younger generations prefer different types of music?
Today I'm attaching some questions that a student asked about articles. You can read my answers below each question.
Please note that I cannot provide a complete explanation of all article rules and uses. Grammar books take many pages to do this!
Article rules can become very confusing, so don't worry too much about them. Students who are good at using articles have normally learnt by copying what they read and hear, rather than by learning the 'rules'.
Examiners often begin the speaking test by asking about your home. Here are some typical questions and sample answers.
1) Do you live in a house or an apartment?
I live in a semi-detached house with three bedrooms and a small garden.
2) Which room do you like most in your house? Why?
My favourite room is the kitchen because it looks out onto the back garden, and it's on the side of the house that catches the afternoon sun.
3) Is there anything about your house that you would like to change?
Well, it would be nice if it were a detached house so that we could have windows on the wall that we currently share with our neighbours.
4) Tell me something else about your house.
The previous owners converted the loft into an extra bedroom; that's the quietest room in the house, and the best place to go to do some work.
This blog has its own search bar, but Google is better! Here's how to search the blog using Google:
1) First, search for "ielts simon" on Google.
2) You should then see the result in the image below.
3) Now use the "ielts simon" search bar circled in red above.
4) Google will give you results from this website only.
I use this option all the time to find old lessons on my blog. It's a great way to search for a particular topic, type of question, or anything else that you're worried about. For example, if you want to know about using capital letters in the listening test, just type "listening capital letters" into the search bar, and see what you find.
Here are 3 good phrases that I used when giving my opinion in yesterday's speaking lesson. Try using them in your own sentences.
Here are my sample answers to the questions in last week's lesson. I've used the 'long answer' steps that I always recommend for part 3.
1) Do you think there are too many game shows on TV nowadays? Why?
(answer) Yes, there are far too many game shows on TV for my liking. (explain) I suppose the channels show these programmes because they are popular, and they must be very profitable. (example) A good example is 'Who wants to be a millionaire?', which has been sold to TV channels across the world. (alternative) Personally, I'm not a fan of game shows, and I'd much rather watch a film or an original drama series.
2) Do you think that people pay attention to adverts on TV? Why?
(answer) Yes, I think we are all influenced to some extent by TV adverts, otherwise companies wouldn't pay so much to have them shown. (explain) Advertisers are very good at making us believe that their products or services will improve our lives in some way. (example) For example, if you see an advert for a new phone, it plants a seed in your mind, and you start to wonder about upgrading your old phone.
Here are some of the "Finally" sentences that people wrote below Wednesday's lesson. Can you find and correct the mistakes?
Try using the 'long answer' technique from this lesson to answer the questions below (from Cambridge book 11).
I'll show you my answers next Friday.
Here are my correct versions of the sentences in Thursday's lesson:
And here are some good phrases from last week's General Writing letter:
Note: The phrases above are not only useful for GT task 1. You might be able to use them in writing task 2 or in the speaking test.
Here's a question that someone sent me this week:
I have a big problem with verb tenses, especially the present perfect continuous and past perfect continuous. I can't use these tenses when I'm speaking. How can I solve this problem?
My answer is simple: stop worrying about this! You don't have time to think about grammar when you're speaking. Thinking about verb tenses will distract you from your main objective, which is to answer the question well. Forget those tenses, and focus instead on listening to the question and answering it naturally.
People often ask me whether it is necessary to talk about all of the points on the task card in speaking part 2.
The answer is no. You won't lose any marks for missing some of the bullet points on the task card. There's nothing in the examiner's marking scheme about covering every point.
However, I do still advise people to try to cover each point. Here's why:
Someone asked me this question:
I was asked to describe my living room in IELTS speaking part 1. What style of answer should I give for this question?
Let's see what people think. How would you answer this part 1 question?
Did you take note of the following vocabulary from this week's lessons?
In parts 2 and 3 of the IELTS speaking test, you need to make quick decisions about what to talk about. Always try to talk about a topic you have prepared or something you know about. Here are some examples:
Part 2: Describe a law in your country.
Advice: Choose a typical IELTS topic like "guns". Explain why people in your country can/can't own a gun, and talk about the pros and cons of this law. There is a chapter on this topic in my ebook.
Part 3: What new law would you introduce to improve life in your country?
Advice: Choose an easy topic like "environment". Explain that the government could introduce new laws to reduce pollution from factories, cars etc. Explain how this would improve people's lives.
Instead of correcting every grammar mistake, an easier way to improve the introduction paragraph in yesterday's lesson would be to simplify it. To simplify something, we need to focus on the message that we are trying to communicate; how can we deliver that message in the clearest, simplest way?
For example, here's a simplified version of the introduction:
Many people are confident that this century will be a positive one. I share this optimism, and there are several positive changes that I hope to see over the coming years.
Can you correct and improve the following introduction paragraph?
It is commonly increasing to hear about that some people are in hope of the current century and look it as an check out to make good changes to the globe. From my view some changes can be better for the world, there are few ideas that I would love to see in the nextby century.
Here are my negative answers to the questions in last week's lesson:
1) What type of photos do you like taking?
Well, I don't usually take photos to be honest. I prefer to enjoy whatever I'm doing, rather than stop to take a photograph.
2) What do you do with photos you take?
I rarely take photos, but if I occasionally use my mobile phone to take a picture of something, I just leave the photo there; I don't do anything special with it.
3) When you visit other places, do you take photos or buy postcards?
I don't really do either. I leave it to my friends or other family members to take photographs; I'm usually with someone who likes taking photos and can share them with me later.
4) Do you like people taking photos of you?
No, I prefer not to be in photos. I always feel awkward when someone asks me to smile for the camera, and I don't think I'm very photogenic.
Note:
It's usually easier to give positive answers, but it's worth practising some negative responses just in case you get a topic that doesn't interest you. Whatever the question is, the easiest way to answer is to tell the truth!
Note: I'm reposting this list of topics because it was difficult to find amongst my older lessons.
Look through the following list of common IELTS topics. Do you have opinions about them? Could you discuss them in an essay or in a conversation?
This is the topic list that I work with when preparing lessons, and it's the basis of my ebook. It's a good idea to print this list and try to work through it.
Last week I did some IELTS teacher training at Liverpool University. Afterwards, I asked the teachers what they found most useful about the session, and three things stood out:
Note: These might not be the most useful tips for students, but it's interesting to see what's important for teachers.
In Wednesday's lesson I showed you some examples of the kind of memorised phrases that examiners don't like. Here's the reply that I wrote to the student who asked me about those phrases:
Too many people write "empty" essays. Their essays are "packaged" with phrases like the ones you mentioned, but there is nothing inside the package - no real topic content.
If you read my own essays here on the blog, you'll see that the "packaging" is quite simple. I'm much more concerned about the contents.
In case you missed the advice at the end of the video lesson that I shared last week, here's my main tip for each of the 3 parts in the speaking test:
Part 1
Focus on fluency. You don't need to show off with great vocabulary or grammar in this part. Just try to answer quickly, without hesitating. A short, simple answer is fine.
Part 2
Focus on ideas / vocabulary. This is your best chance to impress the examiner with some nice language, especially if you've prepared for common topics in the way I suggest in my video lessons.
Part 3
Focus on your answer structure. Use the 3 or 4 steps that I explained in last week's video. This will force you to give longer answers without repeating yourself. You don't really have time to think about good vocabulary or grammar; just worry about answering the question by following the steps.
Note:
Notice that I don't recommend worrying about grammar or linking at any point in the speaking test. Finally, if you forget every other exam tip, just remember one thing: answer the question!
I've just been reading the comments below yesterday's lesson, particularly those written by James Z and Kevin.
If you have time, please click here and read what James and Kevin wrote. If you're struggling to get the IELTS score you need, I hope it will inspire you to see that people do achieve their goals. Just keep working hard, and you'll be able to share your own success story soon!
Here are some factors that might affect your speaking score:
But which of these factors are most important? I'll give you my answer in a free video lesson that I'll publish this weekend.
Tip: I'm going to suggest that you focus on a different factor (from the list above) in each of the 3 parts of the speaking test.
Let's review the paraphrasing that I used in Thursday's lesson:
Remember: Paraphrasing is considered to be a 'high level' language skill. The ability to say or write the same thing in several different ways is the sign of an 'advanced' language user.
Have you noted down the following good vocabulary from this week's lessons?
In the IELTS speaking and writing tests, the most important thing is to answer the question. This seems obvious, but many students are so worried about using 'difficult grammar' that they don't give relevant answers.
In the speaking test, listen carefully to the question and answer it as if you were speaking to a friend. Try to speak without thinking too much; forget the grammar and just have a normal conversation.
In the writing test, take some time to understand each question and plan your answer. Check the question every time you write a new idea; make sure that everything you write is relevant. If part of your answer is not related to the topic you will lose marks, even if your grammar is perfect.
I often advise students to try to enjoy studying English and preparing for the IELTS test.
However, sometimes the boring things are the most useful: rewriting an essay to improve it, looking up words in a dictionary, learning correct spellings by heart. If you're not doing any boring work, maybe you're not working hard enough!
I've just finished my final video lesson for IELTS speaking part 2. In this lesson I talk about questions that don't seem to fit into the six main topic areas.
To watch the video lesson click here.
Did you notice the following phrase in my conclusion in Wednesday's lesson?
"companies should place as much importance on their social responsibilities"
Notice the "verb + noun" collocation that I used: place importance on
Did you know that we can say "place importance on something"? Have you ever used this collocation / phrase yourself?
You might think that you know the word "importance", but I would be surprised if you knew all of the common collocations on this webpage. Remember: it's easy to learn the meaning of a word, but this doesn't mean that you know all of the word's uses.
If you've prepared the six main topics well, you should be able to adapt and use your prepared ideas for most questions. Take the following question, for example:
Describe a beautiful sky that you watched
I would adapt my description of London (main topic: describe a place). I already have some good ideas: the spectacular views, the skyline, the iconic buildings, the landmarks etc. I could simply add that I watched the sunset from a 'vantage point' overlooking the city centre. This question now seems a lot easier!
Have another look through the topics that people shared in the comments below last week's lesson, and think about whether you could adapt your ideas from one of the six main topics.
Note:
Not every question can be answered by adapting the main topics. I'll cover some possible solutions to this problem in my next video lesson.
In yesterday's lesson I asked why teachers often give students the wrong advice about IELTS writing. This can happen even with teachers who are generally very good at teaching English.
In my experience, the reason is simple:
Many teachers have been trained to teach academic writing for university, but they haven't had any specific IELTS training. IELTS writing follows a few different rules compared to university writing, and teachers aren't always aware of the differences. Maybe we need a list of these differences; can you think of any?
Recently I've made video lessons about the 6 main topic areas for IELTS speaking part 2:
1. Describe a person
2. Describe a place
3. Describe an object
4. Describe an event
5. Describe an activity
6. Describe your favourites
But what do you do if the task in your speaking test isn't related to one of these main topic areas?
This will be the subject of my next video lesson. Before I publish the lesson, can you remember seeing any questions that didn't seem to fit into one of the 6 main areas? Please share your examples in the 'comments' below this lesson.
Note: Please only share questions from a real test that you had, or from one of the official IELTS books. Don't use questions that you've found on the Internet, or that a teacher or another student has invented. Let's stick to real, reliable questions only.
For various reasons, I haven't been able to write today's blog post until now (6pm in the UK). Some days I have plenty of time to make a good lesson or even write a full essay, while other days I might only have time to write a quick tip. The important thing, I think, is to stick to my daily blogging habit and keep going.
I give the same advice to my students: If you want to improve your English and your IELTS score, just do something every day that helps you to move forward.
Instead of looking for a grammatical explanation for the use of a word or phrase, it's often better to search for real examples of usage.
Take the following question, for example. A student asked me:
Is there a difference between "in terms of" and "with regard to"? When and how should we use these phrases?
Task:
Can you find 3 examples of each of the two phrases in the student's question above? Use a search engine, such as Google, and choose examples that come from reliable sources (e.g. newspaper articles). Does this help you to see how and when the two phrases are used? Do you think there is a difference between them?
My main tip for speaking part 2 is to prepare good vocabulary for common topics. This is what I've done in each of my video lessons for this part of the test.
On the task card, the last bullet point always asks you to explain why. This is the best part of the question in terms of vocabulary preparation. Let's take the "describe a family" question as an example:
Describe a family (not your own family) that you like. You should say
- how you know this family
- who the people in the family are
- what the members of the family are like
- and explain WHY you like this family.
Here are some ideas for the "why" part of this task:
Can you think of any more words or phrases to add to this list?
Students often don't notice when a teacher corrects their mistakes.
Look at this example of a conversation between a student and a teacher:
Student: I gave the IELTS test five times.
Teacher: Oh, you've taken the test five times?
Student: Yes, the last time I gave it was two weeks ago.
The student doesn't notice that the teacher is correcting a mistake. In English we don't say "give a test" (unless you are the examiner giving the test to the students), we say "take a test".
When a teacher repeats something that you said in a different way, it's possible that you made a mistake. Listen carefully, and try to notice mistakes and corrections. If you're not sure, ask the teacher whether you made a mistake.
Here's a recent part 2 task that a student sent me:
Describe a family (not your own family) that you like. You should say
how you know this family
who the people in the family are
what the members of the family are like
and explain why you like this family.
For this task, you could choose your neighbours, a friend's family, or even a famous family. If you have already prepared a description of a person, try to adapt and use some of the same ideas.
Did you notice the paraphrasing that I used in Thursday's lesson?
and the comparisons that I made?
Did you note down these good phrases from Wednesday's lesson?
If you want to write at a band 7-9 level, vocabulary is the key!
Here's a quick review of my main tips for each part of the speaking test:
Part 1
Keep it simple; there's no need to show off in this part. Give a short, direct answer and a reason for your answer. Then stop. If necessary, smile at the examiner to show that you are ready for the next question; if you keep speaking, the examiner will interrupt you. Answer using full sentences, and try not to hesitate; just say the first thing that comes into your head.
Part 2
Before the exam, prepare ideas for the six main topics. Focus on vocabulary, not grammar or linking. In the exam, try to note down as many ideas as you can during the 1-minute preparation time - hopefully you'll be able to use ideas that you have already prepared. You don't have to cover all of the points on the task card, but it helps you to structure your answer if you do. Say as much as you can for each point, and use a real example or story at the end of your description if you need to fill time. Keep going until the examiner stops you.
Part 3
Practise "3-step" answers: 1) answer the question 2) explain your answer 3) give an example. There's also a 4th step that you can sometimes use. By following these steps, you ensure that your answer "moves forward" instead of becoming repetitive - most people repeat the same ideas when they try to give a long answer, and the steps will help you to avoid this.
PS. I'll publish my next speaking video in the next few days.
In which of these sentences is the passive used correctly?
People sometimes ask me whether the examiner will reduce their scores if they copy my vocabulary ideas, either from this website or from my ebook.
The answer is no, the examiner will not reduce your score! Everyone has to get vocabulary ideas from somewhere, whether it's from a teacher, a textbook, a dictionary or my website. Besides, I wasn't the "inventor" of any of the words or phrases that I use.
Have you prepared a description of your favourite film, book and website? I'm making a video lesson about these topics at the moment, and I'm trying to think of some vocabulary themes.
For the favourite website topic, I think we can say a lot about the features and the website's usefulness. For the film or book, we can describe the plot, but can you think of any other vocabulary themes for these topics?
By the way, my video lesson about the "describe an activity" topic will be ready later today. Because of the delay I'll make it free.
Here are my suggestions for correct, simplified versions of the sentences in yesterday's lesson:
Notes:
Can you see the mistakes in the following topic sentences?
Tip: the easiest way to improve these sentences is by simplifying them.
Today I'm working on a video lesson about the "describe an activity" topic. You might be asked to describe a hobby, sport or game, so it's a good idea to be ready for this topic.
My approach is to prepare ideas for one sport (e.g. swimming) and one game (e.g. chess). I start with a simple idea, such as "swimming is healthy". Then I search for good words and phrases related to this theme. For example:
"Swimming is healthy" theme:
Can you think of any more words and phrases for this theme?
Someone asked me the following useful questions:
My answer is no. Although 'bring down', 'lessen' and 'cut down' can be used as synonyms of 'reduce' in some situations, most native speakers wouldn't choose to use them in the contexts above. In other words, 'reduce pollution' is a common collocation, but 'bring down pollution' isn't.
To see which verbs collocate (go well) with 'pollution' click here.
To see collocations with the word 'pressure' click here.
Did you analyse the essay in Wednesday's lesson? Here are some good phrases that you could try to use yourself:
Remember that 'topic vocabulary' is the key to a high score in writing task 2.
I've now published my latest video lesson (speaking lesson 6) at the bottom of this webpage. In the lesson, I look at 4 types of event:
Which type of event would you find the most difficult to describe? Can you think of any vocabulary 'themes' that could be used to describe any event?
Here are my improved versions of the sentences in yesterday's lesson. I've replaced the strange words with more natural alternatives.
I recently read a student's essay that contained the following sentences:
I told the student that I thought she was trying too hard to be 'difficult'. Which words or phrases in each sentence do you think I suggested changing?
I've just published a video at the bottom of this webpage (speaking lesson 5). In the lesson, I prepare some good vocabulary for the topic "Describe an object".
I decided that a "smartwatch" would be a good object to describe, but I also prepared a description of an old "inherited watch" just in case the question asks you describe something old.
Here are some 'band 7-9' phrases that I used in my "smartwatch" answer:
You're moving forward every time you do some IELTS practice, every time you learn a new word, every time you read one of my blog lessons.
You might not notice these small improvements, but they add up over time, and you will gradually move towards your goal. Keep going!
Later today I'll publish a video lesson about the part 2 topic "Describe a place". One of my suggestions in the lesson is that you prepare some vocabulary 'themes'.
For example, here are some ideas for a description of an interesting city:
The lesson contains more examples of 'theme' language, and you'll hear me giving two full sample answers for two different "Describe a place" questions.
In the comments below Wednesday's lesson, a few people said that they didn't see any "advanced" vocabulary* in my essay. But examiners are not looking for "advanced" vocabulary; they are looking for "less common" vocabulary.
"Less common" vocabulary means words and phrases that most students wouldn't think to use in their essays. For example, in the first line of my essay, I used the verb "to rival". You might know the noun "rival", but have you ever used it as a verb? This is not an "advanced" word, but it is certainly less commonly used by IELTS candidates, and the examiner would be impressed to see it used in this way.
Here are the "less common" phrases from my essay:
Note:
Although you probably understand the phrases above, most candidates would not use them in their essays.
*I never use the terms "advanced vocabulary" or "difficult vocabulary". Anyone can find a "big" word in the dictionary and translate it. The difficult skill is to use words together in collocations and phrases.
If you didn't manage to watch the video lesson that I published yesterday, here's a quick summary of the key ideas.
In the video, I look at the topic "Describe a person", which is one of the six main topics in part 2 of the speaking test. Here are some possible questions in this topic area:
I then suggest that we choose an easy 'theme' e.g. a hard-working and friendly person. We can prepare lots of good vocabulary for this theme, and hopefully use it to describe any of the people in the list above.
I've just published a new video lesson at the bottom of this webpage.
In the lesson, I give some tips for part 2 of the IELTS speaking test. I explain what to do in the exam, but more importantly what you can do before the exam to prepare for the most common topics.
Finally, the main aim of the lesson is to help you to prepare for the "describe a person" topic. You'll see the language that I've prepared for this topic, and hear me give a sample 2-minute answer.
Should you write "most people", "most of people" or "most of the people"?
Answer:
Here are some examples for IELTS Writing:
People often ask me about inventing statistics in their task 2 essays. For example, if the question is about crime, they might invent something like this:
"According to a recent report from Oxford University, around 60% of prisoners reoffend after being released."
Although this looks like a good 'academic-style' sentence, I still wouldn't recommend writing it. Here are two reasons why:
Rather than relying on invented statistics, focus on expressing your own views.
I'm in the middle of creating a video lesson about part 1 of the IELTS speaking test. Before I publish it (this weekend), let me ask you four quick questions:
Feel free to share your answers in the comments below. Please think about part 1 only - I'll cover parts 2 and 3 in later videos.
Did you make a New Year's resolution at the beginning of this month? Did you set yourself a small, achievable objective for January?
My aim was to make my first video for IELTS speaking. I achieved this aim yesterday, so I'm going to be more ambitious in February: I'll try to make a new video lesson every week.
Did you achieve your January objective? What are your aims for February?
I've just published the first of my video lessons for IELTS speaking. You can watch it for free on this webpage.
I'll publish another speaking video next Friday.
Some students worry about being 'original'. They worry that too many other candidates might use the same ideas, vocabulary or linking words as them. For example, several people have asked me whether the examiner will notice if they use the vocabulary from my blog lessons or ebook. Others worry that simple linking words like "firstly, secondly, finally" are too common or even too 'old'.
So, is it true that we should worry about these things? Do candidates need to use 'new', original language in their tests?
The answer is no! IELTS is not testing your originality; it's testing your ability to use the English language in a normal, natural way. Don't worry about any of the things mentioned above!
I've written before about the six main topic areas that I think you should prepare:
You should also be prepared to talk about your job and/or your studies.
After preparing one main description for these seven or eight topics, you should then practise adapting your descriptions to as many questions as you can.
Example:
Let's take the "disagreement" question in this lesson as an example. Can we use one of the main topics above as our answer? Perhaps we could say that we had a family disagreement about where to go on holiday, which gift to buy someone, or which film to see at the cinema. Which topic would you use and adapt for the "disagreement" question?
People often ask me for advice about overcoming nervousness when they're taking the IELTS test.
Personally, I think it's normal and even helpful to feel nervous before an exam. The feeling that I think you should aim for is a healthy mix of nervousness and determination. The determination comes from knowing that you are well prepared for the challenge; when you feel like this, the nerves usually disappear as soon as you start the first part of the exam.
In Monday's reading lesson I used the metaphor of a "treasure hunt" to describe the task of finding answers in the passage.
In a comment below the lesson I pointed out that metaphors are a great aid to learning. Metaphors can help us to understand complex ideas more easily and clearly, and they also help us to remember things.
Here are some other metaphors (or similes) that I've used on this blog:
Note: If you're not sure what metaphors and similes are, read this.
Let's look at a sample answer using the "idea, explain, example" structure. This time I'm using a personal example in the last sentence.
What disagreements do teenagers often have with their parents? Why?
(Idea / basic answer) Teenagers disagree with their parents about all sorts of things, like the clothes they want to wear, whether they can go out with their friends, doing homework, and how much help they give their parents around the house. (Explain why) I think the teenage years are when we develop a sense of identity, and we want to make our own decisions rather than follow other people's instructions. (Personal example) I remember having disagreements with my own parents, usually about simple things like getting up early in the morning, tidying my room, or doing the washing up!
Task:
Can you answer the following question in the same way?
Do you think that it's important to be polite?
Here are three simple tips that could make a difference to your score:
1. Be confident
Although you might be nervous, try to speak clearly and confidently. Smile and be friendly* with the examiner. As you go into the exam, tell yourself that you have prepared well and that you're going to enjoy the challenge.
2. Know that you are prepared
You will feel much more confident if you know that you have prepared and practised for the test. You should know exactly what to expect. For example, have you prepared some common topics (e.g. describe a place, a person, a hobby) for the short presentation? Are you ready for a past and a future question in part 3?
3. Speak naturally
Try to enjoy a normal conversation with the examiner. Instead of worrying about your grammar, listen carefully to the questions and try to give natural answers. Most of the questions are about you, your life and your opinions, so it's best to be open. I used to be an examiner, and I always found the job more interesting when students spoke openly about their opinions and experiences.
*Note: You are not marked on body language, but I'd still recommend that you try to act in a friendly, confident manner.
A student noticed something interesting in my video lesson about "discussion essays". In the lesson I wrote the following two phrases:
The student asked why I used the article "a" in the second phrase. Isn't "determination" an uncountable noun? The answer is, not always.
Sometimes we use "determination" as a countable noun. In the second sentence above, I'm writing about one specific type of determination: the determination to win. In this case it's correct to write "a determination".
Note:
People often ask me to make a lesson that explains how to use articles. The problem is that article use doesn't follow a set of simple 'rules'. I think it's best to learn gradually by reading lots of English and by noticing things like the example above.
Most people who read this blog have the overall aim of passing the IELTS test with a certain score. But what specific actions are you going to take to achieve this overall aim? For example:
By the way, my own overall aim for this year is to finish my video course and my teacher training course. My small, short-term goal (my first specific action) is to produce the first video lesson for the speaking test.
A New Year's resolution is an intention or objective for the coming year. The problem is that most people (including me!) break their resolutions - apparently 35% of New Year's resolutions are broken by the end of January.
If you're making a New Year’s resolution related to IELTS, here’s an idea:
We know that the overall aim is to pass the IELTS test, but the best resolutions are small and achievable. It’s disheartening to break a promise that you made to yourself, so start with something very easy. Why not make a short-term resolution for January only? When you've achieved that aim, you can set another one for February. Each aim can become gradually more difficult as you gain confidence.
Do you have a small, short-term, achievable objective for January? Feel free to share your resolutions in the “comments” below. I’ll tell you mine tomorrow, and maybe we can encourage each other to achieve our goals this year.
Happy New Year!
Following on from yesterday's lesson, here are some key points to remember.
1) Superlatives can be used after possessive forms, without "the":
2) Miss "the" if the noun is before (not after) the superlative:
3) Miss "the" when the meaning is "at its..." or "at their...":
Task:
Here's a puzzle for you. The sentence below is correct, but it seems to break the 'rule' in point 2 above. Can you explain why I wrote "the oldest" even though there is no noun after the superlative?
The London underground is the oldest.
In this lesson I gave a grammatical explanation of when to write "highest" without the word "the" before it. For example:
- The UK had the highest rate of unemployment. (the highest + noun)
- The unemployment rate was highest in the UK. (noun before 'highest', no 'the')
However, there might be an easier way to remember when to miss the word "the". We miss the word "the" when "highest" means "at its highest" or "at their highest" e.g. The unemployment rate was at its highest in the UK.
Let's try this with a few more examples:
1. Rainfall is highest in October. (Rainfall is at its highest in October)
2. Temperatures are warmest in the south of the country. (at their warmest)
3. Traffic is slowest between 7 and 9am. (at its slowest)
In the above examples, don't put the word "the" before the superlative adjectives.
Note:
I'll add a bit more to this explanation in tomorrow's lesson, so feel free to ask any questions in the comments area below.
Here are some exam questions that students have asked me about recently:
Part 2
Describe a disagreement that you had with another person. You should say
- who the other person was
- what the disagreement was about
- how you resolved it
- and what the result was.
Part 3
1. What disagreements do teenagers often have with their parents?
2. What do young children tend to argue about with each other?
3. Do you think that it's important to be polite?
I used some good phrases in yesterday's letter task. Even if you're doing the academic IELTS test, I recommend that you note them down.
Task:
Think about how you could use these phrases in your speaking test.
Try answering the following questions. Remember to give a direct answer, give a reason, then stop! If you say more than this, the examiner will interrupt you.
In my Saturday blog lessons, I often list the good vocabulary from the previous week. Today I'm going to ask you to do this week's vocabulary review.
So, look back through this week's lessons here on the blog, and make a note of any good vocabulary that I used. Feel free to share your lists in the "comments" area below.
Last week we looked at the first half of a question:
Describe a long walk that you enjoyed.
You should say
- when you went on this walk
- where it took place
I explained that it would be easy to give a very short answer to these two points:
"Last summer I walked along a beach during my holiday in..."
But we need to expand this answer to include more information about "when" and "where". For example:
When
I’m going to describe a walk that I enjoyed last summer while I was on holiday on the south coast of England. It was the first week of August, and we set off on the walk on the first morning of the holiday just after breakfast, at around 9 o’clock. The walk took us the whole morning and finished at lunchtime.
Where
As I mentioned, the walk took place on the south coast of England. I was on holiday with my family in a place called Dorset, and we were staying in a rented house. Our aim was to walk from the house to a place called Durdle Door beach. First we had to find the coast path, and then we followed this path for several miles until we reached Durdle Door and finally descended the steep steps that led to the beach.
...
Here's a question that a student wrote in the "comments" below one of my lessons this week:
Dear Simon,
I'm reading your model essays and find them easy to follow and understand. They are totally different from what I'm being trained to write in my IELTS class. We are advised to include linking words, adverbs and descriptive clauses in almost every sentence, while your sentences are much shorter and cleaner. Please give me your opinion about this difference.
(Note: I've corrected a few small mistakes that the student made)
For me, this is an important question because it highlights one of the main reasons why I started writing this blog: I disagree with the way that many teachers, books and websites teach IELTS, and I wanted to suggest a different approach. Examiners are pleasantly surprised when they see essays that are 'clean' and easy to follow, and you might find that your scores improve as you start to focus on real content instead of linking words and memorised phrases.
Many people find it difficult to keep talking for 2 minutes because they give very quick answers to one or two of the bullet points on the task card.
Take last week's question for example:
Describe a long walk that you enjoyed.
You should say
- when you went on this walk
- where it took place
- what you saw while you were walking
- and explain why you enjoyed the walk.
It would be easy to answer the first two bullet points very quickly:
"Last summer I walked along a beach during my holiday in..."
The problem now is that we need to spend almost the full 2 minutes on the last two bullet points. It would be better if we could expand on all four points, like I did in this lesson.
Task:
Can you invent some more information to expand on the short answer that I gave above (about walking along a beach last summer)? Try to invent as much as you can about the "when" and the "where".
Many people ask me how they can improve their IELTS scores. In my experience, improvements tend to happen in the following way:
Note: The numbers on the graph refer to stages of improvement, not scores.
Here's my explanation of the four stages of improvement:
Students often make simple mistakes that could be avoided. In exam conditions this is understandable, but there is no excuse for making careless mistakes in your homework!
If you are writing an IELTS essay at home, don't do it as a test. Take your time, check everything carefully, and aim to write a "perfect" essay. Homework is an opportunity to learn and improve, not just a test of your current level.
Try preparing an answer for the following task:
Describe a long walk that you enjoyed.
You should say
- when you went on this walk
- where it took place
- what you saw while you were walking
- and explain why you enjoyed the walk.
Tip: Maybe you can use a topic that you have already prepared e.g. description of a holiday, or a city that you have visited.
Let's take some of the phrases from yesterday's lesson, and see if you can use them to make new sentences about completely different topics.
Here are the phrases to use:
Remember to choose a new topic (not TV). You can put as many words as you want in the gaps.
Here are the good words and phrases that I used in yesterday's speaking lesson:
Here are my sample answers to the questions that I shared with you last week. Notice that I use the 3 or 4 steps that I recommended, and remember to note down any good words or phrases that you find.
1. Do you think most people watch TV for education or for entertainment?
I think people watch TV primarily for entertainment. There are far more entertainment programmes than educational ones, and in my experience most people treat television as a form of relaxation in the evening. If I think about the most popular TV programmes in the UK, such as talent shows like 'X Factor' or soap operas like 'Eastenders', the focus is definitely on entertainment rather than education.
2. Should TV play a role in educating children? How?
Yes, it definitely should play a role in my opinion. Good children's TV programmes should tell stories that contain some kind of lesson about how to behave or what is morally right and wrong. Many of the traditional fairy tales, such as 'Cinderella', have been made into TV programmes, and there is always a positive message in those stories.
3. How do you think TV viewing habits change as people get older?
TV viewing habits obviously change a lot as we get older. While toddlers might watch programmes about talking animals, teenagers prefer action and adventure or sports, and as adults we start taking an interest in news and politics. My own preferences, for example, have changed over the years - I would never have watched news programmes when I was younger. I think it would be very strange if our viewing habits didn't mature!
Yesterday I was reading some advice from a successful musician, and it struck me as being equally relevant to language learning and IELTS preparation:
"It is true of any subject that the person that succeeds has the realistic viewpoint at the beginning, and knows that the problem is large and that he has to take it a step at a time, and that he has to enjoy the step-by-step learning procedure."
(Bill Evans, pianist and composer)
Do you have a realistic idea of what you need to do to reach your required IELTS score? Are you tackling the problem in a step-by-step manner? And are you enjoying the challenge?
After the part 2 question that I showed you in last week's lesson, the examiner would ask you some related questions in part 3 of the test.
Here are some part 3 questions about the 'educational TV programme' topic:
Tip:
The secret to giving good answers in part 3 is to follow three simple steps: 1) give a direct answer 2) explain in more detail 3) give an example. There's also a 4th step if you want to say even more. Look at this lesson to see an example.
Can you correct the mistakes in the following conditional sentences?
Did you note down the good vocabulary from this week's lessons? Here's a list of some of the best words and phrases. Try using them to make your own sentences.
Here are some of the sentences that students wrote in the comments below last week's lesson. Can you correct the mistakes?
Here's a recent exam question that somebody sent me. How would you answer?
Describe an educational television programme that you liked.
You should say
- what the programme was about
- when and where you saw it
- how you found out about this programme
- and why you liked it.
Here are some recent exam questions that somebody shared here on the blog. As usual, my part 1 sample answers are short, direct and simple.
1) At what age did you start studying mathematics?
I can't exactly remember, but it was probably in my first year at primary school when I was 5 years old. I probably learnt simple addition at that age.
2) Do you like mathematics? Why / why not?
I don't dislike maths, but I wouldn't say that I've ever really liked the subject either. I'm happy to do simple calculations, but my brain can't cope with the complex stuff!
3) Is it necessary for everyone to learn mathematics?
Yes, I think it is. We all need a basic grounding in maths so that we can do daily tasks, like managing our money, working out bills, and so on.
4) Do you prefer to use a calculator when doing mathematics?
It depends. I quite like exercising my brain with anything that's easy enough, but I use the calculator on my phone for anything tricky.
In yesterday's lesson I mentioned that someone asked me this question: "Can we use the passive in writing task 1?"
If you ask a question like this, it tells me that you're focusing on the wrong thing. Your method, or your whole approach to the IELTS test is wrong.
When you look at a graph or chart in writing task 1, you shouldn't be thinking, "can I use the passive to describe this information?". You should be thinking, "what is the main trend, which numbers should I compare or contrast, how will I paraphrase the question etc.?".
Don't take a 'grammar approach' to your IELTS preparation. Take a 'task response' approach: focus on answering the question.
Here are some sentences that people wrote in the "comments" below last week's speaking lesson. Can you correct the mistakes?
I haven't been able to make any video lessons for a while, mainly because I've been in the process of moving house. Now that I'm getting myself organised again, I'm planning to start making a series of video lessons for the speaking test.
If you've taken the speaking test recently, please share your question topics (for all 3 parts) in the comments below. I'll then be able to make my lessons as up-to-date as possible. Thanks!
Here's a recent part 2 question that someone sent me. How would you answer?
Describe something you did in your life that was a success.
You should say
- what you did
- when you did it
- what difficulties you faced
- and how you felt when you were successful
My advice: Try to adapt a topic that you have already prepared (e.g. description of a hobby), or talk about your work or studies.
Here are some phrases (parts of sentences) that people wrote below Thursday's writing task 1 lesson. Can you find and correct the mistakes?
Note: I'm focusing here on the parts of people's sentences that contained a problem. Don't worry about the information that I've missed out.
In case you didn't see it, here's my correct version:
In 1999, Switzerland had the highest figures for sales of both Fairtrade coffee and Fairtrade bananas, with 3 million and 15 million Euros of sales for the two respective products.
"Describe a hobby" seems like an easy topic. However, students often have difficulty speaking for 2 minutes when the topic is easy.
Here are 3 pieces of advice to help you to speak for 2 minutes. I'll use photography as the hobby in my example answers.
1. Think about question words: What, when, where, why, who with:
2. Describe opinions and feelings:
I like photography because it’s a creative hobby and it makes you notice the world around you. I love capturing special moments or unusual or beautiful images, and it’s a great feeling to be able to look back through my pictures and relive different experiences. These memories usually cheer me up.
3. Tell a story related to the topic:
The last time I took photos on a special occasion was at my friend’s wedding a few weeks ago. I got some great pictures of the bride and groom and their guests celebrating. After the wedding I made an album of all the best pictures and sent it to my friend as a present.
Task:
Try describing your own hobby using the 3 tips above.
It's always nice to hear from people who have struggled with IELTS but have been successful in the end. Here's part of a positive message from my Facebook page. I'm sharing it today because the key advice is: don't give up!
"After multiple attempts of taking the exam, I was able to get my needed scores on my 4th try. What's astonishing is I got 7 in writing, my weakest part, after the remarking. I know thousands of people are struggling to get their desired scores but all I can say is 'Do not give up'. There was a time in my life where I said to myself that IELTS is just a business, dreadful and unjust. However, I continued to believe in myself."
(Veyga, Philippines)
Although I hear from lots of people who are frustrated by the IELTS test, I hear from many others who have passed. Keep working and you'll be one of them!
A colleague of mine (thanks Phil) just sent me a link to an online dictionary called Your Dictionary. The best feature of this dictionary is that it shows you lots of example sentences that include the word you searched for.
Try searching for a word, and then click on the 'sentences' option:
I tried this with the word "otherwise" (someone asked me about the different uses of this word a few days ago). I found the 'sentences' option much more useful than just reading the definitions.
Here are my negative answers to the questions in last week's speaking lesson. Remember: I'm imagining that I don't like (or know about) the topic.
1) Do you like music?
No, I don't really like music, and I don't listen to it. It's not something that I've ever been interested in.
2) What kind of music did you listen to when you were young?
I can't remember listening to much music as a child either. I suppose I must have heard some traditional music at festivals or parties, but I didn't take much notice of it.
3) When was the last time you went to a concert?
I've never been to a music concert. Maybe I should try going to one; perhaps it would be interesting to see an orchestra playing classical music.
4) Would you like to participate in a live music show?
No, definitely not. I don't play a musical instrument and I don't sing, so I can't imagine that I'd ever find myself performing to an audience.
Note:
My aim here is to show you that you can answer questions about any topic - you don't need to like it or know anything about it. (I do like music by the way!)
In case you didn't see my lesson on Thursday, or the answer I gave in the comments below it, here's one of the most typical mistakes that I see people making in their writing task 1 answers:
They write things like "Canada decreased" or "the USA was the highest".
These phrases don't make sense. Canada, the country, didn't decrease! You must remember to describe the topic properly. For example:
- Unemployment in Canada decreased.
- The USA had the highest rate of unemployment.
Remember: saying that a country increases or decreases sounds very strange!
People often ask me what they should do if the examiner asks about a topic that they don't like or don't know anything about. Take the topic of 'music' for example. This is an easy topic for some people, but others find it difficult because they don't usually listen to music.
Let's imagine that you don't like music and you don't know anything about it. How would you answer the following questions in part 1 of the test? Try to give negative answers, but make sure that they are still good answers!
Remember: You might not like a topic, but this doesn't mean you can't answer the questions. IELTS speaking questions never require 'knowledge', only simple ideas and opinions.
Did you notice that I used the 'future perfect' tense in the answer that I wrote for Thursday's writing task 1 lesson? Here's the sentence:
- By 2024, a third building will have been constructed.
In fact, this is a 'future perfect passive' sentence. Another option was to write:
- In 2024, a third building will be constructed. (simple future, passive)
There's a small difference in meaning between these two sentences. The future perfect sentence suggests that construction of the building will already be finished in 2024, whereas the simple future sentence suggests that the construction work will happen in the year 2024.
A teacher in China asked me to help with the following queries:
1) Can students ask the IELTS examiner to repeat a question?
Yes. They can say something like: "Sorry, can you repeat that please?". It won't affect your score if you do this.
2) Can students ask the examiner to clarify a question?
Not in part 1 or 2. The examiner can only repeat the same question in part 1, and refer you to the task card in part 2. In part 3, it's fine for students to ask for clarification e.g. "Sorry, I'm not sure what you mean by that". The examiner is allowed to rephrase the question in part 3. If you ask for clarification once, it shouldn't affect your score, but don't do this too many times!
3) Can students ask the examiner to define a word?
Again, only in part 3. The student could say: "Sorry, could you explain what you mean by... (unknown word)?"
4) Can students ask for more time to think?
I don't recommend doing that. Students lose marks for long hesitations, so it's best for them to practise answering quickly.
5) Can students ask to miss a question in parts 1 and 3?
They can, but they will lose points, so I don't recommend doing this. It's always best to attempt an answer.
6) Can students ask for a different topic in part 2?
No. They must take the topic card that the examiner gives them.
"Do you work or are you a student?"
This is often the first question that the examiner asks in the speaking test. It's an easy question, but many people still worry about it.
Here are some of their worries:
My advice is to stop worrying, and just explain your situation. For example: "I'm a qualified doctor, but at the moment I'm studying English so that I can work here in the UK."
In last Sunday's lesson I wrote that an advanced user of any language is someone who can express the same idea in a variety of ways. When you do this, you are paraphrasing.
Let's practise paraphrasing some of the ideas from Friday's speaking lesson. Can you express the ideas below in one or two (or more) different ways? Note: you don't need to use exact synonyms - just make sure you communicate the same overall idea.
Here's some of the good vocabulary that I used in yesterday's speaking lesson. Would you be able to use these phrases in your own sentences? If you're not sure, look the phrases up in a dictionary, or use Google to search for examples of their use.
Describe a change that you would like to see in your local area.
You should say
- what the change would be
- who would be involved in making the change
- how it would be done
- and why you would like to see the change happen.
Here's my band 9 sample answer:
When I was at school I studied French. The teachers taught us lots of grammar, and after five or six years we were ready to learn passives, conditionals and the subjunctive. These were considered to be the the most advanced aspects of the language.
But then I went to France, and realised that I was still a beginner! I couldn't understand fast speech, and I couldn't express myself without thinking first; I needed time to construct sentences in my head.
Now I have a different view about what 'advanced' or 'difficult' language is, and the IELTS marking system agrees with me. An 'advanced' user of English isn't someone who uses lots of passives and conditionals. An advanced user is someone who has a large language repertoire, can explain ideas in detail, can speak without thinking (too much), and can express the same idea in a variety of ways. Which type of 'advanced' are you tryng to reach?
Can you correct the mistakes in the sentences below, or rewrite the sentences to improve them?
In yesterday's lesson, I wrote this:
The fact that I wrote about 3 distinct ideas meant that the paragraph "moves forward". Many students seem to get stuck on one idea, and the paragraph has no development or “movement".
This is something that I often see in students' essays: they go "round and round" explaining the same idea for a whole paragraph. Look carefully at your own paragraphs to see whether this happens to you. If it does, here are 2 possible solutions:
On Wednesday I wrote a paragraph for a task 2 topic. Did you notice the following things in it?
There are also some 'band 7-9' phrases in the paragraph. Did you notice them?
Practise answering the following part 2 question.
Describe a change that you would like to see in your local area.
You should say
- what the change would be
- who would be involved in making the change
- how it would be done
- and why you would like to see the change happen.
Tip:
Go through the 4 bullet points, and see if you can give a roughly equal amount of detail for each one, like I did in this answer.
Whenever you see a new word or phrase, it's a good idea to investigate. By this I mean that you should search for the word or phrase online, and see how it is used in a variety of sentences.
For example, take this phrase from yesterday's lesson: "I'm not one for...". If you search for this phrase on Google, you'll see examples like:
I think you need to see five or more examples of a new phrase before you start to really see how you could use it yourself. Can you see any 'rules' for the phrase "I'm not one for"? Can you explain what it means? Can you use it in your own sentences?
While I don't recommend memorising full IELTS essays, I'm sure that memorising can be a useful technique that might help you to get the score you need.
So, what can you memorise? Here are some ideas:
Can you think of anything else that you could memorise before the exam?
Here are some good words and phrases from this week's blog lessons:
Did you notice that the noun 'replica' and the verb 'replicate' both appeared in this week's lessons, and in very different contexts?
After last week's part 2 answer, let's look at some part 3 questions about the same topic. Try answering the following questions:
Tip: Use the 'long answer' technique in this lesson.
In yesterday's lesson I asked you to find examples of verb tenses and good vocabulary in my sample answer about a film that I would like to see.
Here are examples of different verb tenses that I used:
Here are some examples of 'band 7-9' vocabulary:
Did you notice the following things in the sample answer that I gave in yesterday's speaking lesson?
Here's my sample answer:
Exam technique is obviously important. Good preparation means knowing how to approach each part of the test.
However, exam technique won't help someone with intermediate language skills to get an 'advanced' score (band 7 or higher). Exam technique just helps you to get the score that your current language level deserves.
So keep doing the exam practice, but don't stop working on your English language skills!
There were several good words and phrases in this week's lessons here on the blog. Here are some of them, and I've left gaps to encourage you to look a bit harder!
As Wednesday's lesson was about films, now is a good time to look at a similar speaking question:
Tip:
Try using some of the good vocabulary from the essay I shared on Wednesday. You could even choose the next James Bond film as your answer.
This week someone asked me a question which included the following statement:
Some examiners do not agree with the use of "I" in the writing test.
My question is: who are these examiners? I can't believe that examiners would ignore their training and penalise the use of "I". How are candidates expected to answer the question "Do you agree or disagree?" without using "I" or "my" (e.g. I completely disagree)? Also, if the personal pronoun "you" is used in the question, why would personal pronouns be prohibited in your answer?
My guess is that this misinformation about the use of "I" is coming from teachers, not examiners. In my experience here in the UK, examiners are all well trained and they all work in the same way. They expect you to use phrases like "I believe" or "I agree" when the question asks for your opinion!
This week's lessons contained some good vocabulary. Here are some of the words and phrases that you could put in your notebook:
Can you correct the small mistake(s) in each of the following sentences, or change the sentences to make them more natural?
For my first answer in yesterday's lesson I wrote: "I like reading, learning from others, and trying to understand difficult concepts." As you can see, I gave a list of 3 things that I like about studying.
Here are some more "lists of 3" that I could have used in my answers:
Making "lists of 3" is a good way to practise adding variety to the language that you use. Try it yourself!
Here are my sample answers to the questions in last week's lesson.
1. Do you like studying? Why / why not?
Yes, I like studying because it's the best way to gain a deeper insight into any subject. I like reading, learning from others, and trying to understand difficult concepts.
2. Do you prefer to study alone or with others? Why?
I prefer to study alone because I need to be able to concentrate fully. Other people are a distraction.
3. Where do you prefer to go when you need to study? Why?
I like to find a quiet corner in my local library; being in an old building and surrounded by books seems to help me to focus on my work.
4. How do you feel if someone disturbs you when you are studying?
It frustrates me because it breaks my concentration. I prefer to avoid distractions by going somewhere where nobody will interrupt me.
Try answering these recent exam questions. Just give a short, direct answer and a reason.
Let's talk about studying...
1. Do you like studying? Why / why not?
2. Do you prefer to study alone or with others? Why?
3. Where do you prefer to go when you need to study? Why?
4. How do you feel if someone disturbs you when you are studying?
There were some good collocations and phrases in the 'improved sentences' that I wrote for yesterday's lesson. Did you write them in your notebook?
Here are my suggestions for improved versions of the sentences in yesterday's lesson. Compare both versions carefully to learn from the changes that I made.
Here are some sentences that students wrote below last week's lesson. Can you correct and improve them?
Many students ask me for advice about how to improve their scores. Or they ask me to explain why they didn't get higher scores in their exams.
Unfortunately, I can't give good advice if I don't know the person. To give good advice, I need to be able to identify the problem, and the only way to do that is by speaking to the student and reading some of his/her essays.
So, here's my tip for today: If you want to improve your score, first you need to identify what your problems are. You might need to invest in a few lessons with a teacher who can help you with this.
Here are some questions that have recently appeared in part 3 of the IELTS speaking test. How would you answer each one? Remember that the examiner is expecting longer, more detailed answers in part 3.
Are exam practice and exam preparation the same thing? I'd say they are not. Preparation for any test should involve more than just exam practice. What else do you do, apart from test practice, to prepare for the IELTS exam?
If I asked you to list the 10 best phrases from yesterday's speaking lesson and Wednesday's writing lesson, which would you choose?
Could you then use those 10 phrases in your own sentences?
Here's a question that I mentioned in a lesson a few weeks ago:
Describe a prize that you would like to win. You should explain
- what the prize is for
- how you know about it
- what you would have to do to win it
- and why you would like to win this prize.
And here's my sample answer:
At the end of yesterday's speaking lesson, I made an important point:
You need to be conscious of the techniques that you are using as you answer questions in the exam (especially in the speaking and writing tests). Otherwise you'll go back to your 'old technique' of saying or writing whatever comes into your head.
Let me explain this a bit more with an example:
When I teach students the 3-step technique that I mentioned yesterday (answer, explain, example), they have no problem understanding it. However, when I then ask some sample questions, most people seem to forget the technique completely. They miss the example, or they give a list of two or three answers with no explanation.
Ask yourself: are you consciously using the exam techniques that you have learnt, or do you fall back into old habits when under pressure?
When I was an examiner, I remember that not many candidates performed well towards the end of the speaking test. After trying really hard in parts 1 and 2, many people seemed to run out of energy when they got to part 3.
So, how can you make sure that you finish strongly and do well in part 3?
I think the secret is to answer according to a simple 3-step formula: answer the question directly, then explain in detail, then give an example (e.g. a personal experience). I've included a fourth step in this lesson, but the first 3 steps are the easiest to use.
Note: You need to practise consciously going through the 3 steps as you give an answer (maybe you could count the steps on your fingers). Otherwise, you'll go back to your old technique of saying whatever comes into your head!
Do you keep a notebook for useful words and phrases? And do you review the vocabulary in it regularly?
For example, here's a quick review of some useful vocabulary from the last seven days of lessons on this blog:
Remember: Understanding a word is not the same as being able to use it. Practise using the phrases above in your own sentences.
Here are some recent part 1 questions, with my example answers.
1. Do you like cooking? Why / why not?
Sometimes. I like preparing a special meal for family or friends who visit, but everyday cooking is a bit boring; it's something that has to be done, but it's not really fun.
2. Who did the cooking in your family when you were a child?
My mother almost always did the cooking when I was young. I don't think she trusted my father to make a nice meal.
3. Do you think that it's important to know how to cook well?
I'm not sure whether it's important to cook well, but I do think that everyone should know the basics. It definitely isn't healthy to rely on pre-prepared meals or fast food.
4. Do you think that children should be taught cookery at school?
Yes, that's probably a good idea. If all children knew how to cook a few basic, healthy meals, that would surely be a good thing.
Yesterday I explained why nobody can create a list of 'band 9 phrases for any essay'. So, is there any way to prepare band 7-9 vocabulary for the test?
The answer is yes, but I'm afraid you will need to make many lists, not just one! I advise my students to prepare ideas and opinions for as many common IELTS topics as possible. Click here to see the basic list that I use.
My aim in the writing lessons on this blog (and in my ebook) is to help you to compile a list or build a repertoire of good 'topic vocabulary'. I could easily give you a list of linking phrases, but unfortunately that wouldn't really help you.
Here's an interesting question that someone asked me on Facebook:
Can you add on your blog some typical phrases (band 9) that we can use in every essay?
This seems to be the 'secret' that so many people are looking for. The problem is that these phrases do not exist. I'll try to explain why.
To get a high score for vocabulary and task response, you need to use words and phrases that are specific to the particular question that you are given. For example, if the question is about the environment, you could write about 'greenhouse gases' or 'carbon dioxide emissions'. But these phrases cannot be used in every essay; they are only relevant to this one topic.
The only phrases that can be used in every essay would be 'linking' phrases, and these do not contribute to your vocabulary or task response scores. They only help you to organise your ideas.
So, please stop looking for 'any essay' phrases. Tomorrow I'll explain what to do instead.
People often ask whether their accent will affect their IELTS score. The simple answer is no. Your score for pronunciation depends on how clearly you speak and how intelligible (easy to understand) you are.
So if accent is not important, what are the factors that affect pronunciation? I really like the explanation on this page from the Warwick University website. They look at 5 key elements of pronunciation:
There are some great tips about improving your pronunciation near the bottom of the page, but my favourites are: work on your mistakes, copy good models of speech, record yourself, slow down, and try to sound interesting / interested!
Yesterday I explained why it's normal for your scores to fluctuate between tests. Now I'm going to try to suggest some ways to deal with this.
1. Keep retaking the test
This advice might surprise you, but I remember a student who booked 4 tests in one month. He understood that his scores would fluctuate, but he hoped to improve his chances of having a 'lucky day' when everything went well. It worked! The student told me that the main benefit of taking the test every week was that he stopped feeling nervous. On the third Saturday he performed well in all 4 parts of the test and achieved the scores he needed. *But read the warning below!
2. Practise until you over-perform
To get a band 7 in exam conditions, you probably need to be achieving band 7.5 when practising at home. Most people perform worse in real tests due to nerves, so make sure you can comfortably get the score you need before taking the test.
3. Be more consistent in your approach
You might think that you always write essays in the same way, but most people don't. One of my aims in these lessons is to encourage people to use the exact same method every time. For example, I always try to write 9 sentences for writing task 1, and 13 sentences for task 2. If you can't say how many sentences you usually write, you're probably not being consistent. I'm using writing as an example, but there are methods for the other parts too.
Notes:
People often wonder why their IELTS scores fluctuate. For example, they might get a band 7 in writing one week, but only band 6 or 6.5 the next week.
Does this mean that the test is unreliable or that you had a bad examiner?
Probably not. Fluctuations are normal, both in the exam and when you are practising at home. For example, I've seen the same fluctuations in the quality of students' homework. Sometimes they have great ideas for the essay topic, or they find the answers easily in a reading test. Other times everything seems to go wrong; they have a bad day, and get lower scores.
Tomorrow I'll talk a bit more about this, and I'll try to suggest some strategies for dealing with this 'fluctuation' problem.
Have you tried searching the Internet to get ideas for the "describe a prize" topic from this lesson?
I tried searching for ideas related to winning 'employee of the month'. I found some advice (and great vocabulary) on this website. Here are some of the good phrases that they used. I've left a few gaps to encourage you to look carefully at some key words.
How to win employee of the month:
Do you think we can use some of this vocabulary for the prize task?
Here are some of the sentences that students wrote below this speaking lesson. Can you correct the mistakes?
1. I would like to win a Nobel Prize, which was one of my dreams for long time.
2. I had the chance for participating the first in this TV show game in 2013.
3. Although this will require a hard work but I believe it's worthy.
4. For my money, Prize can be given to a person due to his/her great effort.
5. If I won this scholarship, I will be the happiest person in the world.
Did you write down the good vocabulary from the essay that I shared on Wednesday? Here are the 'band 7-9' words, collocations and phrases that I used:
Try writing your own full sentences using each vocabulary item above.
Students often worry that they need to use "complex structures" in the speaking test. But what is a complex structure?
This website explains the difference between simple sentences, compound sentences and complex sentences. You'll notice that compound and complex sentences are much easier than they sound! I'm sure you use them all the time without realising it.
Here's my advice: stop worrying about the need for "complex" grammar. Instead, focus on expressing your ideas well. As you explain your ideas in detail, you will naturally produce longer sentences which contain a variety of grammatical features.
Here's a recent question that a few people told me about:
Describe a prize that you would like to win. You should explain
- what the prize is for
- how you know about it
- what you would have to do to win it
- and why you would like to win this prize.
It should be easy to answer this question by adapting a topic that you have already prepared. For example, you could describe a prize related to your studies, a work prize (e.g. employee of the month!), a sport or hobby prize, or even a TV programme prize (e.g. winning a holiday or a new car on a game show).
I'll be interested to see what prize you would choose!
How do you know when you're ready to take the IELTS exam? Here's my advice:
You will know that you are ready when you consistently get the score you need in all of your practice tests.
Many students prepare for the IELTS exam by doing lots of practice tests. But too much testing is a bad idea.
I think that there is a difference between 'testing' and 'training'.
Testing:
Training:
A good example of training is when you practise writing introductions. Sometimes I spend a whole lesson with my students just doing different introductions. We practise one technique until students become good at it.
So, how much 'training' and how much 'testing' should you do? Well, a good idea might be to spend Monday to Friday training, preparing and working on language. Then test yourself at the weekend - if you've worked hard, you might see an improvement!
Here's the technique that I recommend for giving long answers in part 3:
Here's an example using a question from last week's lesson:
Do you think that it's better to have clear aims for the future, or is it best to take each day as it comes?
(Answer) I think it’s best to have a good idea of what you want to do with your life, especially in terms of studies and career. (Why) Having aims allows you to plan what you need to do today and tomorrow in order to achieve longer-term objectives. (Example) For example, if you want to become a doctor, you need to choose the right subjects at school, get the right exam results, and work hard at university. (Opposite) Without a clear aim, it would be impossible to take the necessary steps towards a career in medicine, or any other profession.
A student asked me about the two uses of the word "by" in these sentences:
Korea was the only country that managed to reduce its waste output by the year 2000. Korea cut its waste output by 12 million tonnes between 1990 and 2000.
Questions:
1. Can you explain how "by" is used in the two cases above?
2. What is the difference between "by the year 2000" and "in the year 2000"?
A student of mine asked me to give him just one key piece of advice for each part of the IELTS test. Here is my answer:
Speaking
Focus on vocabulary instead of grammar or linking. In parts 2 and 3, explain your ideas in detail to increase your vocabulary score.
Listening
Use the breaks to read ahead. When they give you half a minute to check your answers, don't. Use the time to get ready for the next section.
Reading
Get to the end! Miss the questions you find difficult, and make sure you do all of the easier ones. Return to the harder questions if you have time.
Writing Task 1
Write a good overview. Examiners want to see a summary of the information, as well as detailed description.
Writing Task 2
Spend more time planning. A good plan will help you to write a more organised essay with better ideas.
Questions in part 3 of the speaking test are supposed to follow on from the topic of part 2. So, if the part 2 topic is a future aim, you might expect some part 3 questions like these:
Try preparing detailed answers to these questions using the 'longer answers' techniques in this lesson.
Students often ask me which writing task they should do first in the exam. Is it better to start with IELTS writing task 1 or task 2?
Personally, I would start with task 1.
You'll be feeling nervous in the exam, so it's a good idea to start with something easy: the introduction to task 1. If you have read my advice on how to write the introduction for task 1, you will have a fast and simple way to begin the exam.
So, don't waste any time at the beginning of the writing test. If you have practised paraphrasing task 1 questions, you should be confident that you know exactly what to do. Get started straight away; you'll feel much better.
Sometimes the noun form and the verb form of a word are the same. For example, the word “increase” can be a noun or a verb. The problem is that nouns and verbs are used differently. Here are some examples:
Increase
There was an increase in the unemployment rate. (noun)
The unemployment rate increased. (verb)
Lack
There is a lack of investment in hospitals. (noun)
Many hospitals lack the investment they need. (verb)
Pay
Companies should give men and women equal pay. (noun)
Companies should pay men and women equally. (verb)
It's the little words like "an increase in" that cause most problems for students. Examiners do notice these things, so it's worth getting them right.
Here are my sample answers to the questions from last week.
1) Have you ever collected anything as a hobby? (What?)
Yes. When I was younger I used to collect keyrings. I remember that my favourite was a Lego man keyring that someone bought me as a present.
2) What kinds of thing do people often like collecting?
Some people collect cheap items like stamps, keyrings or toys. Others collect expensive antiques, watches, jewellery or even cars.
3) Why do you think people collect certain objects?
Maybe they like the constant search for a new item, or they want to remember past experiences. Others might like the feeling of organising and presenting what they own.
4) Is there anything that you would like to collect in the future?
Yes. If I could afford it, I'd love to have a collection of guitars in different colours, shapes and sizes!
A student asked me the following question:
Will it help my score if I write a longer essay for writing task 2 - because a longer essay will contain more vocabulary?
Here's my answer:
Quality is more important than quantity in the IELTS writing test. If you write a longer essay, you might demonstrate a wider range of vocabulary. On the other hand, you might just repeat the same ideas, and you might make more mistakes.
I don't teach my students to write longer essays (anything over 250 words is fine). I teach them to spend 10 minutes planning good ideas, rather than trying to write more words. In my view, planning is the secret to improving the quality.
Here are some sentences that people wrote below yesterday's speaking lesson (about 'collecting'). Can you find and correct the mistakes?
1) There are a lot of things that people often are collect.
2) I think people often go to gather small things such as stamps.
2) Whenever I went in a vacation, I used this opportunity to buy another object.
3) Let me think, may be valuable watches which their prices increase by time.
5) People collecting things for many reasons for example they do it as a hobby.
Try preparing some short, easy answers to the following questions:
1) Have you ever collected anything as a hobby? (What?)
2) What kinds of thing do people often like collecting?
3) Why do you think people collect certain objects?
4) Is there anything that you would like to collect in the future?
People often ask me for help with articles (the, a, an). You really need to consult a specialist grammar book if you want to know everything about articles, but here's a useful question about my use of "the" in a recent lesson:
Look at the following sentences.
1) I would need time, commitment and the passion to keep working.
2) I would need the time, commitment and passion to keep working.
3) I would need time, commitment and passion to keep working.
Are all three sentences correct? Is one better than the others? Does the position or absence of "the" change the meaning?
Do the 3 parts of the speaking test carry equal weighting when your score is calculated, or is one part more important?
The simple answer is that the 3 parts are not scored separately; the examiner rates the student's performance as a whole. In this sense, neither part is more important.
However, it's useful to think about the 3 parts like this:
Here are the band 7-9 phrases from yesterday's lesson. Remember that I'm not trying to use strange or difficult words; I'm trying to speak in a natural way, using 'native speaker' collocations and phrases.
Last month I forgot to write a sample answer for the question below.
Describe an aim or goal that you hope to achieve in the future.
You should say
- what the aim is
- when you hope to achieve it
- what you need to do to reach your goal
- and why this goal is important to you.
Here's my answer. Can you find any 'less common vocabulary' in it?
I often talk about 'collocations' and 'topic vocabulary'. Do you understand the difference between these two terms?
Collocations are groups of words that often go together. Many groups of words, such as "global warming" and "for example", can be called collocations.
Topic vocabulary is the term I use when I'm teaching IELTS writing task 2. It refers to single words, collocations and phrases that relate specifically to the question topic. So, "global warming" is topic vocabulary, but "for example" isn't.
A student asked me which sentence I prefer from these two:
Although sentence 1 might look more 'difficult' (due to the use of array, proliferation and disposal), I definitely prefer sentence 2.
The problem with sentence 1 is that it seems forced and unnatural:
I think this is a great example of what I said in Wednesday's lesson about having the confidence to keep it simple. When students try too hard to be difficult, they write unnatural sentences like number 1 above.
Students often ask me whether it's ok to lie or invent an answer in the speaking test. My advice is that it's usually easier to tell the truth; however, sometimes your only option is to make something up (to lie). Take this part 2 question for example:
"Describe a team project that you worked on"
If your job involves working in a team, this might be an easy question. But if you're still a student, or you work alone, you might be stuck for ideas. You might need to invent something!
Here's how you could adapt to the question above:
Here are my sample answers for last week's questions about maps. Remember that my answers are short and simple because this is what the examiner requires in part 1 of the test.
1. Do you ever use maps?
Yes. Whenever I go somewhere new, I plan my journey with the help of a map.
2. When do people usually need to use a map?
I imagine that some people use a map every day if they travel to different places for work. Others might only use a map when they're on holiday.
3. Do you prefer electronic or paper maps?
I still prefer paper maps for a long journey; I like being able to open the map out on a table and see the full journey ahead.
4. Do you ever ask people for directions instead of using a map?
Only if I'm really lost. Whenever I ask for directions, I find it difficult to remember what the person said. So I prefer to find my own way.
A student, Kishanth, asked me about two of the points in the grammar criterion for band 8 writing (both task 1 and 2):
Here's the problem with these two points:
When you try to use a wide range of grammatical structures, you risk making more mistakes (errors). But to reduce the number of mistakes, you might have to simplify your sentences.
So what should you do?
My advice is this: Forget about the 'wide range of structures' point. If all of your focus is on using complex grammar, you'll probably do something worse than just make mistakes; you'll probably forget to answer the question properly. The people who worry most about grammar usually neglect task response, coherence and vocabulary.
For me, grammar is the least important criterion to worry about. I tell students to focus on the other 75% of the scoring system: task response, coherence and vocabulary. However, if you want my tip for improving your grammar score, I'd say that it's better to focus on reducing errors. I think examiners notice errors more than they notice grammatical range, and if you write a mix of short and long sentences, you'll probably fulfil the 'wide range of structures' requirement without realising it.
A few students said they had this topic in a recent exam. How would you answer?
Let's talk about maps...
1. Do you ever use maps?
2. When do people usually need to use a map?
3. Do you prefer electronic or paper maps?
4. Do you ever ask people for directions instead of using a map?
Remember to keep your answers short and simple. This topic might surprise you, but it isn't difficult.
I often meet students who have no problem getting band 7 for listening, reading and speaking, but they get a lower score in the writing test. Why is this?
These seem to be the main reasons:
The solution is to spend more time planning and organising your ideas before you start writing. Think and plan before you write!
The following sentences come from students' answers below last week's lesson. Can you find and correct the mistakes?
If you try to translate word by word from your language into English, you'll probably make sentences that an English speaker would never make.
Instead of translating word for word, try to build your knowledge (or repertoire) of English collocations. Here are a few that I've already used this year:
Here's a question that I think is relevant at this time of year:
Describe an aim or goal that you hope to achieve in the future.
You should say
- what the aim is
- when you hope to achieve it
- what you need to do to reach your goal
- and why this goal is important to you.
In my opinion it's better to study for 30 minutes every day than for 3.5 hours once a week. I try to write these lessons every day to encourage students to get into a daily study habit. It isn't easy, and there are days when you feel like giving up, but it will all be worth it when you get the scores you need!
Students often write to me asking about a strange or difficult question that they have found. Personally, I think that studying strange questions is a waste of time when there are some really common topics that appear again and again.
Topics like education, family and work in the writing test, and 'describe a person' or 'describe a place' in the speaking test are so common that you should definitely prepare these topics before you start worrying about any unusual questions.
Use the 'real' questions in the Cambridge IELTS books and the topics here on my website before you worry about anything else.
Students often ask me questions like: "Can you explain phrasal verbs?" or "Can you explain prepositions?"
The problem is that the word explain implies that phrasal verbs and prepositions are grammar issues with easy rules. In fact, there are no easy rules to explain phrasal verbs, prepositions, and many other areas of language. Instead of treating these things as 'grammar', it's easier to see them as vocabulary items.
In any language, some things can be explained using grammar rules. Everything else is vocabulary. You don't need to explain vocabulary; you just need to learn it gradually.
Tip: vocabulary knowledge is the key to a high IELTS score!
As I said yesterday, you don't need to 'show off' in part 1 of IELTS speaking. However, I did use some nice vocabulary in my answers:
- every city needs some green space
- people can escape from the crowds
- Parks are like an oasis
- get away from the hustle and bustle* of city life
- take some exercise
- forget about work for a while
- I can't imagine what I would do
*hustle and bustle = busy activity, usually when describing a city
Here are my sample answers for last week's questions. Remember that part 1 answers are supposed to be short and direct. You don't need to 'show off' in this part of the test!
1. Do you like parks? Why / why not?
Yes, I like parks because they're great places to relax or go for a walk. I think every city needs some green space where people can escape from the crowds.
2. How often do you visit parks?
There's a park very close to where I live, so I probably go there once or twice a week if the weather's nice.
3. Why are parks an important part of many towns and cities?
Parks are like an oasis where people get away from the hustle and bustle of city life. They are where people go to have lunch, to take some exercise, or to forget about work for a while.
4. What do you think could be done to make parks better?
The parks in big cities are already really good in my opinion. If I think about the famous parks in London, Paris or New York, I can't imagine what I would do to improve them.
'Meticulous preparation' is a nice collocation. Meticulous means extremely careful, detailed, diligent and methodical. How meticulously are you preparing for IELTS? What could you do to be even more meticulous?
Several students have had this topic recently. How would you answer?
Let's review the vocabulary that I used in yesterday's speaking lesson. Here are the phrases that I think would impress an examiner:
Here are my sample answers for the part 3 'community' topic:
1) What are some of the ways people can help others in the community? Which is the most important?
I think there are many ways to help others in our local communities. For example, where I live, some people volunteer to run activity clubs for children, or they help out in residential homes for elderly people. Others give money, food or clothes to organisations that support people living below the poverty line. In my opinion, there isn’t a scale of importance when it comes to helping others; all forms of help are positive.
2) Why do you think some people like to help other people?
Most people get a good feeling when they help others, and they understand that we can all experience difficult times in our lives when we might need support. For example, we all grow old, and we all run the risk of losing our jobs or having a health problem that affects our ability to look after ourselves. So, I think people help others because they empathise with them.
3) Some people say that people help others in the community more now than they did in the past. Do you agree or disagree? Why?
I disagree with that kind of opinion. It’s impossible to generalise about how much people help in their communities from one generation to the next, so I don’t think we should try to judge or compare how altruistic people are now or were in the past. There have always been those who help others and those who don’t.
The sentences in yesterday's speaking lesson contained some grammar mistakes. However, perhaps a bigger problem was that the sentences didn't seem very 'natural' (most native speakers wouldn't talk like that).
If you download the document attached below, you'll see my grammar corrections and my suggestions for more 'natural' answers.
Here are some sentences that students wrote about the questions in last week's lesson. Can you improve them by correcting the mistakes or by writing them in a more 'natural' way?
Can I improve my score from 5.5 to 7 in one month?
The honest answer is: no, you probably can't
It's important to be realistic about the time it takes to improve your ability to speak, write or understand a second language. It's a really difficult task. There is no magic recipe for success and there are no shortcuts. Take your time, work hard and be patient.
Note:
I've underlined the good vocabulary contained in my advice.
The following questions come from Cambridge IELTS 9, page 103. Some of my students found the topic quite difficult, so I thought we could look at it here. How would you answer?
I like the phrase "to read around a subject". It means doing general research about something in order to learn more about it. Search engines and websites like Wikipedia make it so easy to do a bit of "reading around" about anything that interests you, or about any IELTS topic that you find difficult. So read around more; you'll improve your knowledge and your vocabulary at the same time!
Many candidates struggle to speak for 2 minutes because they answer the first two or three points on the task card too quickly. They only give a detailed answer for the final point.
Look again at my sample answer in last week's lesson. Notice how I answer each point on the topic card in detail. Instead of answering the first point with just one sentence (e.g. "I'm going to talk about chess"), I added three more sentences describing the game. I did the same for the questions about 'where' and 'who'.
The last point on the task card usually asks for your opinion (why?), and it's easy to say more about this. However, if you want to fill the 2 minutes, I suggest that you practise giving longer, more detailed answers to the first three points on the task card.
Here is some 'less common' vocabulary from yesterday's lesson:
Describe an indoor game that you enjoyed as a child. You should say
- what the game was
- where you played it
- who played this game with you
- and why you liked it
Let's review the useful vocabulary that we've seen in this week's lessons:
Would you be able to use all of these words and phrases in your own sentences?
In this lesson we saw some part 1 questions about 'games' and I mainly talked about outdoor sports in my answers.
Here's a recent part 2 question that forces you to talk about indoor games, rather than outdoor sports:
Describe an indoor game that you enjoyed as a child. You should say
- what the game was
- where you played it
- who played this game with you
- and why you liked it
What games do you think we could talk about?
Let's look at some of the vocabulary from Friday's speaking lesson, and some interesting alternatives. The alternatives on the right are a bit less common, and might impress the examiner if you used them.
Note:
"could do with" is an informal way of saying "need" e.g. I could do with a drink, I could do with some help, I could do with another few days to finish this project.
Did you notice that I used several conditional sentences in yesterday's speaking lesson? Here they are again:
Notice that I use I'd instead of the full I would because these are spoken answers (although it's fine to say I would).
Notice also that the 'if' conditional clause is missing from the second example. Sometimes we miss the condition because it is understood from the context. We understand from the context that I mean: "If I redecorated my home, that's what I would change first".
Remember to keep your part 1 answers short and direct; the examiner will interrupt you if you don't. Here are my sample answers to the 'house or apartment' questions from two weeks ago:
1. Do you live in a house or an apartment?
I live in a semi-detached house with three bedrooms in a suburb of Manchester. I've lived there for just over a year.
2. Which is your favourite room in your home? Why?
I don't really have a favourite room. But if I had to choose, I'd say the living room because that's where I go to sit and relax.
3. Would you change anything about your home? Why / why not?
Yes, I've been meaning to redecorate it since I moved in last year. It needs a new kitchen, so that's what I'd change first.
4. Would you like to move to a different home in the future?
Yes, I'd definitely move again at some point if I could afford to. I'd like to live in the countryside, or maybe in a different city or country.
In yesterday's lesson I suggested that the sign of an advanced learner of English is the ability to express the same thing in different ways. But how can you get better at doing this?
Here's a simple exercise:
Imagine that you have to explain a word, phrase or idea to somebody who doesn't understand it. You have to explain it in as many different ways as you can, until you are sure that the other person understands.
Let's try this with the word 'paraphrasing'. Can you explain the concept of paraphrasing in a variety of different ways to someone who doesn't know what it means?
English students at beginner level learn to say "How are you?", but they probably don't know any other ways to say this. For example:
- How (are) you doing?
- How's life?
- How's it going?
- How are things? / How's things (with you)?
- What's up?
- How's tricks?
- How's everything going?
- Alright?
As a native speaker, I could keep going and add several more phrases to this list. The same happens in IELTS contexts: click here to see an example.
If you can express the same thing in several different ways, it usually means that you have a good level of English.
Here are some sentences that students wrote below last week's lesson. Can you correct the mistake(s) in each one?
Many students are overly worried about the examiner. They worry about body language, eye contact, how friendly the examiner is, whether the examiner smiles, whether he/she is making notes, what his/her opinion might be etc.
This kind of worrying is a waste of time and energy. My advice is that you should only worry about 2 things in the speaking test: 1) listening carefully to the questions 2) trying your best to give good answers. It's a language exam, so let's worry about language.
Notice
A student called herry commented below this lesson that he/she noticed the phrase "resort to" in my paragraph about credit cards.
Look up
Herry then looked the phrase up in a dictionary and found the meaning:
resort to something = do something that you do not want to do because you cannot find any other way.
Use
The next step is to try using the phrase in a sentence of your own (e.g. Many stores have resorted to cutting prices). If possible, ask a teacher to check your sentence to make sure it's correct.
This is a great way to improve your vocabulary repertoire.
Here are some very common questions from part 1 of the speaking test. How would you answer them?
People often make mistakes when they try to use 'difficult' language. Can you correct the following sentences and write them in a less complicated way?
Did you notice how I structured my answers in last week's lesson?
Answer 1
1. Answer the question - "it depends"
2. Explain one side
3. Explain the other side
4. Give an example
Answer 2
1. Firstly - first characteristic of a good listener
2. Secondly - second characteristic
3. Finally - third characteristic
Answer 3
1. Answer the question - "it's a mixture of both things"
2. Explain one side
3. Explain the other side
Basically, I'm using Idea, Explain, (Example) or Firstly, Secondly, Finally, just as I do when I'm writing main paragraphs for writing task 2. The more you practise using these two patterns, the easier it becomes to give longer, more coherent answers.
Have you tried using Google (or another search engine) to resolve grammar problems? For example, students asked me to explain the following sentences from the essay in Wednesday's lesson:
If we put quotation marks ("...") around the key words, and Google them, we can look for patterns in the search results that help us to understand the grammar.
Example:
Try searching for "preconditions to achieving", then try "preconditions to being" and "preconditions to doing". The search results should show you that "preconditions to +ing" is a normal grammar pattern in English.
Now search for "there do seem to be" and "it is no doubt true that". You might find that searching for grammar patterns is more useful than learning grammar rules.
Here are my sample answers for the 'advice' questions from this lesson:
1. Is it better to get advice from a friend or from a family member?
I think it depends on the kind of advice that you need. Parents and grandparents probably have more life experience than a friend, and so you might get a wiser or more sensible answer from them. On the other hand, friends are less likely to become too worried if you go to them with a problem. For example, I probably wouldn’t want to burden my parents with a financial problem.
2. What would you say are the characteristics of a good adviser?
Well, firstly, a good adviser should be a good listener, someone who takes the time to understand the situation before offering advice. Secondly, an adviser should try to be objective, and avoid judging the person who is seeking help. Finally, I think the best advisers have the ability to ask the right questions and encourage others to find their own answers.
3. Should people make their own work and career decisions, or is it a good idea to ask for advice about this?
I’d say that it’s a mixture of both things. Most of us talk to family, friends, teachers or colleagues before we make career choices. However, I believe that the final decision should rest with the individual; we all need to take ultimate responsibility for the big life choices that we make.
Most students use a dictionary to find the meanings of words. However, this is not enough; you also need to know how to use words correctly or accurately.
For example, you might know the meaning of the word "blame", but do you know which preposition follows it? Do you know that it can be a verb or a noun? Do you know which verbs can be used with the noun "the blame"?
At advanced levels, you should stop thinking that your dictionary is just a translator. Use it to improve your accuracy.
In last week's description of a school, can you find the words or phrases that have the same meaning as those below?
1. not far from
2. came together
3. they created / promoted
4. happy memories
5. clear / lasting memories
6. stressful
Can you make your own sentences to practise using the vocabulary from my description?
I know I often ask the same question, but did you really look carefully at the vocabulary in my lessons over the last week?
In particular, I used some great "native speaker phrases" in yesterday's speaking lesson and in Sunday's General Training task 1 letter. Have a closer look at those two lessons, and see if you can identify the good vocabulary that would impress an examiner.
Describe a school that you went to when you were a child. You should say
- where the school was
- when you went there
- what the school and the teachers were like
- and explain whether you enjoyed your time there.
Here's my sample (band 9) answer:
When you're struggling with IELTS, it might seem like you'll never get the score you need, and it's tempting to think that it's an unfair exam.
But remember that people do pass the test every week. Several students have shared really positive stories here on the blog this week, and they all have the same message: keep trying, keep studying, and eventually you WILL pass!
Here are some sentences that students wrote about last week's topic. Can you improve them?
Here's a recent question that a few students told me about:
Describe a school that you went to when you were a child. You should say
- where the school was
- when you went there
- what the school and the teachers were like
- and explain whether you enjoyed your time there.
Tip: try telling a story for the last point e.g. talk about a particularly enjoyable event that you remember.
To get a high vocabulary score, you should try to use a good range of vocabulary. However, this doesn't mean that 'strange' or 'difficult' words are the secret to success.
The vocabulary that you use also needs to be natural and appropriate to the style of the essay or report that you are writing. This is the reason why I suggested avoiding words like 'plummet' and 'rocket' in writing task 1. These words are not normally used in academic-style reports (because they exaggerate too much), whereas 'fall' and 'increase significantly' seem much more natural and appropriate.
In Thursday's lesson I suggested that you should avoid using words like soar, rocket and plummet when describing changes on a graph or chart. I explained that these words exaggerate too much, and that they are not 'academic'.
But someone asked this sensible question:
How can we get a high score for lexical resource (vocabulary) if we only use common words like 'increase', 'rise' and 'fall'?
The quick answer is that it's better to use 'less common vocabulary' for other aspects of your description. If you analyse this band 9 essay, you'll see that I used common words like rose, decreased, reaching and dropped to describe changes, but I managed to use 'less common vocabulary' for other aspects of my description e.g. global turnover, devices, namely, platform.
I'll explain more about how to get a high vocabulary score tomorrow.
Here are my sample answers to last week's questions:
1. What games are popular in your country?
Well, if we can consider sports as games, then football is definitely the most popular game in my country, but we also love board games like chess.
2. Do you play any games?
Not regularly these days. I play the occasional game of tennis with my brother-in-law, and I recently played a bowling game on the Nintendo Wii with my nephew. I wasn't very good at it.
3. How do people learn to play games in your country?
I think children teach each other to play games. I remember a friend at primary school teaching me to play chess, for example.
4. Do you think it's important for people to play games?
Yes, it's really important, especially for children. I think research has shown that play can improve brain development, intelligence, creativity, and the ability to cooperate with others.
I was asked recently about the questions below. Can you suggest any answers? Do you think it's acceptable to talk about sports, or should we only talk about games like chess?
I posted this advice back in 2011, but I thought I would post it again today for people who haven't seen it. The first diagram below illustrates the idea that hard work is the only path to IELTS success:
...
Compare this with what happens if you spend all of your time worrying and hoping to find the 'secret' IELTS technique:
...
So, which cycle are you in - the 'success' cycle or the 'worry' cycle?
If you're preparing for a writing or speaking topic, I recommend doing an Internet search for ideas first.
To find ideas for yesterday's speaking questions, I typed the phrase "what makes a good adviser" into Google, and found this webpage. Look at some of the great language that we can steal from it:
Remember: the key to high speaking and writing scores is good vocabulary, so topic research is a vital part of your IELTS preparation.
Here are some recent questions from part 3 of the speaking test:
Try answering these questions using the 'paragraph' method in this lesson.
There were a few nice bits of language that you might have noticed in yesterday's speaking lesson:
These phrases made my answers sound very natural and "native-speaker-like". Try using them in your own sentences.
Here are some part 1 questions with example answers. Remember to keep your part 1 answers short and simple.
1. Do you like reading?
Yes, I like reading a lot. I read all sorts of things, including novels, newspapers, magazines, and online articles.
2. Do you usually read for leisure or for work purposes?
Well, I have to do a certain amount of reading as part of my job, but I probably read more for enjoyment. I pick up a newspaper most days, and I usually have a book on the go.
3. What was your favourite book or story when you were a child?
The first book that I remember really enjoying was '..........'. It only took me a few days to read because I liked it so much that I couldn't put it down.
4. Do you think it's important that children read regularly?
Definitely. I think reading is possibly the most important skill that children learn. The ability to read opens the door to all aspects of education.
People often ask me whether it's ok to use phrasal verbs in the IELTS writing and speaking tests.
My answer is yes; phrasal verbs are generally fine. In Friday's speaking lesson I used the phrasal verb to grow up, and the 'multi-word verbs' to take place and to make sure. In this essay, I used the phrasal verb to result in.
It isn't true that all phrasal verbs are informal. Read this article for a full explanation.
Did you write the good vocabulary from yesterday's lesson in your notebook? Here are the words and phrases that I think you should have noted down:
Describe a family celebration that you remember. You should say
- what you were celebrating
- who was present
- what you and your family did to make the celebration special
- and why you enjoyed the occasion.
Here's my sample answer:
Notice where we put the "s" on the end of a word and where we don't:
Before I write my own sample answer to last week's question, let's look at some sentences written by students. Can you suggest corrections or improvements?
If you're not sure what to say or what to write, give an example.
Add examples to support your ideas for IELTS writing task 2. Give examples from your life (like a story) if you don't know what to say during part 2 or part 3 of the speaking test.
Examiners like examples because they're interesting. From your point of view, examples can help you to keep talking, or to add a few extra words to your essay.
Try preparing some ideas for this recent exam question:
Describe a family celebration that you remember. You should say
- what you were celebrating
- who was present
- what you and your family did to make the celebration special
- and why you enjoyed the occasion.
I'll share my ideas next week.
I often talk about the importance of collocations (see Thursday's lesson). For a really clear explanation of what collocations are, why they are important, and how to learn them, visit this website. I also like the Online Oxford Collocation Dictionary, which you can find here.
If you like studying grammar, you could classify collocations like this:
Alternatively, you could classify them according to their IELTS use:
Here are my answers to the questions in last week's lesson.
1) Do you think that it's important for people to go on holiday?
Answer using 'idea, explain, example'
Yes, I think we all need to go on holiday at least once or twice a year. It isn’t healthy to work all year round without some time off to relax; we all need to take a break and recharge our batteries from time to time. Last summer, for example, I went on holiday to France for a couple of weeks, and it was great to leave all of my usual responsibilities behind me. I came home feeling really refreshed and reinvigorated.
2) Why do you think some people prefer not to go abroad on holiday?
Answer using 'firstly, secondly, finally'
I suppose there are different reasons why some people choose not to go abroad on holidays. Firstly, it’s usually more expensive to travel abroad than it is to stay at home. A second reason could be that some people find it stressful to spend time in a foreign country where they don’t speak the language, or where they feel that they can’t easily integrate with the locals. Finally, many people just love where they live, and don’t feel the need to travel abroad.
A lot of people ask me what they should do to improve their scores. Generally speaking, there are only two things that you can do:
I can often help students to make fast improvements by teaching them how to organise their essays, how to look for keywords in the reading test, or how to expand their answers in the speaking test. These are exam techniques.
However, exam techniques alone will not get you a band 7. You need a good level of English to get a 7, and that means you need to do the hard work it takes to gradually learn more words and phrases, improve your speaking fluency, and generally become a more confident user of the language.
Note:
Point 2 takes time. Don't expect your English to improve from 5.5 to 7 without a lot of work!
Here are my suggestions for the sentences in Friday's lesson. Remember, the aim was to make the sentences as easy as possible.
If you have a grammar question, this website probably isn't the best place to find the answer. There are many dedicated grammar sites, so all you need to do is put your problem into a search engine (e.g. Google).
Example:
A student asked me to explain how to use "not only... but also...". If we do a Google search for "grammar not only but also", here's the first website that Google suggests: click here.
After reading the explanation of "not only... but also...", you could try making your own sentences about common IELTS topics, such as education, work or the environment.
Instead of correcting the grammar mistakes in the sentences below, try rewriting the sentences in an easier way.
People sometimes ask me which books I recommend for IELTS preparation and English language study.
In fact, I don't think you need many books at all. If you have some of the official IELTS test books, a good dictionary, and access to the Internet, you have everything you need. Here are links to the only books that I regularly use myself:
For IELTS test practice
I only use the official Cambridge books e.g. Cambridge IELTS book 9.
Dictionaries
My favourite dictionary is the Collins Advanced (Learner) Dictionary.
I also use the Oxford Collocations Dictionary for Students of English.
Try answering the following 'part 1' questions. Remember to follow the rules in last week's lesson.
Many students want to know how long it will take to get the score they need. It's impossible for me to answer this question because it depends on too many things. For example:
- How many hours of study do you do each day?
- What kind of study do you do?
- Do you have a teacher or someone who can help you?
- Do you live in an English-speaking country?
- Do you like learning English, or do you just need an IELTS score?
Maybe the last question is the most important one. In my experience, people who enjoy learning English tend to make the fastest progress.
Have you practised using the vocabulary from yesterday's lesson? For example, you could try making your own sentences using these phrases:
- As far as I remember...
- One of my first memories was...
- What really struck* me about... was...
- The experience (of doing something) made me keen to...
*what struck me = what surprised / impressed me
There was some good vocabulary in yesterday's speaking lesson. Here's a list of the phrases that I think would impress an examiner:
Describe a positive experience that you had as a teenager. You should say
- what the positive experience was
- where you were
- who you were with
- and explain why you found the experience positive.
Here's my sample answer, taking some of the ideas from this lesson.
Can you write an error-free sentence? How about an error-free paragraph?
If you want to get a band 7 or higher for IELTS writing, the examiner needs to see that you "regularly write error-free sentences". This means that several of the sentences in your essays should contain no mistakes.
The best way to improve your grammatical accuracy is by learning from your mistakes. Try to find a teacher or native speaker who can check your work and highlight the errors. Then make sure you understand the mistakes you made, and try to avoid making them again. Aim to write more error-free sentences each time you write an essay.
Memorising can be a good strategy for speaking part 2 because the same topics are often repeated. Click here to see the six main topic areas that I tell my students to prepare first.
But memorising can be a risky strategy unless you are able to adapt your answers to the specific question. For example, if you prepared a description of a holiday, would you be able to adapt it for this question about a positive experience you had as a teenager?
The smart way to study for part 2 is to prepare a few key topics, then spend lots of time practising ways to adapt what you prepared to other questions.
Students often make mistakes with the verbs lead, contribute and result. Try to correct the sentences below.
1. Qualifications and skills may lead to get promotions.
2. Lack of exercise contributes to have an unhealthy body.
3. Violence on television is one factor that results to increase the crime rate.
What is the rule for these 3 verbs?
Describe a positive experience that you had as a teenager. You should say
- what the positive experience was
- where you were
- who you were with
- and explain why you found the experience positive
Try practising in the following way: First, note some ideas. Then record yourself speaking for two minutes. Next, listen to the recording and write down what you said. Finally, try to improve the written description.
Tip: choose an easy topic, like a new hobby or a holiday.
Here are some part 1 questions and answers on the topic of 'home town'. Try changing the answers to similar ones about your own town or city. Keep your answers short, simple and direct.
1. Where are you from?
I'm from Manchester, which is a city in the north west of England.
2. Do you like your home town? (Why?)
Yes, I like living in Manchester because it's where most of my friends live, and because there are plenty of things to do there. The only thing I don't like is the weather.
3. Would you prefer to live somewhere else? (Why?)
For the moment I'm happy living here, but at some point I'd like to live in a country with a warmer climate, and I'd like to live near a beach!
4. Do you think your home town is a good place for young people? (Why?)
Yes, Manchester has lots of things for young people, such as sports facilities, music and cinemas.
Improve the following sentences. All of them are about the 'teleworking' topic.
In Sunday's lesson I suggested answering in the following way if you don't know what to say:
"Well, I don't really know much about... because..., but I suppose..."
In other words, you admit that you don't really know what to say, you explain why, then you invent an answer anyway. Let's try using the formula above with an example.
Question:
What kinds of jobs might stop when the season changes?
Answer:
Well, I don't really know much about seasonal jobs because everyone works all year round where I live, but I suppose that some jobs related to tourism must stop at the end of the summer holiday period.
I'd like to share some feedback that a student sent me recently. What I particularly like is that the student talks about "having good habits". For me, good habits are the secret to success!
Hi Simon,
I am so excited to tell you that I finally got 7.0 in writing! Additionally I got overall 8.0 which is my personal best score ever. While practising writing skills after your course, I remembered how you demonstrated writing, beginning with brainstorming, followed by organising the ideas, then putting it all into sentences. It seemed very easy and I tried to write as you wrote both in practice and in the examination. Magic happened. I finished writing task 2 with 5 minutes extra time! Unbelievable.
This clearly shows how your message of "having a good habit" is extremely powerful. I have applied this message in my daily life and hopefully I will pass medical examinations to be qualified as a doctor in this country very soon.
Thank you very much!
Here are some of the useful words and phrases from this week's lessons. Remember that you need to be able to use this vocabulary, not just understand it.
Many students (and some teachers!) have the wrong idea about what a band 7, 8 or 9 essay looks like. For example, a few people commented that they thought the essay in this lesson wasn't good enough for a high score.
Please remember that the IELTS exam is a test for non-native speakers of English, not professional English writers. It's much easier than some people think to write a good IELTS essay. Don't try to use strange or 'difficult' language; just keep it clear and simple, and try to develop your ideas so that you fully answer the question.
Some people won't want to believe me, but the essay in Wednesday's lesson would get a band 9.
1. In your country, how do people treat visitors from abroad?
I think we treat visitors well. People in the UK are very open-minded and welcoming, and we enjoy the mix of cultures that immigration and tourism bring. Most UK cities, for example, are really cosmopolitan, and you can meet visitors from every part of the world.
2. Do you think hospitality towards visitors is less important than it was in the past?
In my city, maybe it’s true that hospitality is less important nowadays, but that’s only because we are so used to seeing visitors from different countries, so we treat it as a normal part of life and nothing too special.
3. What are the advantages of staying with a friend compared to staying in a hotel when visiting a foreign country?
If you stay with a friend, you benefit from someone with local knowledge of the best places to visit. You can also get to know the character and customs of the local people, and for me, this is one of the most interesting aspects of a visit to another country. On the other hand, if you stay in a hotel, you are forced to discover the new place on your own, so it’s more of an adventure.
In Thursday's lesson I said that "you don't need to write a conclusion" for task 1.
I've realised that I should have been more direct with this advice. I should have said "you should not write a conclusion for writing task 1".
English speakers are sometimes too tactful when giving advice. We find it hard to say "you should" or "you must"!
As I'm currently on a work trip in another country (China), I thought it would be appropriate to look at the following 'part 3' questions:
The advice in this lesson will help to make longer, better answers. I'll show you my example answers next week.
Find and correct the mistake in each of the sentences below:
I'll put my answers in the "comments" area tomorrow.
Did you notice that I used "firstly, secondly, finally" in my speaking lesson yesterday?
For speaking parts 2 and 3, it might help if you imagine you are writing a paragraph: start with a direct answer, then either use "firstly, secondly, (finally)" to give two or three reasons, or use the explain, alternative, example technique if you only have one idea.
Here's the question we've been looking at in recent weeks:
Describe a subject that you think should be removed from school education programmes. You should say
- what the subject is
- why you think it is unnecessary for children to study it
- and explain what you would replace it with.
Here's my sample answer with band 7-9 vocabulary underlined:
An important message in yesterday’s lesson was this: when preparing for IELTS, you need to do more than just test yourself. Testing will show you what your current level is, but it won’t take you up to the next level. If you want your score to improve, you need to do more training than testing.
Is there a difference between the way you practise at home and what you do in the test? Take this question for example:
Describe a subject that you think should be removed from school education programmes. You should say
- what the subject is
- why you think it is unnecessary for children to study it
- and explain what you would replace it with.
How would you plan and answer this question in the exam? What would you do to prepare and practise your answer at home?
I'll give you my suggestions in tomorrow's lesson.
I'm a great believer in the power of habits: if you do something often enough, it becomes easier and more natural to you.
An example could be the "why, alternative, example" technique from yesterday's speaking lesson. Imagine practising this technique once a day for a month. You might start to find it easy to give longer answers that include a conditional sentence (the 'alternative' part). This one simple habit could make a real difference in your test.
In this lesson I mentioned 3 techniques to help you give longer answers: ask yourself why, explain the alternatives, give an example.
Most students have no problem with the first step (explaining why), but they aren't so good at giving alternatives or examples. Take the following question from last week's lesson for example.
Question:
In your opinion, are newspapers important?
Example student answer:
Yes, in my opinion newspapers are very important (why?) because they give us information about what is happening around the world. (why?) They are a vital source of knowledge about education, technology, medicine and many other fields.
This is a good start, but let's try to raise the answer to band 9 level.
Example answer with 'alternative' and 'example':
Yes, in my opinion newspapers are very important (why?) because they give us information about what is happening around the world. (why?) They are a vital source of knowledge about education, technology, medicine and many other fields. (alternative?) If newspapers didn’t exist, I think the quality of news coverage would suffer because there would be fewer professional journalists. (example?) We would have to rely, for example, on unpaid bloggers who do not have the budgets to carry out detailed research before they write an article.
One of the most common questions that people ask me is: "How can I improve my score from 6.5 to 7?"
Here's some advice if your current score is 6.5:
Try using the advice in this lesson to give long answers (3 to 5 sentences) to the following questions.
1) In your opinion, are newspapers important?
2) Do you think that newspapers will disappear as a result of the Internet?
3) What negative consequences might there be if newspapers did disappear?
In my opinion, vocabulary is the key to language learning, and it's the key to a good IELTS score. The more words and phrases you know, the better you'll do in the test.
Have you made note of all the vocabulary in this week's lessons here on the site? Look closely at the lessons and you'll find a lot of useful language. Write it down in your notebook, and try using it.
If anyone could write a summary of this week's useful vocabulary in the "comments" below this lesson, that would be great!
Here's my example description for the old object question. You'll hear me speak for exactly 2 minutes until my alarm stops me.
Notice that it doesn't sound like a perfect scripted presentation: you'll hear hesitations and moments where I seem unsure of what to say. This is normal for an unprepared speech; the examiner is not expecting perfection.
Here are some suggestions for ways to improve the sentences in yesterday's exercise:
1. The clock is very old.
= The clock is an antique; it's probably a collector's item.
2. It is big and made of wood.
= It is housed in a large wooden cabinet that stands nearly two metres tall.
(The kind of clock I'm describing)
3. It has been in my family for a long time.
= It has been in my family for several generations.
4. Everyone in my family likes the clock.
= We've all become quite attached to the clock; it's like part of the family.
5. I hope my parents will give it to me one day.
= The clock is a real family heirloom, so hopefully I'll inherit it one day.
Today I'm going to reuse a video lesson that I made 3 years ago. Watch the video, then try the exercise below it.
If you can't see the video, listen to the recording below.
The following sentences describing an 'old object' (last week's topic) are too simple. Use the technique described in the video to improve them.
I'll share my examples of improved sentences in tomorrow's lesson.
The following sentences were written by students about the describe an old object question from last week's lesson. Try to correct and improve them.
PS. There are some really interesting descriptions in the comments below last week's lesson. Thanks to those of you who shared them!
We've prepared for the describe an object question already, but it seems that the IELTS people have introduced a variation on this question:
Describe an old object which your family has kept for a long time.
You should say
- what the object is
- where it came from
- how long it has been in your family
- and why your family has kept it.
Unfortunately we can't use our 'mobile phone' description! I'll share my answer next week, but feel free to share your own ideas in the comments below.
You can often use 'old' ideas from a topic that you have already prepared to answer a new question. Take this question for example:
We haven't prepared for this question before, but I can think of a few previous topics that might help us. Maybe you could describe a visit from a family member during a festival, or you could talk about a visit from a friend who is interested in the same hobby as you. Can you think of any other previous topics that we could use for ideas?
Have you done all of the practice tests (including the general training reading tests) in all nine of the Cambridge books?
If you have, my advice is to do them again! This time, don't use the books for testing. Study and analyse the questions and answers carefully, use a dictionary to look up new vocabulary, try writing essays without a time limit, and record yourself answering the speaking questions. There is so much that you can learn from past exam papers.
Candidates who get higher IELTS scores tend to use a wider range of vocabulary. A quick way to test your 'vocabulary range' is to challenge yourself to explain something in as many different ways as possible.
Example: I asked my students to explain the word 'recreation'
Short answer:
doing things that you enjoy
Longer answer showing a wider vocabulary range:
doing things that you enjoy; activities for fun or pleasure; leisure activities; what you do in your free time outside work; maybe pastimes or hobbies; it could include sports, games, or just relaxing and unwinding when you have time to yourself...
How closely did you look at the essay in Wednesday's lesson? Did you read it quickly, and think to yourself: "ok, I understand it"?
Or did you look closely at the words, phrases, grammar, paragraph structure, and development of ideas? Did you make any notes? Did you use those notes to rewrite the essay, and then compare your essay with mine?
Here's what a full test looks like. All of the questions below come from recent tests and have been shared by students here or on my Facebook page.
PART 1
What is your full name? Can I see your ID? (this is not part of the test)
1. Where are you from?
2. Do you like the place where you live?
3. Do you work or are you a student?
4. What job do you do?
5. Do you like walking?
6. Do you think walking is important?
7. Do you think walking in the countryside is better than walking in the city?
8. What could be done to improve the experience of walking in cities?
PART 2
PART 3
1. In your country, how do people treat visitors?
2. Do you think hospitality is less important than it was in the past?
3. What are the benefits of staying with a friend when visiting a new place?
4. What are the advantages of staying in a hotel instead?
Looking back at yesterday's lesson, I'm surprised to see how many good phrases I used. Try making your own sentences with the phrases below. Check to see how I used them before you write anything.
- caught my eye
- out of curiosity
- I ended up (+ing)
- dedicated to
- I hadn't intended to.....
- approached me
- I wondered what..... were
- the various..... on show
- I found..... fascinating
- he had a passion for.....
- he didn't mind (+ing)
- I had made it clear that.....
Describe an interesting conversation you had with someone you didn't know. You should say
- who the person was
- where the conversation took place
- what you talked about
- and explain why you found the conversation interesting.
Here's my sample (band 9) answer:
Here are two grammar points to note from the mistakes in Friday's lesson:
1. Commas don't connect sentences
You can't write "They asked me to do an interview, I felt so shy" with a comma connecting the two ideas. You would need a full stop or a linking word like "and" or "but" (e.g. They asked me to do an interview, but I felt so shy).
2. Don't put "which" and "it" together
You can't write "a conversation which I found it interesting". Delete the "it".
Click here to see all of the answers to Friday's exercise.
Here are some sentences that students wrote about last week's describe a conversation question. Try to correct and improve them.
Click here to see my corrections.
Many students ask me about idioms: What are they? Should you use them? Do they help your score?
Meaning
My dictionary defines an idiom as "a group of words whose meaning is not deducible from the meaning of each individual word". This means that you cannot understand an idiom by analysing it word for word. For example, "it's a piece of cake" means "it's easy". Phrasal verbs are also idiomatic expressions (e.g. "look up" can mean "search in a dictionary").
Using idioms
English speakers use idioms all the time in conversation, but less so in formal/academic speaking and writing contexts. However, we often write things like "focus on an issue" or "the key to solving a problem" and here we are using 'focus' and 'key' in a figurative or idiomatic way.
Idioms in IELTS
You need to be really careful when using idioms in your IELTS test. Please don't learn lists of idioms; if you use them in the wrong way, your speech/writing will seem forced and unnatural. Also, remember that many idioms are informal or clichéd. So, what should you do? Read my tip below.
My tip
You can only be sure that you are using an idiom correctly if you have seen or heard it used in context. For example, if you've read about someone who "set up a business", you can use that phrase with confidence (and it might help your score). If you've only seen the idiom on a list, don't use it.
Here's a recent question that a few people told me about:
Describe an interesting conversation you had with someone you didn't know. You should say
- who the person was
- where the conversation took place
- what you talked about
- and explain why you found the conversation interesting.
Remember that you don't have to tell the truth. If you have a true story, that's great. If you don't, think about a conversation that you would like to have, or try to adapt a topic that you have already prepared.
Feel free to share your ideas in the comments area.
A few weeks ago I wrote an example answer about a future plan. Maybe you read it and understood it, but did you really notice the good language that I used? Did you note down the good vocabulary and try to use it yourself?
Good vocabulary:
Grammar and coherence:
Read my description again and highlight the words and phrases above. Hopefully you'll see why an examiner would give it a band 9.
There were some really useful phrases in the letter I wrote last week, even for people doing the academic test:
Don't ignore the general IELTS lessons; think about how you could use the vocabulary for IELTS speaking or academic writing.
Although this website has its own search box, you might find that Google works better. If you want Google to search within one website, just write the word or phrase that you want to search for, followed by "site:URL".
For example, here's a search for "environment" on this website:
Here's a search for the phrase "in terms of". Notice that you need to use speech marks to search for a phrase:
Try doing both searches. The results that Google gives you should come only from ielts-simon.com. Can you see why this type of search might be useful?
In part 3, the examiner often asks a question about the past and a question about the future. For example:
In the first answer, the examiner wants to hear some past tense verbs. In the second answer, you will need to use a future tense:
Here's a simplified version of the marking system for IELTS writing:
Note:
I tell my students that the fastest way to improve their scores is by focusing on 'task response' and 'lexical resource'. You do this by explaining your ideas / views in more detail.
It's fine to give negative answers in part 1 of the speaking test. Here are some example negative answers for people who don't like sport:
1. What sports or physical activities do you regularly do?
Unfortunately I don't have time to do any sports or physical activities because of my work commitments. I'd like to find more time for regular exercise.
2. Which sport or game would you like to be good at?
I'd like to be good at tennis. It must be great to be able to hit the ball as hard as you can and watch it land exactly where you wanted it to.
3. Do you prefer watching or playing sports?
I don't watch much sport on TV and I'm not a big sports fan, so I think I would probably enjoy doing sports more than watching them.
4. Do you think children should be encouraged to do more sport?
Yes, I think that sport is really important for children. Sports and games teach children to play together and try their best.
Last Sunday's lesson was about using 'with' instead of 'and'. Several people tried to make their own 'with' sentences, but some corrections are necessary. Can you help with the following sentences?
Here's my answer to the future plans question:
Here's a structure that my students found interesting:
A) The IELTS exam is popular, and over 1 million people take it every year.
B) The IELTS exam is popular, with over 1 million people taking it every year.
A) The cost of living is high, and prices are going up every year.
B) The cost of living is high, with prices going up every year.
Notice the use of the 'ing' verb form after 'with'. Notice also that there is no auxiliary verb 'are' in the second example. To practise this type of sentence, try making an example of your own!
In last week's lesson I suggested using an easy topic that you have already prepared to answer a question about future plans.
Try the following task:
Describe a future plan. You should say
- what the plan is
- when you thought of the plan
- who is involved in the plan
- and say how you think you will achieve the plan.
Related to yesterday's lesson, here's a question that a student sent me last year:
Hi Simon, when you talk about Band 7+ vocabulary, you always talk about two or three words (a phrase basically). But I am trying to learn few "heavy" words like cardinal, multitudinous, prodigious, prestidigitation, peregrination etc. Can you please tell us what is more important for IELTS: "heavy words" or good phrases?
My answer to this question is simple: good phrases are much more important. The words listed by the student above would seem forced and unnatural, whereas good phrases show your ability to use words together like a native speaker would.
Please don't learn the "heavy" words mentioned by the student. Instead, focus on learning good collocations for IELTS topics.
I ban my students from using certain words in the IELTS test. The easiest way for me to explain why I ban these words is that most native speakers wouldn't use them if they were doing the test. Here are a few of my least favourites:
Remember that topic vocabulary is the key to a high score, not 'difficult' words.
Describe a future plan which is not related to work or study. You should say
- what the plan is
- when you thought of the plan
- who is involved in the plan
- and say how you think you will achieve the plan.
It's interesting that the question tells you not to talk about work or study. However, we can use other easy topics that we have already prepared. For example:
Here are some band 7-9 phrases from Friday's lesson:
- a typical winter would last...
- when I say..., I'm really thinking about...
- wintry months
- the temperature drops below zero
- we’ve had periods of quite heavy snowfall
- to the extent that...
- roads have been blocked and schools have had to close
- everything covered in a layer of white
- the snow is what differentiates winter from the other seasons
- the landscape looks beautiful
Yesterday's description of a season might seem easy when you first read it. But don't be fooled - it's full of great 'native speaker' phrases that mean it's easily at band 9 level. Can you spot the phrases that would surprise and impress the examiner? I'll answer this question myself tomorrow.
Describe your favourite season in your country. You should say
- when that season is
- what the weather is like at that time of year
- how that season is different from other seasons
- and why it is your favourite season.
Here's my sample answer:
Different teachers, books and websites will give you different advice, methods and techniques, and it's important to remember that there isn't a "best way" to approach the test. For example, it's possible to achieve a band 9 in writing using various different essay writing approaches.
It only becomes a problem when you start to get confused about which method is "right" or which person you should believe. If you get confused, here's the solution: choose one method, believe in it, and persist with it.
Last week I suggested that mistakes can be stepping stones that help you to improve your English. But you need to notice your mistakes before you can learn from them.
Here are some tips about noticing and learning from mistakes:
Think about how you would answer this question:
Describe your favourite season in your country. You should say
- when that season is
- what the weather is like at that time of year
- how that season is different from other seasons
- and why it is your favourite season.
Tip: try to adapt ideas from other topics that you have already prepared e.g. holidays, hobbies, festivals etc.
Every time you make a mistake, you have an opportunity to learn something. Use your mistakes as stepping stones to take you closer to your goal.
Stepping stones
Remember: you have to notice your mistakes before you can learn from them!
Here are some questions and sample answers for the 'shopping' topic. Remember that part 1 answers need to be short, direct and simple.
1) Who does most of the shopping in your household?
There isn't one person who does most of the shopping. I'd say it's a shared responsibility because we tend to go shopping together as a family.
2) What kind of shopping do you like doing?
I quite like shopping for presents for people's birthdays or for Christmas. My favourite type of shop would have to be a bookshop.
3) Is shopping a popular activity in your country?
Yes, it's very popular. Saturday is the busiest shopping day, and lots of people treat shopping as a kind of leisure activity, rather than something practical.
4) What types of shops do teenagers like best in your country?
I'm not an expert on teenage behaviour, but I guess they like buying clothes, music, gadgets... that kind of thing.
In part 1 of the speaking test, the examiner will ask around 10 easy questions. However, students have reported some strange questions, such as:
Don't be shocked by these questions. Just give a simple answer with a reason. Don't worry about using fantastic grammar or vocabulary; just try to answer without hesitating. For example:
I try to persuade my students that there is no "secret" to language learning. If there is a secret, it's that you need to work hard, practise and try to enjoy the process.
I often compare learning a language to learning the piano. Nobody would expect to find a "secret" method to take them from intermediate to advanced on the piano - why do we expect language learning to be different?
Yesterday I wrote that you should avoid using long phrases to begin your answers. So what should you use instead? Native speakers say things like:
- I think...
- I guess...
- Well,...
These words/phrases might seem less impressive, but you have to remember that examiners are not impressed by the long phrases either! The important thing is to get to the point of your answer.
In the speaking test, examiners don't like it when students use phrases like:
- That's a very interesting question...
- It is my personal opinion that...
- Personally, I would have to say that...
- I am of the opinion that it depends on...
- To be honest, I personally believe that...
These phrases sound unnatural, and it is obvious to the examiner that the student has memorised them.
So what should you do instead? My advice: just answer the question directly. Stop using memorised phrases, and just get straight to the point.
A student asked me to explain which is better: 'a prime example' or 'a primary example'.
I would say 'a prime example'. Why? The answer is that 'prime example' is a normal collocation in English. It's the phrase that English speakers would use.
Native speakers instinctively know which words go together more commonly. They recognise groups of words like 'prime example'. This is what we mean by "collocation".
Tip:
Put "prime example" and "primary example" into Google (don't forget the speech marks), and look at the numbers of results. It should be clear which collocation we prefer.
This is a question that students often ask:
"Millions of students take the IELTS exam in my country, so should I try to write differently and use original ideas?"
Here's my answer:
No, don't try to write differently. This will lead to mistakes. Remember, each examiner only reads 10 to 20 students' essays, so you are not competing with millions of students.
The key is to write clear English, answer the question, and try to include some good vocabulary related to the topic. Forget completely about the other students, and forget about trying to use strange words or phrases.
New question topics are added every now and then. Here are two recent examples that students have asked me about:
Here are 2 tips to deal with new questions:
Students often wonder why their scores fluctuate, especially in the writing and speaking tests. One reason could be that they don't have a method; they approach the exam in a different way every time.
You can only measure your progress if you use the same method every time you take the test. If you always approach the exam in the same way, you will know when you have done well or badly, and if your scores go up or down, you will probably know why.
In part 3 of the speaking test, it's common to get questions about the past and future, as well as questions about 'now'. The examiner will be listening to your use of verb tenses:
What types of transport are there in your town?
In Manchester I think you can find every form of transport apart from an underground system. You can drive around the city by car or get on a bus; there are even free buses that take people between the train stations. Manchester also has a tram system, and of course there are taxis too.
How has transport changed since your grandparents were young?
Well, they had cars, trains and planes back then, and London already had the underground system, but I suppose the difference is that technology has moved on. Having said that, the transport system is not necessarily better nowadays; people travel a lot more, and I'm sure we spend more time stuck in traffic.
What types of transport do you think we will use in the future?
I'm not sure, but hopefully we'll have cars that drive themselves and never crash. I think we'll probably fly more, and it might become normal to have your own plane. On the other hand, many cities are building more bicycle lanes, so maybe we will use cars less for getting around towns and cities.
It's easy to read something (e.g. a lesson on this site) and think that you understand it. But 'understanding' is not the same as 'using'.
Can you really USE everything that you have read?
Can you use it correctly, without any mistakes?
Look again at yesterday's lesson about 'lead to'. I'm sure you understand these words, but not many students are able to use them accurately. This is important because it could make the difference between a band 6 and a band 7.
Try to think about these steps when you are studying:
Students often make mistakes when using 'lead to' in their writing. What's the problem with these sentences?
The problem is that we need a noun or noun phrase after 'lead to', not a verb.
So, here are some some ways that you could rewrite the sentences:
Notice that in sentence 3 it is better to keep the verb 'motivates' and miss out 'leads to'.
There are some good descriptions of plants in the comments below last week's lesson. But here are some sentences that need correcting:
When students are stuck on band 6.5 in writing, they often think that they need a new technique, a new book or some new advice. This is wrong!
If you have a 6.5, it means that you are already getting band 7 in 50% of the scoring criteria. For example, you might be getting 7 for task response and 7 for organisation, but 6 for vocabulary and 6 for grammar (examiners can't give half marks in these criteria). Just a small improvement in one area will take you to band 7 overall (e.g. 7,7,7,6 = band 7).
If you are getting band 6.5, your method is fine. Don't change what you're doing; just try to find a small improvement in one area.
It seems that teachers in some countries are telling their students to fill their answers with "difficult grammar devices" like passives, conditionals and subjunctives.
I tell my students to do the opposite: forget about these things!
In my experience, the more you focus on grammar (25% of your score), the less you focus on answering the question well, organising your ideas, and using good vocabulary (75% of your score). Worrying about "difficult grammar" is likely to ruin your answers rather than improve them! Focus on the other 75%.
A student sent me this question from a recent test in Australia:
Describe a plant grown in your country. You should say
- what the plant is
- where it is grown
- why you like or dislike it
- and explain why it is important to your country.
If you haven't prepared for this question you might find it difficult, so let's prepare in advance. Do some research about plants in your country; my tip is to choose a plant that produces some kind of food (a crop).
If you are able to get a band 7 score when you do a test at home, can you be confident that you'll get a band 7 in the real test? Probably not.
The stress of a real exam means that your performance level will probably drop, so you'll need to be more than ready. In other words, you probably need to be achieving band 7.5 when you do practice tests in the comfort of your home. Only then can you be confident of getting a band 7 under exam conditions.
I've already done lessons about 'toys' for part 2 and part 3 of the speaking test, so let's try some part 1 questions about this topic. Notice that my part 1 answers are always short and direct.
1) Did you play with toys when you were a child?
Yes, of course. I loved playing with toys when I was a child; I think all children do.
2) What kinds of toys did you like?
As far as I remember, I mostly played with toy cars, planes and action figures from films or cartoons. I also liked building things with Lego.
3) In your country, do boys and girls play with the same types of toys?
Not really. I think boys like the kinds of toys that I mentioned before, whereas girls play with dolls. My niece, for example, doesn't like toy cars; she prefers dressing dolls in different outfits.
4) Do you think that toys help children to learn?
Yes, I do. All toys encourage children to use their imagination and creativity. Even with simple toys, children imagine situations and invent games and rules.
The essay I wrote on Wednesday was full of good words and phrases. Can you remember the missing words in the phrases below?
1. medicines are ______ tested on animals
2. cleared for ______ use
3. a limited ______ of animal experimentation
4. clear ______ arguments
5. a common ______ of this practice
6. the ______ of a drug can be measured
7. subject animals to ______
8. all creatures should be ______
9. the benefits do not ______ the suffering
10. alternative ______ of research
11. suffering on the ______ of mice and rats
12. may be a necessary ______
A student asked me whether it would be a good idea to use the phrases below to organise last week's description of a market:
Personally I do not recommend using phrases like these. While you won't lose marks for using them, you won't gain marks either. But here's the problem: the time you spend saying these linking phrases is time that you should be spending on the real content of your answer. Focus on answering, not linking!
Describe an open-air or street market which you enjoyed visiting. You should say:
- where the market is
- what the market sells
- how big the market is
- and explain why you enjoyed visiting it.
Here's my description. It includes several examples of 'band 7-9' vocabulary that I took from the websites I listed in last week's lesson.
In Thursday's lesson I wrote that examiners would be impressed by the words huts, dock and tip. This would probably surprise most students, so I'll explain.
The three words would impress the examiner because they fit the description perfectly. As one person pointed out in a comment below that lesson, most students would probably use the word 'hotel' to describe the accommodation for tourists shown on the map. Only a native speaker or an advanced learner of English would know that small buildings to accommodate tourists on an island would probably be called huts. Click here to see a real example.
It's the same with 'dock' and 'tip'. Not everyone would know that the perfect verb to describe the parking of a boat is 'to dock'. And not everyone would know that tip is the perfect word for the end point of a landmass.
The following question comes from Cambridge IELTS book 9.
Describe an open-air or street market which you enjoyed visiting. You should say:
- where the market is
- what the market sells
- how big the market is
- and explain why you enjoyed visiting it.
Task:
Let's imagine that you have visited the Christmas market in Manchester. Write your answer to the question above using information from the websites linked below. Try to 'steal' some good vocabulary from the sites. I'll share my answer next week.
1. Official visitor website for Manchester Christmas market
2. Newspaper article about the market
3. Some reviews on a tourism website
Is it acceptable to use memorised phrases in the writing and speaking tests? Well, it depends. Take the sentence below as an example. A student asked me whether it can be used at the beginning of a letter (general writing task 1).
I hope this letter finds you well. Sorry I didn't write to you earlier, but I’ve been working flat out since the moment I arrived home.
Good use:
If the question tells you to begin by explaining to your friend why you haven't contacted him/her for a while, then this sentence would be perfect.
Bad use:
However, if the question does not tell you to explain why you didn't write earlier, the sentence is irrelevant. It will be clear to the examiner that you have used that phrase because it looks good, and not because it fits the question.
Can you see the difference? The examiner will only be impressed if your memorised phrases fit the question perfectly.
In part 3 of IELTS speaking, it really helps if you give personal examples:
1. Do you think it's important for people to have hobbies? Why?
Yes, I think people need to have hobbies because we all need to do things we enjoy in our spare time. In my case, I find that playing football once a week with some friends helps me to relax, keep fit and forget about work. I think it's the same for everyone.
2. Can hobbies have any negative effects?
Yes, if you spend too much time on your hobby, it can affect other parts of your life. I remember that one of my friends spent most of his time at university playing computer games instead of studying. In the end, he failed most of his exams.
If you have the chance to take some lessons with a private teacher, here are some tips for writing and speaking:
Private lessons might be more expensive, but they can be hugely beneficial if they are done in the right way.
Many people think they know a word when they understand its meaning. But understanding the meaning is not enough.
You only really know a word when you can use it in a variety of ways and contexts. Don't take it for granted that you know a word until you have studied its usage.
Although this is a speaking test, a good way to prepare and practise is by writing your answers down. Here's a quick example:
Describe a recent journey.
I’m going to talk about a recent journey to London. It was a couple of weekends ago, and I decided to visit the capital with some friends. I had never been before, so I wanted to go there to do some sightseeing. I don’t have a car, but my friend does, so he volunteered to drive. He had done the trip a few times before, so he knew the way. Maybe it was a bad idea to travel by car because the traffic between Manchester and London was terrible. We spent a lot of time sitting in traffic jams, which were due to roadworks and minor accidents, and it took us the best part of an afternoon to get there...
Note:
The description above is easy to understand, but it contains enough 'less common vocabulary' (underlined) to impress the examiner.
Students often make mistakes when using these two phrases. To avoid mistakes, follow this simple advice:
- Use For example, at the start of a sentence.
- Use such as in the middle of a sentence.
Compare these examples:
Notice that 'For example' is followed by a comma and a full sentence. 'Such as' is in the middle of the sentence, followed by two nouns. You can use 'For instance' instead of 'For example'. You can use 'like' instead of 'such as'.
Many students do a lot of testing but not enough preparation. The problem with tests is that you don't learn anything new. You don't improve.
"To train for a marathon, you don't run a full marathon every day!"
The solution is to spend more time preparing. Don't test yourself on a new topic that you have no idea about. Spend some time researching the topic to find good ideas and vocabulary. Then try to write a 'perfect' essay using your research, a dictionary, your teacher to help you etc. Type the essay on a computer, check for spelling and grammar mistakes, re-read it, look at how the paragraphs are organised, highlight the 'band 7 vocabulary'. If I've covered the topic on this website, use my ideas to make 'perfect' paragraphs and ask a teacher to check them.
When you have written a 'perfect' essay, wait for a few days and then test yourself on that topic. Imagine the difference!
Here are some part 1 questions and sample answers from Cambridge IELTS book 9. Remember to make your part 1 answers short and simple. Just give a direct answer, followed by a reason or one extra piece of information.
1. How often do you make telephone calls?
I probably make three or four phone calls every day, usually just to make arrangements with work colleagues or to speak to family and friends.
2. Who do you spend most time talking to on the telephone?
I think it would be one of my closest work colleagues. We often call each other rather than meeting face-to-face.
3. When do you think you'll next make a telephone call?
My family are expecting me to phone them as soon as I finish this exam. They'll want to know how it went.
4. Do you sometimes prefer to send a text message instead of telephoning?
Yes. I prefer to send a text message when I'm arranging something simple, like a time to meet someone. In those situations, a phone call isn't necessary.
When learning a language, grammar rules are useful because they show you how the language normally behaves. For example, you might learn that the word "to" is followed by the infinitive of the verb. The rule tells you that "to have" is correct and "to having" is wrong.
However, you should also be prepared to meet some exceptions to the grammar rules that you learn. For example, students are often confused by phrases like 'look forward to having' or 'advantages to having', both of which are correct.
When you find an exception to a grammar rule, don't get frustrated; consider it an opportunity to expand your knowledge of the language, and perhaps to impress the examiner!
Several students shared their descriptions of a library below this lesson. Here are some sentences that contain mistakes. Can you correct them?
PS. It's worth reading the descriptions by 'Librarian' and Martin below last week's lesson. Both are really good.
I've just bought a copy of Cambridge IELTS book 9, the latest collection of official IELTS exam papers. I'll be using it with my students here in Manchester, and I'll probably refer to it in lessons here on my site.
If you're looking for test practice, the Cambridge books are the only ones you can really trust. If you can get a copy of book 9, I'm sure you'll find it useful.
Has anyone had the following question recently?
Describe a library that you visited? You should say
- where the library was
- what facilities it had
- why you went there
- and explain whether you found the library useful or not.
This question might surprise you if you're not ready for it. However, I think it's actually quite an easy topic. The easiest way to answer would be to talk about a school or university library where you went to study for an assignment or exam.
Try to improve the following sentences.
When I wrote my funny situation description last week, I wasn't trying to use 'difficult' grammar or vocabulary. Maybe you read it and thought that it was too 'easy' to get a band 9. If you thought that, you would be wrong!
Here's why my description would get a band 9 (according to the IELTS criteria):
1. Fluency and coherence
The fact that I told a story made my answer really coherent (clear and logically organised). In terms of fluency, my description was written rather than spoken, so of course there are no pauses or hesitations.
2. Lexical resource (vocabulary)
The description might seem simple, but it isn't. A wide resource of vocabulary is used naturally and accurately. There are definitely some 'less common' and idiomatic phrases (e.g. engrossed, the time passed, I suddenly realised, get going, my leg was dead, tipped over, to my surprise).
3. Grammatical range and accuracy
Unless you can find any mistakes, it would be difficult to give my description anything less than 9 for accuracy. The range of structures used is also easily good enough to impress the examiner.
4. Pronunciation
Hopefully this wouldn't be a problem as I'm a native speaker!
In Friday's speaking lesson I described a funny thing that happened to me. I found it really easy to write my description because I told a true story. I wasn't worrying about grammar or vocabulary; I just told my story in a natural way.
The key to a high speaking score isn't your use of 'complex' grammar structures, big words or idiomatic phrases. The key is to speak as naturally as possible, and real examples or stories help you to do this.
Describe a funny situation that made you laugh. You should say
- when this situation took place
- what happened
- how you reacted and why you found the situation funny.
Here's my example answer. It's a true story!
According to the IELTS marking system, candidates need to use some "less common lexical items" (vocabulary) if they want to get a band 7 or higher. But what is "less common vocabulary" and how can you learn it?
I'm afraid it's impossible to make a list of all "less common vocabulary items". The only thing I can do is point them out when I use them. Try the task below.
Task: Which words or phrases in the paragraph in this lesson might be considered "less common"?
A student called Chanaka asked me to share his experiences regarding re-marking and how he eventually got the scores he needed. I hope you find his insights useful.
Here are some sentences that students wrote about last week's describe a funny situation question. Try to find and correct the mistakes in each sentence.
1. Every person make happy at a one point or the other.
2. It was first time to go to the centre of the town from my village.
3. Nobody who were there stopped laughing include and me.
4. I’m going to talk about a funny but also embarrassed thing that I met.
5. As a child I was keen on the plays between the children with similar ages.
6. I could not held back laughter.
Tip:
Often, the best way to deal with grammar problems is by finding a completely different (and simpler) way to express the same idea.
Think about this question and prepare some ideas:
Describe a funny situation that made you laugh. You should say
- when this situation took place
- what happened
- how you reacted and why you found the situation funny.
Tip: The best way to answer this question is to tell a story. If you can't think of a real situation, make one up!
This week I wrote a lesson about using "Firstly, Secondly, Finally", and a student asked me whether it's ok to use "at last" instead of "finally".
The answer is no. "Finally" and "at last" are not used in the same way.
Use "finally" in the IELTS writing test when you want to make your final point, or to talk about the final stage in a process e.g. Finally, as well as making life more fun and interesting, new experiences can be good for our physical and mental health. (taken from this lesson)
Only use "at last" when you have been waiting for a long time for something to happen e.g. At last I've passed the IELTS exam!
In part 1 of the IELTS speaking test, remember to keep your answers short and simple. Here are some example questions and short answers:
1. Are your friends mostly your age or different ages?
Most of my friends are about the same age as me because we met at school or university. I've got one or two friends who are older or younger that I met through work.
2. Do you usually see your friends during the week or at weekends?
I tend to meet up with my friends at weekends because everyone's too busy during the week.
3. The last time you saw your friends, what did you do together?
It was one of my friends' birthday last weekend. Six of us went out for a meal to celebrate.
4. In what ways are your friends important to you?
I think it's important to have friends that you can talk to and share experiences with. My friends make me laugh, but I know I can also rely on them whenever I need help or support.
You may have read this week's lessons here on the blog, but did you take notes? Would you really be able to use the vocabulary that I used?
Let's review some good phrases from this week's lessons:
Here are two more answers using the techniques I explained last week:
What do you think are the most important qualities for friends to have?
Maybe the most important things are that friends need to share common interests and be honest with each other. (why?) Friends are people we spend a lot of time with, so it definitely helps if they enjoy doing the same activities or talking about the same topics as we do, and of course we need to be able to trust our friends, so honesty is vital for a good friendship. (alternatives / example?) I think I would struggle to become friends with someone who didn’t have anything in common with me, or who wasn’t reliable or trustworthy.
How important do you think it is for a person to spend some time alone?
I’d say that it’s essential to spend a bit of time alone, even if it’s just a few minutes a day. (why?) When you have a few minutes to yourself, it’s a chance to take stock and reflect on things. (why?) Most of us live such busy lives that our brains need time to catch up every now and then. (example / alternatives?) Personally, I try to have a bit of “me time” every day; I’ll go for a coffee or find a quiet place to sit and read the newspaper. If I never had any time alone, I think I’d go mad!
Here are 3 techniques to help you give longer, more detailed answers:
Question:
Do you think that school children should be encouraged to have their own ideas, or is it more important for them to learn what their teachers give them?
Answer:
I think that we should definitely allow children to be creative and have their own ideas. (why?) Children need to develop the ability to think for themselves and solve problems (why?) because as adults they will not always have somebody to guide them or tell them what to do. (alternatives?) If we don't allow children to have their own ideas, they will be less successful in the adult world; they will be too reliant on others. (example?) A doctor, for example, might encounter a situation that he or she hasn't been trained for, but will still be expected to make a decision that could save someone's life.
To get a band 7, you don't need to learn "big" or "difficult" words. You need to learn how to use words together. You need to use good collocations.
Collocations are groups of words that often go together. For example, collocations like "increase significantly" are used in IELTS Writing Task 1.
Look for collocations in the speaking and writing lessons on this website. Here are some examples:
Most learner dictionaries now show examples of how words are used in common collocations and phrases. If you read a lot of English, you will see collocations everywhere.
I try to give my students good vocabulary ideas to help them write better essays and give better spoken answers. However, some students feel like they are copying or cheating if they use my ideas. They prefer to use a dictionary or rely on what they already know.
My advice is: get your vocabulary ideas from the lessons on this website, from a book, or from your teacher. This is good preparation, not copying or cheating!
Describe a team project that you worked on. You should say:
Example answer (band 9):
I’d like to talk about a team project that I was involved in during my final term at business school. There were four of us on the team, and our task was to work with a local company to research a new market, in a European country, for one of their products or services. Our objective was to produce a report and give a presentation.
The first thing we did was split into two groups of two. We had been assigned a company that produced a range of bicycle accessories, so two of us spent some time getting to know the company while the other two researched the market and the competitors in the target country, which was Germany. In the end, I think it was a successful project because we managed to identify a possible gap in the market in Germany for one of the company’s products. Our group presentation also went really well.
Until that point, the course had been all about business theory, so it was quite a learning experience to work with a real company. I felt a real sense of accomplishment when we handed in our report and delivered our presentation, and I think all of us were proud of what we had done.
I decided to do some research for last week's Describe a team project question. I typed "it was a team project" into Google.
Here are 3 links to project descriptions that I found:
1) Project about software failures
2) Student robotics project
3) Barack Obama's speech
You won't be able to use everything you read in these descriptions, but you should find some good vocabulary ideas that you can copy:
To get a good IELTS score, you need to use the kind of language that native speakers might use. This doesn't mean 'difficult words', it means good groups of words (phrases and collocations).
When reading, try to look for phrases that English speakers use. Here's an example paragraph from the Economist Magazine with a few useful words and phrases underlined.
It is always a little disconcerting to realise a generation has grown up never knowing what it was like to manage without something that is taken for granted today. A case in point: the World Wide Web (WWW), which celebrated the 20th anniversary of its introduction last Saturday. It is no exaggeration to say that not since the invention of the printing press has a new media technology altered the way people think, work and play quite so extensively. With the web having been so thoroughly embraced socially, politically and economically, the world has become an entirely different place from what it was just two decades ago.
Try to correct the mistakes in the sentences below:
I'll give you my answers in the "comments" area tomorrow.
How do you answer a question when you don't know anything about the topic?
There are 2 things you can do:
Example question:
How has technology affected the kinds of music that young people listen to?
My answer, using both tips above:
(1) To be honest I don't really know the answer to that because I'm completely out of touch with what young people are listening to, and I'm not a fan of pop music.
(2) However, I suppose that technology must have affected music. Maybe young people are listening to music that has been made using computer software instead of real musical instruments like the piano or guitar.
Question 4 in Monday's reading lesson caused some problems because many people fell into the trap of 'overthinking' the answer. They were worried about the precise meaning of the word "infants", and whether it meant the same thing as "pre-school age children".
In the reading test, you shouldn't worry about such precise distinctions. It's enough to recognise that both "infants" and "pre-school age children" are very young children. The answer would be 'false' if the question mentioned "teenagers" or "adolescents" - these are definitely not pre-school ages.
Remember that the people who write these questions rely on paraphrasing and synonyms; it wouldn't really test your English if every question contained the exact words from the passage. If the words have basically the same meaning, don't analyse them any further.
When the examiner asks a question like the one below, you know that you are being tested on your ability to express ideas in the future tense.
How do you think the design of homes will change in the future?
Example answer:
I don't think there will be much change in terms of what houses look like from the outside. In this country, people still like traditional brick or stone houses. Having said that, the design of apartment blocks will probably continue to develop, with more and more experimental or futuristic buildings made of glass and metal. I imagine that it will be the insides of homes that change the most; houses will no doubt be full of technological devices to make our lives easier. Maybe we'll have things like voice-controlled doors, lights and appliances.
A good way to prepare for IELTS speaking is to take one topic area and practise possible questions for all 3 parts. Here are some examples:
'Home' topic
Part 1 - give short answers
1. Do you live in a house or a flat?
2. What's your favourite room in your home? Why?
3. What would you like to change about your home? Why?
4. Would you like to move house in the future?
Part 2 - speak for 2 minutes
Describe an interesting home that you have visited.
Part 3 - give longer answers
1. What factors do you think are important when choosing where to live?
2. Compare life in a city with life in the countryside.
3. How do you think the design of homes will change in the future?
For IELTS speaking part 1, remember to give short, simple answers. Answer the question with a full sentence and give a reason for your answer. Here are some example questions and answers about musical instruments (from Cambridge IELTS book 6):
1. Which musical instrument do you like listening to most? (Why?)
My favourite musical instrument to listen to is the guitar. I like the fact that there are different types of guitar, like classical, acoustic and electric. I love the variety of sounds a guitar can make.
2. Have you ever learned to play a musical instrument?
I took some guitar lessons when I was younger and still have a guitar at home. I don't play it much nowadays. I wish I had more time to practise.
3. Do you think children should learn to play an instrument at school?
Yes, I think it's a great skill and it's really enjoyable to be able to play a musical instrument. All children should be given this opportunity.
4. How easy would it be to learn to play an instrument without a teacher?
It would probably be more difficult without a teacher. You need someone to show you what to do and correct your mistakes. You need a lot of discipline to teach yourself.
Many students are forced to study for the IELTS test alone. For one reason or another, they can't attend any classes or preparation courses. I started this blog with the aim of helping people in that position.
However, those people often reach the point where they need some direct guidance. They need someone to check their essays or listen to them speak.
If you keep getting the same score in every test that you take, it's probably time to find a teacher who can check your work and help you to become 'unstuck'.
Here are some of the strategies that I used in yesterday's description:
Here are some ideas for last week's question:
Remember to highlight any useful words or phrases that you found in my description. Also, did you notice some of the strategies that I used to make the answer more interesting?
Almost every week I see mistakes in the use of "affect" and "effect". These are common and important words, especially in the IELTS writing test, so you need to get them right.
"Affect" is a verb. Don't write "affect on".
"Effect" is a noun. Do write "have an effect on".
If you use these words correctly, the examiner will be impressed.
Think about what you would say for the following question. I'll share my ideas in next week's lesson.
Describe a piece of furniture that you own. You should say
- what it is
- where you bought it
- how you use it
- and explain why you like it.
Students are often confused because there are so many different IELTS books and websites.
So, to make things simple, here are my top 3 resources:
Earlier this year, one of my students decided to take a break from studying for the IELTS exam. When I met her a few weeks later, she seemed more relaxed and confident, and her scores soon improved.
Sometimes you need to take a break to give your brain a chance to process all the information that you've been feeding it. if you're feeling stressed or frustrated about the IELTS test, consider taking some time off!
1. Are clothes and clothing fashions important to you? (Why/Why not?)
No, clothes and fashions are not really important to me. I tend to wear clothes that are comfortable and practical rather than fashionable.
2. What different clothes do you wear for different situations?
Well, I have to dress quite formally for work, so I wear a shirt and trousers. At home I prefer to wear jeans and a T-shirt, and on special occasions I might wear a suit.
3. Do you wear different styles of clothes now compared to 10 years ago?
No, not really, because I don't follow fashion. I think I have dressed in a similar way for the last 10 years.
4. Do you think the clothes we wear say something about who we are?
Yes, they probably do. Some people are really careful about what they wear because they want to be seen as stylish. Other people wear clothes that show wealth or status, such as clothes by famous designers.
Try to correct / improve the following sentences by writing them in a simpler way.
Note: I'm using the term 'phrase' to refer to 'a group of words' (not an expression or idiom).
When I studied foreign languages at school, we were mainly taught vocabulary as a list of individual words with a translation of their meanings. The problem with learning a list of individual words is that you don't learn how to use them in a natural way, and you find yourself translating word by word from your own language.
The alternative is to study phrases that native speakers have produced. I was happy to see that the first comment (by 'boburShox') below this lesson was a list of good phrases that I used in my essay. The individual words are easy to understand, but you can learn a lot by analysing the way I put them together.
Several people shared their descriptions of an ideal home in the comments below last week's lesson. If you do some research online, you'll find lots of websites with pictures and descriptions of interesting homes. Click here to see my favourite.
"Perched on the edges of daunting precipices, these cliff and mountain homes are some of the scariest places you could possibly think to live. Some have survived for centuries while others are (quite literally) on the brink of destruction."
Describe the ideal home that you would like to live in. You should say
My advice for this topic is similar to the advice I gave for the vehicle topic:
Here are some more examples for IELTS speaking part 1. Remember to give short, easy, direct answers.
1. How do you usually keep in touch with members of your family?
I mostly keep in touch with my family by phone, and I've started using the Internet to make video calls. I also try to visit members of my family in person as often as I can.
2. Do you prefer to speak to people by phone or by writing emails?
It depends on the situation. I use email and text messages to communicate with friends, but my parents prefer it if I phone them.
3. Do you ever write letters by hand? (Why / Why not?)
No, I don't write letters by hand because it's so much easier to send an email that will arrive immediately.
4. Is there anything you dislike about mobile phones?
Well, I don't like listening to other people's conversations in public places, and I don't like it when someone's phone rings in the cinema or during a lesson.
In this lesson I want to draw your attention to a few useful expressions that I used in last week's answers. Maybe you could try using them in your own answers.
1. An alternative way to say "and":
- Just as individuals can learn from their mistakes, societies can (also)...
- Just as we need to exercise the body, we also need to exercise the mind.
2. A nice way to introduce a personal example or opinion:
- From what I've read in the newspapers,...
- From what I've heard / seen / experienced,...
3. Giving an opinion when you're not sure:
- If I had to guess what might happen in the future, I'd like to think that...
- If I had to give my opinion, I'd say...
Questions in part 3 of the speaking test follow on from the topic you were given in part 2. So, after last week's historic event question, you might be asked some further questions about history and events. For example:
1. What do you think we can learn by studying events of the past?
I think we can learn a lot by studying history. Just as individual people learn from their mistakes, societies can learn from the mistakes made by previous governments or leaders. For example, from what I've read in the newspapers, many economists are looking back to the time of the Great Depression, around 80 years ago, in order to understand the financial crisis that is currently affecting many countries around the world. Even if we don't always learn from mistakes, I think it's fascinating to study history because it gives us an insight into who we are and where we come from.
2. What important events do you think might take place in the future?
It's really difficult to predict what will happen in the future; most of the big, historic events of the past would have been impossible to foresee. For example, I don't think that anyone living 100 years ago could have imagined that people would one day walk on the moon! If I had to guess what might happen in the future, I'd like to think that scientists will invent cures for diseases like cancer, and we'll all live longer.
It's useful to review the words and phrases you learn each week. Here's a quick list of some vocabulary from this week's lessons on the blog:
Try writing a simple sentence with each of the above phrases. Check the meaning of each one in a dictionary first if you're not sure.
A student sent me this question from a recent IELTS test:
Describe an important event in history. You should say
I think this is a really nice question. If you choose the right event, it should be easy to talk for 2 minutes. Here are some suggestions:
Many students make spelling, vocabulary and grammar mistakes that could be avoided if they checked their work properly.
When practising your writing, do you have a dictionary with you? Do you check when you are not sure about something?
Remember, a dictionary shows more than just meanings of words. A good dictionary shows you examples of how to use words correctly.
Describe an old building that you like. You should say:
The answer below is adapted from the modern building description I wrote last year. Can you spot some of the vocabulary that I've recycled?
I've already done a description of a modern building here, but the examiner might ask you to describe an old building. How can we adapt the 'modern building' description?
Looking at the vocabulary I used to describe the modern building (famous landmark, spectacular views, best vantage point etc.), it seems that we should choose an old building which is tall or has great views of a city.
One possibility that comes to mind is the Empire State Building in New York. It was built in 1931, so I think that would be old enough.
Can you think of any other examples? If you choose a famous building, it will probably have its own Wikipedia page. Do some research, and plan your description.
It's important to know exactly what to expect in each part of the exam.
The following questions come from part 1, part 2 and part 3 of the speaking test.
Can you tell which part each question is from?
Students are often worried because they find difficult or confusing IELTS questions on the Internet (especially for writing task 2). My advice is: don't trust questions you find on the Internet. They are often written by students who have remembered them wrongly.
You can definitely trust the Cambridge IELTS books. Cambridge makes the IELTS exam, so you know that the questions in those books are 'real'. They are also clearly written, so you will not be confused about what the question is asking you to do.
PS. I promise I'm not paid by Cambridge to advertise their books!!
Students tend to worry about 'difficult questions', but questions are often much easier than they seem. For example:
Describe a law in your country.
Many students think they don't know anything about laws. However, there are some easy examples that they could choose:
Of course, you could choose a more obvious law (it is illegal to steal, carry a gun etc.) but you might have more ideas and good vocabulary if you choose a typical IELTS topic like number 2 above.
You might have noticed that I no longer reply to most comments. I'm afraid it has become impossible for me to keep up with the questions that people ask me.
However, I do still read every comment, and your questions influence the lessons that I write. Please feel free to keep commenting, and please don't be offended if I don't answer you individually.
PS. Congratulations to those of you who wrote to say that you got the scores you needed last week! It's great to hear that my lessons have helped.
How do you answer questions about a topic that you are not interested in? For example, many people have no interest in dancing, so what should they say?
My advice: just tell the truth. It's fine to say you don't like something. Read my examples below:
1. Do you like dancing?
No, I don't like dancing. I'm not a big music fan, and dancing just makes me feel uncomfortable and self-conscious.
2. Has anyone ever taught you to dance?
No, I've never been interested in learning to dance, so I've never taken any lessons or asked anyone to show me how to do it.
3. Do you think that traditional dancing will be popular in the future?
I'm afraid I have no idea because I don't follow what's happening in the dancing world! I suppose it will always be popular with some people.
On Friday I suggested preparing six main topics for IELTS Speaking Part 2. But how should you prepare these topics? Where can you find good ideas?
I recommend doing two things. First, have a look through the speaking lessons on this site. Second, use the Internet to do some further research. For example, if you want a good description of a famous person, look him/her up on Wikipedia and note down the best vocabulary ideas.
For part 2 of IELTS speaking, I encourage my students in Manchester to prepare ideas for 6 main topic areas:
Most questions fit into one of these topics. For example, "Describe a river, lake or sea which you like" is number 5 - you could describe a holiday by the sea, or a city with a river.
Don't take the test without preparing some ideas for these topics first!
Last week we looked at this question:
Describe a TV programme or channel that you enjoy watching regularly.
Here's a sample description with the best vocabulary underlined:
Yap asked me about the following question:
Describe a TV programme or channel that you enjoy watching regularly.
Yap asked whether it would be acceptable to talk about ted.com as a TV channel. I think it would definitely be acceptable - just say that it's an online TV channel. TED would be a great choice for this topic.
Describe a vehicle you would like to buy in the future. You should say
Here's my sample answer:
PS. You should also have a look at Martin's sample answers in the comments area below this lesson.
Describe a vehicle you would like to buy in the future. You should say
Here's some advice (I'll give you my model answer next week):
Here are some tips to help you feel more confident when you go for your IELTS speaking test:
Find the mistakes in the following sentences. All of the sentences relate to the graph in this lesson.
I'll put my answers in the comments area tomorrow.
I sometimes hear from students who are worried that their examiner seemed rude or angry in the speaking exam. Maybe the examiner didn't smile or make much eye contact, interrupted a lot, or kept looking at his/her watch. Does this mean that you will get a low score, or that you should complain?
The answer is no! Don't worry, and don't think that you need to complain. The examiner's attitude is not important at all, and you should ignore all of the things I mentioned above. Focus only on answering the examiner's questions as well as you can.
Remember: it's possible to have a very nice, smiling examiner who gives you a low score. On the other hand, an examiner who seems impolite or disinterested might give you a higher score than you expected!
Many students worry too much about grammar. For speaking parts 2 and 3, it's more important to worry about the quality of your answers. The best way to improve the quality of your answers is by adding detail.
Example:
Describe your best friend. Say when you met him/her.
Short answer about when we met:
I met my best friend at school when I was 11 years old.
Detailed answer about when we met:
I met my best friend at school when I was 11 years old, so we've known each other for ... years. I remember we sat next to each other in my first science lesson at secondary school, and we had to work together to do an experiment. We got on straight away, and we've been friends ever since.
Notice that by adding more information I've also used more/better vocabulary and grammar.
People often ask whether it's a good idea to ask for a re-mark of their tests. Here are a few tips:
Note:
If you have had a test re-marked, please tell us what happened. It would be interesting to know how many people's scores went up.
Don't worry if you get a question that you haven't prepared for. You can usually use ideas that you prepared for a different topic. For example:
Describe a piece of advice that you gave (or that someone gave you)
Why not say that you advised your friend to visit London? Then you could use all the good vocabulary from this lesson. Or you could use this lesson to talk about advice that your father gave you. For example, say that your father told you to work hard. Then you could use great vocabulary such as 'major influence', 'hard-working', 'role model', 'set a good example', 'positive outlook on life'.
Think quickly during the one-minute preparation time: What can I use that I've already prepared?
Two weeks ago I showed you a part 2 question about a situation in which you were polite. Let's have a look at some related questions for part 3 of the test:
In your country’s culture, how do you show that you are being polite?
We really value politeness and good manners in the UK, and there are many types of polite behaviour. One of the first things we learn as children is to say "please" and "thank you". As adults, I think we are careful not to be too direct in the language we use. For example, we would never say "Bring me the bill" in a restaurant because this kind of direct instruction would sound rude. It would be much more polite to say "Could we have the bill, please?".
Are we less polite with members of our families than with people we don’t know?
I suppose it's normal to be a bit more relaxed about politeness with family members. Most people tend to speak in a more informal way at home; in the UK, we still say "please" and "thanks", but it's fine to use colloquial language and things like nicknames that you would never use with someone you didn't know.
The secret to a high IELTS score is being able to understand and use a wide range of words and phrases. As I said on Monday, it's really important to collect vocabulary in a notebook, but you also need to practise using it.
Here are some words and phrases from the lessons this week:
Try making your own sentences with the words and phrases above. It might seem easy to understand them, but it's not so easy to use them properly!
In part 3 of IELTS speaking, you might be asked to compare the past with the present. The examiner will be listening to your use tenses. For example:
Are there any differences between the types of people who were seen as celebrities in the past and those who are celebrities nowadays?
Yes, I think there have been some big changes in the types of people who become famous. In the past, before the invention of television, I suppose there were very few national or international celebrities; maybe kings and queens, military, political and religious leaders were the only household names. With the advent of TV and radio, performers such as actors and musicians became more well-known. However, we now seem to have a completely new breed of celebrity as a result of 'reality' television programmes; these are people who don't really have any special skills as performers, but who are famous for just being themselves.
One of the most important things to practise for IELTS speaking part 2 is choosing your topic quickly. Take this question for example:
Describe a situation in which you were very polite. You should explain
It would be easy to waste your one-minute preparation time worrying about what situation to choose. If you still haven't decided what to talk about when the examiner asks you to start speaking, you'll be in real trouble!
Task:
Give yourself just 10 seconds to choose your polite situation. It doesn't really matter what situation you choose; the key is to give yourself enough time to prepare some ideas.
Try to correct the mistakes in the following sentences.
PS. Nobody answered this question from Monday's reading lesson:
If a survey showed that "households spent seven hours a day on transporting themselves and their goods", does this mean that it was "a survey of household expenditure on transport"?
Here are some example questions with short, direct answers. Remember that part 1 is like a warm-up; you are not expected to give long, complex answers for this part.
1. Do you work or are you a student?
I’m a qualified doctor, but at the moment I’m studying English so that I can work in this country.
2. Do you enjoy your job?
Yes, I really enjoy my job. Ever since I was a child I have always wanted to be a doctor; I’ve always wanted to be able to help people.
3. What's the best thing about your job?
The best thing about my job is that I can make a difference in people’s lives. It’s a great feeling to see someone recover after an illness because my colleagues and I were able to help.
4. Do you prefer working alone or with others? Why?
In a hospital you have to work as part of a team. I’ve got used to working with others, and I think you can achieve a lot more as a team than you would alone.
In part 3 of the speaking test, you need to give longer, detailed answers. A good way to do this is by organising your answers according to the following steps:
You can give a really good answer without including all five steps, but you might find it useful to practise including all five, as I've done here:
Why do you think some people prefer to buy products from their own countries rather than imported items?
(idea) I suppose it’s because those people want to support the economy of the country they live in. (explain) If they buy something that was made in their own country, they know that they are contributing to the salaries of workers within the same country, (alternative) whereas if they buy imported items, a foreign company and its employees will benefit. (example) For example, if I buy some meat that originates from a local farm rather than a farm in another country, I’m helping one of my fellow citizens to carry on in business. (another idea) Also, I think that trust is an issue; people might feel that they can trust domestically produced items more than imported ones.
Here are some sentences about this week's writing task 1 question. Can you find and correct the mistakes? Not all of them are grammar mistakes!
Here are some steps that you could follow when practising for the speaking test:
Imagine if you did this kind of hard work every day for a month. I'm sure you'd be more confident and better prepared than you are now.
Yesterday I was chatting to a really experienced high school teacher. I asked for his opinion on what makes an excellent student or learner. This is what he said:
"It's not really about what students do inside the classroom. The best students are always the ones that do the most outside the classroom: for example, the ones that go online after a lesson to search for more information, or to look for different ways to understand a topic or solve a problem."
The good news is that if you're reading this blog post, you're already one of these students. You're on the right track!
A student asked me whether the following formula is useful for speaking part 2:
So, are these 'formula phrases' a good idea? My answer is no!
As an English speaker and ex-examiner, I find these phrases annoying. It's obvious that they are memorised, and they do not address the question topic. Please don't expect the examiner to be impressed by this kind of thing.
There are a couple of benefits to learning a formula: it gives your answer some structure, and it might make you feel more confident during the test. However, the disadvantages are greater:
Students often ask me questions like: Can I use "ascend" instead of "increase"? Can I write "the graph portrays" instead of "the graph shows"?
My answer to the above questions is no. If you write "ascend" or "portray" in writing task 1, it will seem strange to the examiner. Those words are not appropriate for a graph or chart description.
Remember: the aim of the IELTS test is not to find 'original' writers; it is to see whether you can express your ideas clearly, accurately, and in a certain amount of detail. These are the skills that you need for university or work. Leave the 'original' writing to novelists!
Here are some ideas for last week's question.
1. Which culture and how I know about it
I'm going to talk about France and French culture. I know France quite well because it was the first foreign country that I visited as a child. I've been on several family holidays there, and I lived and worked in Paris for a while after finishing university.
2. Cultural differences
The first thing that comes to mind when I think about France is the bread! I love the fact that French people buy fresh baguettes every morning, usually from small local bakeries or 'patisseries'; it makes a change from the loaves of sliced bread that most of us buy from the supermarket here in the UK. One slightly negative difference I noticed in Paris is that Parisians don't seem to make friends with their work colleagues to the same extent as we do here.
3. What I like about it
I really like the café culture in France. You can always find somewhere interesting to sit and have a coffee and chat to friends or just watch the world go by. I actually put on a bit of weight when I lived in France because I got into a habit of having a croissant or a cake in every nice café that I found. Another thing I could mention is that the last time I went to France on holiday, I played a game called ‘boules’ every day. The game consists in throwing metal balls as close to a target ball as possible. It’s the perfect game for a relaxing afternoon when the weather’s hot.
Tip:
Notice that I included personal examples or experiences in my answers. It's easy to talk for 2 minutes if you can tell a story or two.
Describe a foreign culture that you like. You should say
For this question, you don't need to discuss 'deep' cultural issues. Just choose a foreign country that you have visited, and talk about anything that is different from your own culture (language, food, customs, behaviour, typical activities etc.).
Feel free to share your descriptions in the comments area below this lesson. I'll post my description (or I'll use the best one of yours) next week.
Here are some questions that I found on the official IELTS website, ielts.org. The answers below are my examples. Remember to keep your part 1 answers short and simple. You don't need to show off in part 1.
1. Tell me about the kind of accommodation you live in.
I live in a house that has a living room, a kitchen, two bedrooms, a bathroom and a small garden. It's not a very big house, but it's just right for me.
2. How long have you lived there?
I've lived there for about five years. It's the first house that I've owned; before that I was renting an apartment.
3. What do you like about living there?
I like living there because I think the house reflects my personality: I decorated it myself, I chose all the furniture, and everything is where I want it to be.
4. What sort of accommodation would you most like to live in?
If I could, I'd buy a bigger house near a beach or in the mountains, preferably somewhere with a warm climate.
Here are some useful phrases for describing causes and effects (for IELTS Writing Task 2 and maybe Speaking Part 3). I'll use the topic of 'global warming' to show how the phrases work.
1. Cause and Effect
Pollution causes global warming.
Pollution leads to global warming.
Pollution results in global warming.
Pollution is the main cause of global warming.
Factories pollute the atmosphere. As a result, global warming is occurring.
2. Effect and Cause
Global warming is caused by pollution.
Global warming is the result of pollution.
Global warming is due to pollution.
Global warming occurs as a result of pollution.
Notice the different uses of 'result' (results in, is the result of, as a result). Students make a lot of mistakes with these phrases.
Describe a time when you received some money as a gift. You should say:
If you think about some of the topics we have already prepared, the question above should be quite easy.
Some ideas:
Note:
I'm not recommending that you learn my answers word-for-word. Just try to take some of my ideas and adapt them to your own answers.
The Amazon website is a great place to read descriptions and reviews of books, films and many other products. Here are a few reasons why this might be useful:
To give you an example, I'll use a book description from Amazon for tomorrow's reading lesson, and for Wednesday's writing lesson.
One problem for students is that different teachers, books and websites teach different techniques. Students get confused.
My advice is to stop looking for the magic technique; it doesn't exist. There is no best book or website, and there are many different ways to write a good essay.
You just need one way, one technique that you like.
If you look at my lessons, you will see that I have "my technique" for each part of the exam (feel free to use my techniques if you like them). For example, I always write introductions in the same way, and I always start paragraphs with a topic sentence.
Because of the time limit in the exam, you NEED to know what you're going to do. You need to practise ONE way of working. Don't get confused by having too many options.
In Part 2 of IELTS Speaking, you might be asked to describe a website that you use:
Describe a website that you often use. You should say:
Here are some ideas, with some of the band 7-9 vocabulary underlined:
Here are three quick tips for IELTS speaking part 2 (the short speech):
1. Use the 1 minute preparation time well
Think about how you would answer the question in your own language, then write down as many ideas as possible in English.
2. Give real examples
Say what you really think, talk about your real life, and give real examples. Examples are really important; whenever you don't know what to say, give an example from your own experience.
3. Don't worry about grammar
You haven't got time to think about passives or conditionals. Focus on answering the question - ideas and vocabulary.
Here are some simple rules to help you with punctuation for IELTS writing:
Full stops
Full stops are very important. Put a clear full stop at the end of each sentence, and then begin the next sentence with a capital letter. If you don't do this, you will get a low score.
Commas
Apostrophes
Avoid contractions in IELTS writing. Use "do not" instead of "don't".
You may sometimes need to show possession e.g. the government's decision.
Other punctuation
You don't really need to use any other punctuation in IELTS writing.
My advice is to avoid trying to use colons and semicolons.
A lot of students write to me saying "I gave the IELTS test yesterday". Please note that "give an exam" is not correct.
Don't say:
- I gave an exam.
- I gave the IELTS test.
Do say:
- I took the IELTS exam/test.
- I passed the exam. (i.e. you were successful)
In other words, use "take" not "give".
- Can you use the past tense when describing a person who is still alive?
- Which tense should you use when describing a person?
The answer to the first question is yes. You can say: "My father was always a good role model for me when I was growing up." This doesn't mean that your father is no longer alive; it just means that you are no longer growing up!
The answer to the second question is it depends. As we saw above, you can use the past tense, but it would also be easy to add the present and/or future tense: "My father was always kind to me when I was a child, and he still helps me whenever I need something. I'm sure he will always be there for me."
To improve your IELTS speaking score, use good examples to extend your answers. Real examples or stories about yourself are the best.
Use examples in part 2 when you need to make your presentation longer. Use them in part 3 to support your opinions.
Here's an example that helps me to extend a part 2 presentation about my mobile phone:
"For example, yesterday I used my phone to call some friends to arrange a get-together this weekend. Some of them didn't answer, so I either left a message in their voicemail or I sent them a text. I also replied to a few emails while I was waiting in a queue at the bank."
The first part of the IELTS Speaking Test lasts around 4 to 5 minutes. The examiner asks about 10 questions related to you, your daily life and your interests. Common topics are hobbies, family, friends, food, music etc.
Part 1 questions are supposed to be easy, and the examiner must get through all of the questions in 5 minutes or less. That's only about 30 seconds per question. If you try to give long answers, the examiner will interrupt you. My advice is to keep Part 1 answers very simple:
Do you prefer home-cooked food or food from restaurants?
I prefer home-cooked food because I think it's healthier and you know exactly what you're eating. I also enjoy cooking for family and friends.
You don't need to say any more than this. Just answer the question with a full sentence, give a reason, and maybe add one extra piece of information. Then stop speaking. Stop with confidence and look at the examiner, ready for the next question.
Students often ask whether it's necessary to speak for the full 2 minutes in part 2 of the speaking test. The instruction is: speak for between 1 and 2 minutes, so it's not strictly necessary to speak for the full 2 minutes. However, my advice is that you should try to keep speaking until the examiner stops you.
Here are some tips to help you keep talking:
Try to find and correct the mistakes in these sentences:
Feel free to share your corrections as 'comments'. I'll add my answers tomorrow.
Sometimes a question seems difficult, but you might be able to turn it into a different topic. Take these questions for example:
Many students panic when I ask them these two questions, but they are much easier than you think. Here are some ideas:
It would be a good idea to prepare some ideas for this question:
Describe a business that you would like to own or set up.
It doesn't matter what business you choose, and you don't need to tell the truth. Here are some ideas:
At work or in your studies, do you often write things?
Yes, I write a lot of emails as part of my job. I work for a company that has offices in several countries, so we use email to communicate.
How often do you send e-mails?
I probably write between 5 and 10 work emails every day, and I send emails to friends or family a few times a week.
Do you prefer to write by hand or on a computer?
It depends what I’m doing. I prefer the computer for most things because it’s faster and you can save or copy things, but I still like making notes or writing ideas down by hand.
Do you think computers might one day replace handwriting?
No, I think we will always write by hand as well. I think it’s an important skill, and schools will continue to teach children to write by hand before they learn to type.
1. What do you think are the functions of rivers nowadays?
Rivers have various functions. In the UK, they were probably more important in the past because they were used for the transportation of goods, but I suppose this is still the case in many parts of the world. Rivers can be used as a source of renewable energy in the production of hydro-electric power, and they are also a source of fresh water for drinking and irrigation. Leisure activities are another function: fishing, canoeing, swimming, bathing... I'm sure there are many other things I haven't thought of.
2. What do you think of boats and ships as forms of transportation?
I'm not really a fan of boats and ships. If I'm going abroad, I like to get to my destination quickly, so I prefer travelling by plane. Of course, ships are vital for the transportation of oil and other heavy cargo.
3. Why do some people like to live near rivers, lakes or the sea?
Well, the view is probably a major factor; most people like to look out to sea, or across a river or lake. I'd much prefer to look out of my window onto a natural landscape than an apartment building in a city. Then there's the lifestyle: if you live by the sea, for example, you can lie on the beach, go for a swim, or do water sports like surfing or waterskiing. I definitely wouldn't mind living near a beach at some point in my life!
Note:
These answers are less formal than the essays I write for the writing test, and I say things like "probably" or "I suppose" when I'm not sure about the facts.
A few people have asked me about using capital letters in different parts of the IELTS test. Here's my advice:
Yesterday I made the point that 'real content' (topic-specific words and phrases) is much more important than linking phrases. To see a good example of real content, look back to Wednesday's lesson about main body paragraphs.
Here's some of the band 7-9 vocabulary that I used:
The above phrases came from just one paragraph! To be honest, the paragraphs I wrote on Wednesday are beyond (better than) what an examiner would ever expect to read. So don't worry if you can't write paragraphs like that; just try to learn something from them.
A student asked me a really useful (and common) question the other day.
Student's question:
I've gone through your speaking answers, and I rarely found linking phrases like "I suppose I should begin by highlighting the fact that..." or "the point I'd like to begin with is that...". Don't you think such phrases are the sign of a high score?
Here's my answer:
Good question. No, I don't use those phrases because examiners are not impressed by them. Even a beginner can learn linking phrases, and if it were that easy, everyone would get band 9. The sign of a high score is 'real content' (topic-specific vocabulary), not memorised phrases.
Find the mistakes in the following sentences:
Feel free to share your answers in the "comments" area. I'll give you my answers tomorrow.
On Monday and Tuesday I linked to some practice materials from the official IELTS website, ielts.org. This is the best place to start looking for official practice materials online because all of the example questions there are 'real'.
ielts.org is a big website, and it's not easy to find the test samples, so here's a direct link to the page you need: click here. Just go down the page until you see the PDF links.
Of course, the other sources of 'real' test practice are the Cambridge IELTS books.
Last week I described a famous garden. Martin, an IELTS teacher who often contributes to the comments on this site, sent me a description of his own garden. You might find it more useful than my famous garden description!
Martin's description:
Today I'd like to describe my home garden, which I think is a beautiful one and which I like very much. The garden is part of my home's backyard, and my house is located in the suburbs, about a 1-hour drive from the city of San Francisco. There is a big tree right in the middle of my garden, which is surrounded by a hot tub, a small water fountain, several bushes, a section for vegetables, and different kinds of flowers.
This garden was actually one of the reasons why my wife and I chose to buy our house because it had been beautifully maintained by the previous owner’s gardener and landscaper. It’s been only 1 year since we bought the house and now we are taking care of the garden ourselves. Even though we are not experts in gardening, we still try our best to plant things that we like, such as roses and tulips, and we even grow our own tomatoes.
Whenever family and friends come to visit us, we invite them to have a relaxing time in our hot tub, and enjoy the view. So in other words, our garden has also become a kind of resort! It definitely requires lots of hard work to properly maintain the garden, but it gives us a great sense of accomplishment to “decorate” it the way we like.
All in all, the garden is one of the best features of my home and it is a place where I can relax after a long day of work or during the weekends.
Describe a beautiful garden that you like. You should say
- where it is
- what you can see there
- what people do there
and explain why you like it.
Here are some ideas:
To learn more about Monet's gardens, have a look at this site.
Most grammar books will tell you that you need "the" before a superlative like "highest" or "lowest", but this is not always true.
So, compare these 2 sentences:
- The UK had the highest rate of unemployment.
- The unemployment rate was highest in the UK.
Describe a popular meal from your country that you like to eat.
You should say
- what the meal is
- why it's popular in your country
- and why you like it.
Here's some advice:
Prepare some ideas and try recording yourself. Keep practising until you are confident that you would be able to answer this question in an exam situation.
Yesterday I said that linking words don't help your vocabulary score, and that you need to use 'topic specific' vocabulary if you want a high score.
But what is 'topic specific' vocabulary?
The answer is: vocabulary that you would probably only use for one particular essay question. For example, I used this vocabulary in a lesson last week:
- impoverished or disadvantaged
- prioritise local charity
- those who live beyond our national borders
- curable diseases
- paying for vaccines that already exist
You might be able to adapt these phrases to a different topic, but it wouldn't be easy; they are quite specific to the particular question in this lesson. However, these are the kind of words and phrases that you need if you want to get a good vocabulary score.
Many students have asked me to give them "a list of good phrases for any topic". In other words, they want to find a shortcut to band 7.
Unfortunately, this list does not exist!
The only words or phrases that you can use for any topic are 'linking' words or phrases. These might help you to organise your ideas, but they won't help your vocabulary score. The only way to get a good vocabulary score is by using 'topic specific' words and phrases.
Here are some more sentences that contain mistakes. See if you can find them.
Please share your corrections in the "comments" area below this lesson. I'll add my corrections tomorrow.
I think it's important to practise every day if you want to improve your English and your IELTS score. That's why I write something on this website every day.
However, you also need feedback. You need someone to check your work, point out your mistakes and give you advice about how to improve.
Books and websites are great for advice, techniques and practice questions. But if I were you, I'd also try to get some face-to-face help, maybe just once a week.
The following questions come from Cambridge IELTS 7. I've underlined some of the good words and phrases in my answers.
1. Why do you think some school teachers use competitions as class activities?
I think teachers use competitions to motivate the children in their classes. I'm sure that teachers try all kinds of activities to engage their pupils, and competitions might be one of the best ways to keep children interested or get them excited. Children love winning things.
2. Is it a good thing to give prizes to children who do well at school? Why?
It might be a good idea to encourage children to do well in games or sports, but I don't think we should give children prizes for their academic work. Children need to learn that the reason for studying is to learn useful things that will help them in their lives. I don't like the idea of children thinking that they will only work hard if there is a prize.
3. Would you say that schools for young children have become more or less competitive since you were that age? Why?
I'd say that they have become more competitive since I was young. Children now have to take exams from a much younger age, so I think there is more of a focus on doing well in tests. Parents also seem to be getting more competitive; I think that many parents push their children to do extra homework rather than letting them play with friends.
Somebody asked me about the difference between these 4 words (for IELTS writing task 1). I'll try to explain some basic ways to use them.
number
- Use "the number of + plural noun" e.g. the number of visitors.
- Don't use it to describe percentages or uncountable nouns e.g. money.
amount
- Use "the amount of + uncountable noun" e.g. the amount of money.
- Don't use it with countable nouns e.g. the amount of person/people.
proportion
- Only use this to describe percentages (not numbers).
- Use "the proportion of + plural noun" e.g. the proportion of people.
figure
- Use "the figure for + plural noun" e.g. the figure for visitors to the UK.
- Use it with uncountable nouns e.g. the figure for unemployment.
- Use it with countries e.g. the figure for Canada.
- Use it with percentages e.g. the figure (for...) rose to 10%.
Note:
If you've read any of my task 1 essays, you'll see that I like "the figure for" because it can be used in almost any situation.
In part 2 of the IELTS Speaking test, you might have to describe your favourite film ('movie' is American English). My advice is to look for your film on amazon.com. You will find reviews of almost any film, from The Godfather to Titanic.
The only problem is that the reviews are often quite difficult or too detailed. I recommend stealing a few ideas or a few bits of good vocabulary.
For example, here is some good vocabulary from a review of The Godfather:
- one of the greatest films ever made
- a masterpiece
- a brilliant story
- the actors' performances are outstanding
- it's compelling to watch
Make sure you can summarise the film's plot (the story). Try to remember where and when you first saw the film. Explain how it made you feel and why you like it.
A few people have asked me about using 'see' to describe numbers on a graph or chart. Look at the following sentence:
We can write the same sentence in various ways using 'see':
Some students (both in my classes and online) find it hard to believe that all of my essays are band 9. They are under the impression that you need to use "difficult" language to get a high score. This is how I respond:
Remember: if an essay is difficult to read, it's probably badly written. Good writing is surprisingly easy to read, and the arguments are easy to follow.
The following questions follow on from this topic.
Do you think it’s good to show your emotions when you’re angry?
I think it depends on the situation and how you show your emotions. I find that if I’m angry with a friend or someone in my family, it’s best to tell them what the problem is and try to express how I feel. However, I don’t think it helps to argue with people when you’re angry; it’s better to control the anger and explain what’s wrong.
In your opinion, do women show their emotions more than men?
The stereotypical view is that women are more emotional, and in my experience there is some truth in this; my mother, for example, tends to show her feelings much more readily than my father. However, I’m sure that there are exceptions to the stereotype.
Why do you think men tend to show their emotions less than women?
Maybe it’s because of the way we are brought up. I think that boys are often taught from an early age not to cry. Also, boys are aware that their friends might see it as a sign of weakness if they show their feelings. Perhaps girls are brought up to be more sensitive to their friends' feelings.
Can you correct the mistakes in the following sentences?
Please share your corrections in the "comments" area below this lesson. I'll add my corrections tomorrow.
Students often don't notice when a teacher corrects their mistakes.
Look at this example of a conversation between a teacher and a student:
Teacher: How long have you been living in Manchester?
Student: I came here before one month?
Teacher: One month ago?
Student: Yes, before one month.
The student doesn't notice that the teacher is correcting a mistake. In English we don't say "before one month", we say "one month ago".
When a teacher repeats something that you said in a different way, you probably made a mistake. Listen carefully, and try to notice mistakes and corrections.
In part 3 of the IELTS speaking test, you will probably get some questions about the past and the future. The examiner will be listening carefully to make sure you use the correct tense.
Do you think people had easier lives 50 years ago?
Yes, maybe life was simpler and less stressful 50 years ago. The mobile phone didn’t exist, so I suppose it was easier to forget about work at the end of the day because people couldn't contact you so easily.
Do you think life will be more stressful in the future?
Yes, it probably will be more stressful. As the world gets smaller, employees will probably have to travel to different countries more often and stay in touch with colleagues and clients all over the world. There will also be more competition for jobs and the cost of living will keep going up.
Here are some questions that a student sent me, with example answers below.
1. What is the relationship between leisure and the economy?
Well, people spend a lot of money on all sorts of leisure activities nowadays, so I think leisure is a very important part of the economy of most countries. Leisure could be anything that people do in their free time, such as eating out, going to the cinema, watching a football match, or staying in a hotel. Millions of people are employed in these areas.
2. How does the economy benefit from people's leisure activities?
The leisure industry makes a huge contribution to the economy. As I said before, it keeps millions of people in employment, and all of these employees pay their taxes and have money to spend on other goods and services. At the same time, most people spend some of their earnings on leisure activities, and this money therefore goes back into the economy.
3. Do men and women enjoy the same type of leisure activities?
Yes and no. I think both men and women enjoy things like eating in restaurants or going to the cinema, but I'm sure there are other activities that are more popular with one gender. For example, I think more men than women go to football matches.
Can you find the mistakes in the following sentences? You might need to make several changes.
Please share your corrections in the "comments" area below this lesson. I'll add my corrections tomorrow.
Here are some mistakes that can really affect your IELTS score:
Describe a situation that made you angry. You should say
- when it happened
- what happened
- how you felt
Here are some ideas. Notice that I answer by telling a story, and that my ideas are not 'academic' or 'formal' because it isn't an academic topic. Study my answer carefully - it's full of good words and phrases.
Band 9 answer:
A recent situation that made me angry was getting stuck in a traffic jam on the way to meet some friends. It was last Sunday lunchtime, and I didn’t expect there to be much traffic; people don’t work on Sundays, so the roads aren’t usually very busy.
Everything was going well until suddenly I saw a queue of cars on the road in front of me. I had no choice but to join the queue and wait to get past whatever was causing the delay. It turned out that it was caused by some roadworks, and it took me an extra 30 minutes to get past them.
Getting stuck in traffic congestion doesn’t usually make me angry, but this time it did, mainly because I wasn’t expecting it and I knew that my friends were waiting to meet me for lunch. I felt frustrated and powerless because there was nothing I could do to change the situation, and I had no idea how long I would be sitting there waiting. When I finally saw the reason for the congestion, I was relieved that I was close to getting past the roadworks, but I still felt a bit stressed knowing that I was half an hour late.
The following questions are taken from Cambridge IELTS 7, page 55. The aim in part 1 is to give short, simple answers. Don't worry about using 'difficult' grammar.
1. What kinds of thing make you laugh?
I laugh most when I'm with friends talking about funny things that have happened to us. I also like watching comedians and comedy films.
2. Do you like making other people laugh?
Yes, it's a nice feeling when you can make someone laugh because you can see that you've made them happy. It's great to share a funny moment with someone.
3. Do you think it's important for people to laugh?
Yes, of course. It's important to see the funny side of things; humour helps us not to take life too seriously. I think that laughter is good for our health.
4. Is laughing the same as feeling happy?
It's not exactly the same because you can be happy without laughing, and sometimes we laugh when something bad has happened; a sense of humour can help us to cope with difficult situations.
As I've said before, you should keep a notebook to collect 'band 7' IELTS vocabulary. Here are some of this week's key words and phrases for your notebook:
Listening:
the unemployment rate, the country as a whole, working hours, hire staff, job opportunities, expansion of the workforce
Writing Task 2:
form of entertainment, vital public service, contribute to society, undervalued and underpaid, enormous salaries, earn a fraction of the money, essential for our health and prosperity
Writing Task 1:
in terms of, emissions, fell considerably, the most dramatic decrease, was responsible for, an increase was seen, saw an increase
In part 2 of the speaking test you might be asked to describe a party. Here are some part 3 questions that could follow that topic:
1. What types of party do people have, and why are parties important?
People have parties to celebrate special occasions like birthdays, weddings, or the beginning of a new year. I think it's important to celebrate these things because they are landmarks in our lives. Parties are a good way to bring people together, and they're an opportunity to let off some steam.
2. Why do you think some people like parties but others hate them?
Most people like parties because they have a good time at them - eating a nice meal, chatting to friends, or having a dance. People who don't like them might find social situations difficult because they are shy, or maybe they don't enjoy having to make small talk with people they don't know.
3. Do you think parties will become more popular in the future?
No, I don't think anything will change. People have always had parties, and I'm sure they always will in the future. Humans need to socialise and enjoy themselves, and parties are one of the best ways to do that.
PS. I've underlined the band 7-9 phrases.
Students often don't notice when a teacher corrects their mistakes.
Look at this example of a conversation between a student and a teacher:
Student: I gave the IELTS exam last week.
Teacher: Oh, you mean you took the exam last week?
Student: Yes, I have given the exam twice. (should be 'taken')
The student doesn't notice that the teacher is correcting a mistake. Your teacher can 'give' you a test or an exam, but you 'take' or 'do' the exam.
When a teacher repeats something that you said in a different way, you probably made a mistake. Listen carefully, and try to correct yourself.
Let's look at the word family for 'compare'. Remember that we are looking at usage, not meaning (I'm sure you know the meaning of these words).
You've probably noticed that this word family is really useful for writing task 1.
PS. Thanks to Martin for sharing this online dictionary. The 'usage notes' at the bottom of the page are especially helpful.
If you want to improve your vocabulary knowledge, it's a good idea to study word families.
Let's look at the word family for "different".
I'm sure you understood these words, but did you really know how to use them correctly? We'll look at another word family next week.
Here are some Part 3 questions and band 9 answers for this topic. I've underlined the 'band 7-9' vocabulary.
What effects do you think humans have on wild animals?
Humans have a huge impact on wild animals. We have destroyed a lot of natural habitats, and many animals are in danger of extinction. Tigers and rhinos, for example, are endangered species because of humans. The pollution and waste that we produce also have an effect on animals. In some places there are no fish in the rivers.
What measures could we take to protect wildlife?
I think we need stricter rules to protect natural areas and the wild animals that live there. For example, we should stop cutting down trees in the rain forest. National parks are a good idea because they attract tourists while protecting wildlife.
Is it the responsibility of schools to teach children about protecting wildlife?
Yes, schools can play a big part in educating children about this issue. Children should learn how to look after the natural environment. I think schools already teach children about endangered species and the destruction of rain forests, so hopefully future generations will do a better job of protecting wildlife.
In the example answers below, I've underlined some of the phrases that examiners would like. They might seem easy to understand, but they are the kind of natural phrases that native speakers use. My answers are at band 9 level.
1. Why do you think sport is important?
I think sport is important for different reasons. For me, doing a sport is about having fun. When I play football, for example, I forget about everything else and just enjoy myself. Also, doing a sport helps you to keep fit and healthy, and it's a good way to socialise and make friends.
2. Do you think famous sportspeople are good role models for children?
I think that sportspeople should be good role models. Children look up to their favourite football players, like David Beckham for example, so I think that these people have an enormous responsibility. They should try to be a good influence, and behave in the right way.
3. Do you agree that sports stars earn too much money?
In my opinion, it's fair that the best sportspeople earn a lot of money. Being a top sportsperson requires hours of practice, and there are millions of sports fans who are willing to pay to see them play. If we don't want sportspeople to earn so much money, we shouldn't go to watch them.
Describe a problem that affects the environment in the area where you live.
You should say
- what the problem is
- what causes it
- and explain what you think could be done to solve it
Remember, the question asks you to talk about a problem in your local area, so don't choose 'global warming'. These topics would be better:
Try searching for these topics on the Internet. I did a quick search for "litter on streets" and found this article.
One of my students was worried that it took her 4 hours to write a band 7 essay for homework.
In my opinion, spending 4 hours to write an essay is a good idea. This kind of hard work leads to great results! The important thing is to be able to write your first band 7 essay. At first it might take you 4 hours, but you will get faster with practice.
PS. The student I mentioned got a band 7 in her exam about 6 weeks later!
The following question is a variation on the "describe a person" topic.
Describe an artist or entertainer you admire
You should say
I've tried to write a general example description that might help you with some ideas. In your description you must give the name of the person.
Note: I've underlined the best vocabulary. 'Gig' is an informal word for concert or performance, but it's fine to use it in this context.
Here's what I thought when I read the research mentioned yesterday:
So, try to be more like the professors and PhD students: spend some time thinking and making notes before you start writing. Planning is the key to better writing.
The other day I read about some interesting research which compared physics professors and PhD students (experts) with physics undergraduates (not experts). The professors, PhD students and undergraduates were all given the same physics test.
Here's a summary of the research findings:
"Professors and PhDs were slower than undergraduates to begin to solve the problems. The experts paused before they put pencil to paper. They spent a few minutes assessing the structure of the problem and figuring out the best physics principle to use. The undergraduates, on the other hand, jumped right into problem solving, which often got them in trouble."
(Click here to see the book this comes from)
Do you think IELTS candidates can learn anything from this?
More advice about describing your favourite book, film or piece of music:
NB. 'Piece of music' just means a song.
A student asked me this question:
"If the question asks me to describe a film, can I ask for a different question because I don't like films and I never watch them?"
Here's my answer:
If the part 2 question is about something you don't like, you should try your best. The examiner is not allowed to change the task card.
You probably have family, children or friends who watch films. You could say: "I don't really like watching films, but my children love watching ....." Then describe the film that your children like, say why they like it, and explain why you think it's a nice film for children.
Choose a film now so that you are ready for this question. Search for a review of the film on Amazon. Write down the ideas you find, and practise with a friend.
The sentences below contain some common mistakes. Try to correct them.
What grammar point can we learn by correcting these 3 sentences?
The Internet is an unbelievable resource for language learning. One way to use it is to do extra research about IELTS topics.
This week, for example, I did a reading test with my students about performance in sport (Cambridge IELTS 4, page 88). The passage contained several terms that my students didn't know, such as:
plyometrics
biomechanics
the Fosbury flop
These are very specific terms that you might never need again, but wouldn't it be interesting to find out more about them? It might help your English as well as your general knowledge.
These are the 3 techniques I use to create longer, more detailed answers:
Question:
Why do you think friendship is important?
Answer:
I think friendship is important for all sorts of reasons. (why?) We need friends to share experiences with, to talk to, and for support. (example?) In my case, I like to meet up with friends at the weekend to do something enjoyable, like see a film or go out for dinner. I like chatting with my friends about what we've been doing during the week, or about what's happening in the world. (alternatives?) Without friends to talk to, life would be dull and boring; we would only have our families to talk to.
For another example of this technique, click here.
As I've said before, the key to a high score in IELTS writing and speaking is to express relevant ideas using good vocabulary.
Did you write down the following phrases from yesterday's lesson?
Notice that the phrases above are all relevant to the topic. I call this 'topic vocabulary'. They are not linking phrases or phrases that you can use for any topic.
It's the topic vocabulary that gets you a high score.
To get a band 7 or higher in IELTS writing task 2, you need to use less common vocabulary.
Here are some "less common" words and phrases from Wednesday's lesson:
This list of vocabulary is the main reason why my essay would get a band 9.
Speak for 2 minutes about the following topic.
Describe an interesting lesson that you attended.
You should say
Here are some ideas for a description of a science lesson:
I could also give more information about the teacher, his personality and why I liked him. The key is to tell a story and add details until the time runs out.
One of the steps in yesterday's success cycle was "enjoy studying more".
To escape the worry cycle, try to find ways to enjoy learning English more. Maybe you could watch more videos on ted.com or YouTube. Maybe you could read a book that you have already read in your own language. If you don't find ways to make it interesting, you'll get bored, frustrated and even more worried.
When deciding whether to give a band 7 in IELTS speaking or writing, one of the things that examiners look at is your use of collocations.
'Collocation' basically means using the right words together. Many students know a lot of nouns, but they don't always know the right verbs to use with those nouns.
Here are some useful 'verb + noun' collocations:
Think about this, especially when you are writing essays. Check in a dictionary to make sure you have used the right verb with the right noun.
Most people are good at talking about their studies, work, hobbies, health etc. I call these "strong topics".
For the question below you can choose any topic you want, so choose something that you find easy to talk about.
Describe something that was recently reported in the news.
You should say:
Example topic choices for the question above:
Here's my 'band 9' example for yesterday's IELTS speaking question:
These are some of the best words and phrases that I used. Look them up in a dictionary if you're not sure what they mean:
Describe a modern building. You should say:
Here's my example description of a building in Manchester:
The following sentences contain mistakes. Can you find them?
I'll put my corrections in the "comments" area tomorrow.
IELTS speaking part 2:
Describe a time when you were asked to give your opinion in a questionnaire.
Advice: Say that your were given a questionnaire at the end of one of your school or university courses. Say that the questions asked for your opinions about the teaching, materials, facilities, level of difficult, how much you enjoyed the course etc.
IELTS speaking part 3:
What kinds of organisation regularly conduct questionnaires?
All kinds of organisations and companies use questionnaires to find out what people think about them. For example, university lecturers often ask their students to answer questions about their courses. Someone from a Starbucks cafe stopped me in the street yesterday to ask me about my coffee drinking habits.
Do you think schools should ask children for their opinions about lessons?
On the one hand, it might be useful for teachers to get feedback from children about how much they learnt and how enjoyable they found the lessons. However, children don't necessarily know what's best for them, and it might do more harm than good to allow them to give opinions about their teachers.
IELTS Speaking Part 2:
Describe an important conversation you had.
IELTS Speaking Part 3:
What are the differences between men's and women's conversations?
What do you think are the characteristics of a good speaker?
For the part 2 question:
My advice is to speak about a conversation you had with your father or mother about your education or career. If you are studying in a different country, describe a conversation about the decision to study abroad. Then you can use ideas from the 'study abroad' topic and the 'higher education' topic (you can find these topics in my Writing Task 2 lessons).
For the first question in part 3, my advice is to use 'stereotypes':
"I think it depends on the people who are having the conversation, and it depends on the situation, but most people would say that men talk more about sport or cars, whereas women talk about their friends, family and relationships. Women are supposed to be better at expressing their feelings, while men prefer not to talk about themselves."
For the second question in part 3, use adjectives and examples:
"I think good speakers are confident and passionate about the subject of their speech. They need to be interesting and engaging. I think a speaker's body language is also really important. A famous example of a great speaker is Barack Obama; he seems to be a naturally inspiring speaker, but I'm sure that practice and preparation are more important than natural talent."
Several people have asked me this question:
"Could there be questions about current events (e.g. the earthquake in Japan or the situation in the Arab world) in the speaking or writing exam?"
My answer to this is "no, I don't think so".
Remember, you are not supposed to need any specific knowledge for the IELTS exam. I've never seen any questions about current political events or specific news stories. The only time the examiner may ask you about such events is if you mention them (maybe in part 3 of the speaking test).
This has been a recent question in part 2 of IELTS speaking:
Describe something naughty you did when you were a child. Say
- what you did
- when you did it
- why you did it
- and explain how your parents felt about it.
This is a difficult topic for most people, so it's a good idea to prepare for it before your test. If you can remember a real situation, use that. If you can't remember being naughty, invent an easy story like my example below.
Example ideas:
Several students have emailed me recently asking for extra help. Unfortunately, if you don't live in Manchester, the only help I can give is through the lessons on this blog. I'm afraid it's impossible for me to teach people by email or Skype.
When people ask for extra help, my usual advice is to find a teacher who can help you one-to-one. Books or websites (like this one) can be a great source of advice and practice materials, but only a teacher can give you personalised feedback.
If you find a 'private' teacher, I suggest you spend most of your lesson time either analysing your essays (to see how you can improve them) or practising your answers for speaking questions.
Describe a practical skill that you have learnt (e.g. cooking, driving).
You should say
Advice:
You need to make a quick decision, so I'd choose one of the given examples (cooking or driving). Then try to expand on each point.
Note:
If you need to keep speaking, give examples for point 4.
Find the mistakes in the sentences below.
Feel free to share your answers in the "comments" area below. I'll post my answers tomorrow.
As I've said before, good vocabulary is the key to a high score in IELTS writing and speaking.
Did you notice the band 7 vocabulary in yesterday's lesson?
The phrases above might not look difficult, but they are the kind of "natural" phrases that a native speaker would use.
This week I've been thinking about different ways to use the 1-minute preparation time. Here's what I've learnt:
The following photo shows a part 2 question with my notes below. As you can see, I couldn't write much in 1 minute, but I followed the advice above.
Martin asked a great question: "What's the best way to use the 1-minute preparation time in part 2 of the speaking test?"
I must admit, I don't have a good answer to this question (yet). I'm going to try some different approaches with my students this week - hopefully I'll find some answers.
If anyone has any suggestions, feel free to share them in the "comments" area. I'll share my ideas on Friday.
Try to correct the mistakes in the following sentences:
Be careful with "although". Most English learners make mistakes with this word.
Correct the mistakes in the sentences below.
I'll put my answers in the "comments" area tomorrow.
On Wednesday I wrote a lesson about introductions for IELTS writing task 2. Since then, several students have asked me this question:
"Will my introduction get a good score?"
Answer: your introduction alone will not get you a high score, even if it is perfect. The introduction is necessary, but the main body paragraphs decide your score.
Write a short, clear introduction. Then spend most of your time on the main body of the essay.
Jay sent me this interesting IELTS question:
Describe a foreign person that you like. You should say:
- where you met him/her
- why you like him/her
- and explain what you learnt from him/her
Some advice:
Finally, remember that this is a "describe a person" question. Hopefully you can use some of the ideas from this lesson.
There was a lot of useful grammar and vocabulary in this week's lessons. Did you notice it, or did you just read the lessons quickly?
For example, did you notice:
Most people read things quickly and think that they understand. A few language students study everything carefully and notice the little details that make the difference.
The following sentences contain mistakes. Try to correct them.
Yesterday I wrote about 'an event' for IELTS Speaking Part 2. Some of the expressions I used were informal:
The examiner would consider these phrases to be "less common vocabulary". In other words, a few phrasal verbs or informal expressions can help you to get a high score in IELTS Speaking.
Describe a recent event that made you happy.
You should say:
The following description contains the kind of phrases that native speakers (like me) really use. I've underlined the best vocabulary.
Kevin wrote a very interesting comment:
"I had a few lazy friends who tried different test centres in the hope of meeting a 'nice' examiner, but they never did. You are the person holding the key to success, not others."
Kevin makes an excellent point: don't waste your time comparing test centres, looking for nice examiners, or trying to find a 'magic' technique. Just do the hard work!
Joshua asked me the following question:
"Can you explain while, whilst, whereas, as? Either can be used to connect two sentences, but I am not sure how to identify them and quite often I use them wrongly."
Here's my simplified explanation:
Try to write an example sentence using each of these words. Feel free to share your sentences in the "comments" area below.
Describe a person you admire.
You should say:
Here are some ideas. I've underlined the best vocabulary.
You can't use 'however' and 'whereas' in the same way. Follow these general rules in order to avoid grammar mistakes:
Use 'however' (followed by a comma) at the beginning of a sentence to contrast with the previous sentence:
Use 'whereas' (after a comma) to contrast two ideas in the same sentence:
You can use 'on the other hand' or 'by contrast' in the same way as 'however'. You can use 'while' instead of 'whereas'.
When I was working as an examiner, I noticed that many students overuse 'moreover', 'furthermore' and 'in addition'. Some students seem to think that using these linking words will help them to get a 7. This is wrong.
Don't overuse these words. Although they can be useful, you should not begin every sentence with one of them. Use them occasionally.
Remember, all IELTS students learn linking words like 'moreover', so examiners are not impressed by them. If you want to impress the examiner, you need to use good vocabulary related to the question topic.
Note:
Don't forget to use the word 'and'. As a native speaker, I probably use 'and' much more than any other linking word.
Watch this YouTube video of a student doing IELTS speaking part 2.
These are his good points:
These are some of the sentences he uses:
As you can see, there are some small mistakes but also some good words and phrases (treat equally, I rarely talked, gave me advice, deal with people, increase my confidence, have a good impression).
What score do you think he deserves?
Last week I looked at how to use the word 'because'. One of my students then asked me to explain the difference between 'because' and 'because of'.
Compare these two sentences:
I stayed at home because the weather was bad.
I stayed at home because of the bad weather.
The important difference is the use of the word 'was' in the first sentence. After 'because', you need a subject and a verb (e.g. the weather was). After 'because of', we don't use a verb, only a noun, nouns or noun phrase.
Have a look at this video, taken from YouTube. I think it's a good example of how to do IELTS Speaking Part 1.
Remember, Part 1 is supposed to be easy. You should give short, simple answers. I think the student in the video does this well: she speaks clearly, answers the questions directly, and doesn't hesitate before answering. Her answers sound natural and she makes almost no mistakes.
Here are the first 4 questions and answers:
Do you work or are you a student?
I work and I'm studying English as well.
And what's your job?
I work in hairdressing and I do manicure, I do nails. I work part-time.
How long have you done this job?
I've been doing this job for almost one year.
Do you like it?
Actually, I don't like it very much. The part that I like is that I can communicate with people.
Many students are waiting to find the 'secret' to the IELTS test. They try different books, websites, teachers and even different test centres in their search for the answer. They spend a lot of time worrying.
Other students just do an hour or two of hard work every day. They read newspapers and watch TV or online videos, they keep a notebook for vocabulary, they gradually prepare themselves rather than doing tests all the time, they do their homework, and they try to learn from their mistakes.
Which group are you in?
Students often make mistakes when using the word "because". You can't use "because" to connect ideas in two separate sentences. Put both the main idea and the reason in the same sentence.
Which sentence is NOT correct?
The "perspectives technique" for generating ideas (see 6th October) can also be useful in the IELTS speaking test. Here's an example:
How do you think the Internet will affect our lives in the future?
Personal perspective:
I think the Internet will have a huge impact on our lives. More and more people are using social websites to keep in touch with friends. I think the Internet will probably replace TV because most channels are already available online.
Economic perspective:
Also, I think we'll do more online shopping. Web-based companies like Amazon are already really successful. In the future, there will probably be more companies that only sell via the Internet, and I expect we'll spend more money online than in traditional shops.
Educational perspective:
Schools and universities might also use the Internet to provide courses, so online learning will probably become a normal part of life.
Describe an interesting advertisement that you have seen. You should say:
Choose something simple. Here's an example with the "band 7" vocabulary underlined:
Some students get angry with the IELTS exam. They disagree with the exam format, or they think that examiners are too strict. They often want to suggest their own improvements.
I completely understand that such an important exam can be frustrating, and I agree that the IELTS exam is not perfect. However, I also think that too much worrying is a waste of time.
Unfortunately, the exam is what it is. We have to accept that, and work hard to overcome the difficulties. You will pass the exam if you apply yourself, follow advice, and study hard.
These two words are the opposites of 'rise' and 'raise' (see last week's grammar lesson):
You will probably use 'fall' to describe numbers on a graph or chart for IELTS Writing Task 1:
'Reduce' and 'reduction' are probably more useful for Writing Task 2:
Don't say: I came to Manchester before two weeks.
Do say: I came to Manchester two weeks ago.
Use "past time + ago"
Use "before + action / event"
Don't use "before + past time" (before two weeks, before three days)
In IELTS speaking part 2, you might be asked to describe an object. For example:
Choose something easy, like a mobile phone:
I'm going to describe my mobile phone. I bought it online / in a mobile phone shop / it was a present from...
I use the phone to keep in touch with friends and family, for communication by voice, text and email. It has various features like video, MP3 player, wireless Internet, digital camera and games. It's easy to share photos and music. I use it for almost everything, it even has a calendar that reminds me about appointments.
My phone is an essential part of my life. It holds my contacts, my photos, my music collection. I've got instant access to my favourite websites. It's like having my whole life in my pocket. I couldn't live without it.
Note:
I've underlined the best phrases for IELTS band 7 or higher.
Here are some questions related to last week's part 2 topic:
1. Do you think it's important for boys to play with "boys' toys" and for girls to only play with "girls' toys"?
I think boys naturally seem to prefer playing with "boys' toys" and girls with "girls' toys". When I was young I had toy cars, trucks, guns and things like that, whereas my sister always wanted to play with dolls. I don't suppose it really matters if a boy plays with a doll or a girl plays with a toy car, but children learn quickly what toys are supposed to be for boys and for girls.
2. Do you think it's good if parents only buy "educational" toys for their children?
No, I don't agree with only giving children educational toys. In my opinion, children learn by playing with whatever interests them. Children invent their own games, even if they don't have any toys at all. It's important for children just to have fun; there will be plenty of time for parents to worry about education when their children get older.
Below, you can read an example description of a toy (for IELTS speaking part 2). See yesterday's lesson for the full question.
Lego Car Description:
One special toy that I remember getting was a Lego car. It was a birthday present from my parents. I can't remember exactly how old I was, but I was probably about 10 or 11.
The special thing about this car was that I had to build it myself out of hundreds of pieces of Lego. The pieces came in a box with a picture of the finished car on the front, and I had to follow step-by-step instructions to put all the pieces together in the correct way. This wasn't an easy task because the car even had an engine, movable seats and gears. It took me a day or two to make, and required a lot of concentration.
When the car was finished it looked great, and I felt a sense of accomplishment. I seem to remember that I didn't play with the car very much; the fun part had been the process of building it.
Don't just read this description once. Spend some time analysing it:
Aida sent me this difficult speaking question:
Describe a toy that was special to you when you were a child.
You should say:
- when you got it
- what it looked like
- who gave it to you
- and how you used it or played with it.
If you can't remember a real toy that you had, choose something simple like a toy car (typical boy's toy) or a doll (typical girl's toy). Both of these toys are easy to describe.
I'll write some example ideas about this topic tomorrow. If you have any suggestions, please share them in the "comments" area below.
Find 5 common mistakes in the paragraph below:
Some people believe that, all police officers should carry a gun. While, others disagree with this idea, and argue that it is intimidating to see armed police officers on the streets. From my view, the advantages of police officers carrying guns have overweighed the disadvantages. Because the police need to be able to protect both themselves and the general public.
Feel free to share your answers in the "comments" area below. I'll reveal the correct answers tomorrow.